解脫道論 心要連讀

150 單元 · 各段末可入全文五層

歸敬與解脫道綱領Homage and the Outline of the Path

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

《解脫道論》通篇沒有第二次叫讀者「諦聽」。這兩個字全論只出現一次,在開卷第一段的末尾。

叫人仔細聽的,通常是要緊的內容。但論主接著說的不是禪法、不是次第、不是任何一種修行方法——是一個詞的定義。

他問「云何為戒?」,然後一路釋下九個字:戒、定、慧、解脫、無上、隨覺、此法、瞿曇、有稱。這九個字,正是他前面那首十六字歸敬偈裡的九個語目。問了一個,答了九個,不多不少。

然後他問「解脫道者何義?」,答的是「解脫」有五種:伏、彼分、斷、猗、離。從初禪伏蓋到無餘涅槃,跨度極大。若不先講明白,「解脫道」這三個字可以指五條不同的路。

於是他把它釘住:以戒定慧,叫作解脫道。

做完這些,他才把最初那句話再說一遍——「解脫道者我今當說」。

全論說「我今當說」也只有這兩處。中間夾著的整整一段,一句修行方法都沒有,全部是在把一個詞的意思說清楚。

值得記住的是這個次序本身。不是先修再問名相是什麼意思,而是先把要走的那條路指出來,指清楚了,才開始走。一部十二卷的論,前面幾百個字用來確認:作者說的「解脫」是哪一種,作者說的「道」由什麼構成。

後面那些關於行處、關於神通、關於四諦的長篇,都落在這個已經釘住的落點上。

所以開卷這一段不是客套的序文。它是先量好了尺,才動手。

Nowhere else in the Path of Freedom does the author ask the reader to listen well. The two words occur once, at the end of the opening passage.

Someone who asks for careful attention usually has something weighty to say next. What follows here is not a meditation method, not a sequence of stages, not any practice at all. It is the definition of a word.

He asks what virtue is, and then glosses nine words in a row: virtue, concentration, wisdom, freedom, unsurpassed, awakening in accordance, this Dhamma, Gotama, renowned. These nine are exactly the nine items of the sixteen-character verse of homage that stands just above. One question asked; nine answered; none missing and none added.

Then he asks what the path of freedom means, and answers that freedom is of five kinds: by suppression, by that part, by cutting off, by tranquillisation, and by leaving behind. The span is enormous—from suppressing the hindrances in the first jhāna to nibbāna without residue. Without settling which is meant, the three words “path of freedom” could name five different roads.

So he fixes it: by virtue, concentration, and wisdom it is called the path of freedom.

Only after all this does he repeat his opening sentence: the path of freedom I shall now declare.

Those words, too, occur only twice in the whole treatise. Between the two occurrences lies an entire passage that contains no instruction whatever, only the settling of what a word means.

What deserves remembering is the order itself. Not practice first and terminology afterwards, but the road pointed out clearly before anyone sets out on it. A treatise of twelve fascicles spends its first several hundred characters establishing which kind of freedom its author means and what its path consists of.

Everything that follows—about resorts, about the higher knowledges, about the four truths—comes to rest on that settled point.

The opening passage is therefore not a courteous preface. It is measuring before cutting.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Homage and the Outline of the Path · Doorway · Summer 2026

說解脫道之由與三學Why the Path of Freedom Is Taught and the Three Trainings

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

每一部論都得先回答一個問題:為什麼要有你?

《解脫道論》把這個問題放在第二節,問得直白:說解脫道有什麼用。

答案先列三個缺。有人想得解脫,卻沒有聽人說過解脫、不曾伏解脫、不曾正伏解脫。三樣都缺,於是想得而無從得。

然後論主用了一個比喻:像盲人沒有嚮導,獨自遠行到他國,只是受盡苦,走不到。

三個缺,論文照序一個一個答,三答都以同一句「故說解脫」收尾。答完,他把比喻翻過來:像遠行的人得到了好嚮導。

同一趟遠行,同一個人,差別只在有沒有嚮導。而所謂嚮導,就是有人把這條道說出來。

一部講修行的書,在此為自己的存在給了理由:它不能替人走路,它只是那個嚮導。

接下去論主開始拆這條道。他先說一句「是伏解脫道,三陰成滿」,然後把戒陰、定陰、慧陰各自列目——正語正業正命,正精進正念正定,正見正思惟。三個、三個、兩個。列完,他把那句話倒過來再說一遍:「此三陰成滿,是伏解脫道。」

一句話正著說一次、反著說一次,中間夾住整段展開。這是這部論畫界線的手法,前一節用「我今當說」也是這樣。

再往下,同一組三學連說三遍,格式一遍一換,論文一句解釋也不給。

所以這一節其實做了兩件事:說明為什麼要有這本書,以及示範這本書怎麼說話——並舉、逐答、迴環、不解釋。後面十一品的讀法,在這裡就已經交代完了。

Every treatise must first answer one question: why should you exist?

The Path of Freedom places this question in its second section and asks it bluntly: what use is there in teaching the path of freedom?

The answer first lists three lacks. Someone wishes to attain freedom, yet has not heard freedom taught, has not suppressed freedom, and has not rightly suppressed freedom. Lacking all three, they wish to attain it but have no way to do so.

Then the author uses a simile: like a blind person who has no guide and travels alone to a distant country, only to undergo all kinds of suffering and never arrive.

The three lacks are answered one by one, in order, and all three answers end with the same words, “therefore freedom is taught.” When the answers are complete, he turns the simile around: like a traveller on a long journey who has obtained a good guide.

The same long journey, the same person; the only difference is whether there is a guide. And the guide is simply someone who sets this path forth.

A book about practice gives a reason here for its own existence: it cannot walk the road for anyone; it is only the guide.

The author then begins to take this path apart. He first says the sentence “This is the path of suppressed freedom; the three aggregates are complete” and then lists the items under the aggregate of virtue, the aggregate of concentration, and the aggregate of wisdom—right speech, right action, and right livelihood; right effort, right mindfulness, and right concentration; right view and right intention. Three, three, and two. After the listing, he states the sentence again in reverse: “These three aggregates being complete, this is the path of suppressed freedom.”

The same sentence is said once in the forward direction and once in reverse, with the whole unfolding enclosed between them. This is the treatise’s way of drawing a boundary; the preceding section uses “I shall now declare” in the same way.

After that, the author states the same set of three trainings three times in succession, in a different form each time, and the treatise offers not a single sentence of explanation.

So this section really does two things: it explains why this book is needed, and shows how this book speaks—setting items out together, answering them one by one, forming a ring, and offering no explanation. The way to read the eleven chapters that follow has already been laid out here.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Why the Path of Freedom Is Taught and the Three Trainings · Doorway · Summer 2026

三學的清淨與成就The Purity and Accomplishment of the Three Trainings

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈因緣品〉的最後一段,論主做了一件很像重複、其實不是重複的事。

他先說:如此學這三學,就是伏解脫道。

然後說三清淨——戒洗犯戒垢,定洗纏垢,慧除無知垢;換一套再說一遍,戒除惡業垢、定除纏垢、慧除使垢。說完,收一句:如此以三清淨,就是伏解脫道。

然後說三善——戒為初、定為中、慧為後。收一句:如此成就三善道,就是伏解脫道。

然後說三樂——以戒得無過樂,以定得寂滅樂,以慧得正覺樂。收一句:如此成就得三種樂,就是伏解脫道。

然後說中道具足——以戒除欲的耽著,以定除身的羸弱,以慧分別四諦。收一句:如此遠離二邊得中道具足,就是伏解脫道。

五次,同一句話;五次,不同的東西。

三清淨不是從三學推出來的,三樂也不是從三善推出來的。它們不是五個階段,是同一條道的五個面。論主每翻一面,就把它按回原處,讓你知道翻的還是那一樣東西。

這裡也順帶給了一件事的答案:為什麼一部有整品講四諦的論,「中道」二字全書只出現在這一段?

因為這裡的中道不是教理上的中道,是修行分位上的:一邊是欲的耽著,一邊是身的羸弱;戒除這一邊,定除那一邊,慧分別四諦,三樂齊全,就叫中道具足。它屬於「這條道長什麼樣」,所以放在總說的一品,不放在講四諦的地方。

段末不再收了。三除之後說四果——戒多而定慧少,成前二果;戒定多而慧少,成阿那含;三種都修滿,成阿羅漢無上解脫。

說到走到了,就不必再說這是哪一條道。

而「無上解脫」四個字,正是這一品開頭那首偈的第二句。一品之首與一品之末,用了同一個詞;論文沒有把它們連起來說,但它擺在那裡。

In the final passage of the Chapter on Causes and Conditions, the author does something that looks very much like repetition but is not repetition at all.

He first says: to train in the three trainings in this way is the path of suppressed freedom.

Then he speaks of the three purities—virtue washes away the stain of transgressing virtue, concentration washes away the stain of entanglements, and wisdom removes the stain of ignorance. He gives the account again in another form: virtue removes the stain of unwholesome action, concentration removes the stain of entanglements, and wisdom removes the stain of the underlying tendencies. Having said this, he closes: through the three purities in this way, this is the path of suppressed freedom.

Then he speaks of the three goods—virtue in the beginning, concentration in the middle, and wisdom at the end. He closes: by accomplishing the path in its three goods in this way, this is the path of suppressed freedom.

Then he speaks of the three blisses—through virtue one gains blameless bliss, through concentration the bliss of peaceful cessation, and through wisdom the bliss of right awakening. He closes: by attaining and accomplishing the three kinds of bliss in this way, this is the path of suppressed freedom.

Then he speaks of fulfillment of the middle way—through virtue one removes attachment to desire, through concentration one removes bodily weakness, and through wisdom one distinguishes the four truths. He closes: by leaving the two extremes behind and attaining fulfillment of the middle way in this way, this is the path of suppressed freedom.

Five times, the same sentence; five times, different things.

The three purities are not derived from the three trainings, nor are the three blisses derived from the three goods. They are not five stages but five faces of the same path. Each time the author turns it to another face, he presses it back into its original place, so that you know it is still the same thing being turned.

This also supplies the answer to one question along the way: why, in a treatise with entire chapters devoted to the four truths, do the words “middle way” occur only in this passage?

Because the middle way here is not a doctrinal middle way but one defined in terms of a stage of practice. One side is attachment to desire, and the other is bodily weakness; virtue removes the first side, concentration removes the second, and wisdom distinguishes the four truths. When the three blisses are complete, this is called fulfillment of the middle way. It belongs to the question of “what this path looks like,” and so it appears in the chapter that gives the general account, not in the chapters that explain the four truths.

At the end of the passage, the author no longer gives another closing sentence. After the three removals, he states the four fruits: cultivating virtue much and concentration and wisdom little brings the first two fruits; cultivating virtue and concentration much and wisdom little brings non-returning; cultivating all three to fulfillment brings arahantship and unsurpassed freedom.

Once the path has been walked to its end, there is no need to say again which path it is.

And the phrase “unsurpassed freedom” is precisely the second line of the verse at the opening of this chapter. The beginning and end of the chapter use the same words. The treatise does not connect them in its own words, but it places them there.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Purity and Accomplishment of the Three Trainings · Doorway · Summer 2026

戒的總問、定義與戒相The General Questions, Definition, and Characteristic of Virtue

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別戒品〉開卷,論主一連問了十六個問題,中間一個答也不夾。

什麼是戒、戒的相、味、起、足處、功德、義、行、差別、有幾種、從何而起、初中後是什麼、幾法障礙、幾個因、怎樣清淨、以幾因而住。

問完,他只答了第一個。

其餘的答,散在這一品後面八個小節,一直排到全品的最後一段。而每一個答都掛著一個記號——就是原問的措辭再說一遍:問「何相」,後文出現「何戒相者」;問「幾戒」,後文出現「幾戒者」;問「云何令戒清淨」,後文出現「何者令受戒清淨」。這些標在全論各只出現一次。

所以這一節不是一節內容,是一張目錄。認出它,整品的秩序就出來了。

第一問的答,先給三個窄的名目:思戒、威儀戒、不越戒。三句話都在說「不做什麼」——不作惡、離犯處、身口無過。

然後論主換了口徑:「復次斷義威儀,一切善法是戒。」

一切善法是戒。理由是「斷」——凡能斷的就是戒。

接著他排出三十七條句式相同的話,每一條都是以某法斷某惑:斷五蓋、四禪、四無色、四顛倒、諸見、三解脫門、諸執,最後是須陀洹道、斯陀含道、阿那含道、阿羅漢道,止於「斷一切煩惱」。

論文沒有說這是三十七條,也沒有給這一串一個名字。但把次第連起來看,它是一條從初學走到究竟的整程。

一部書講戒的第一節,先給了一個窄到只講不犯的定義,再給了一個寬到裝得下全部道法的定義。 後面八節所有的分類,都在這兩個定義之間往返。

本節末句是「何戒相者?威儀除非威儀」。「非威儀」是什麼,這裡不說;下一節第一句就問它。

刀落在標與釋之間——這一品的分節,不按主題切,按問答的呼吸切。

At the opening of the Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue, the author asks sixteen questions in succession, without placing a single answer between them.

What is virtue, what are its characteristic, function, arising, proximate cause, benefits, meaning, practice, and difference, how many kinds are there, from what does it arise, what are its beginning, middle, and end, how many qualities obstruct it, how many causes does it have, how is it purified, and through how many causes does it remain.

When he has finished asking, he answers only the first.

The other answers are scattered through the eight short units that follow in this chapter, all the way to its final passage. Each answer bears a marker—the wording of the original question repeated: the question asks “what is its characteristic,” and later comes “what is the characteristic of virtue”; it asks “how many kinds of virtue are there,” and later comes “how many kinds of virtue are there”; it asks “how is virtue purified,” and later comes “what purifies received virtue.” Each of these headings occurs only once in the whole treatise.

So this unit is not a unit of content but a table of contents. Recognise it and the order of the whole chapter appears.

The answer to the first question begins with three narrow names: volitional virtue, virtue of conduct, and virtue of non-transgression. All three sentences say what is not done—not doing evil, staying away from places of transgression, having no fault in body or speech.

Then the author changes scope: “Further, conduct in the sense of cutting off means that all wholesome qualities are virtue.”

All wholesome qualities are virtue. The reason is “cutting off”—whatever can cut something off is virtue.

He then lays out thirty-seven sentences of the same form, each describing one quality cutting off one affliction: the five hindrances, the four jhānas, the four formless attainments, the four inversions, the forms of insight, the three doors of freedom, and the kinds of clinging, ending with the path of stream-entry, the path of once-return, the path of non-return, and the path of arahantship, at “cuts off all afflictions.”

The treatise does not say there are thirty-seven and does not give the series a name. But connect the sequence and it forms one complete journey from the first steps to the ultimate.

The first unit of a book on virtue begins with one definition narrow enough to concern only non-transgression, then gives another broad enough to contain every quality of the path. Every classification in the next eight units moves between these two definitions.

The final sentence of this unit is “What is the characteristic of virtue? Conduct that removes misconduct.” What “misconduct” means is not stated here; the first sentence of the next unit asks about it.

The blade falls between the heading and the explanation—the divisions in this chapter are not cut by topic, but by the breathing of question and answer.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The General Questions, Definition, and Characteristic of Virtue · Doorway · Summer 2026

戒相、功德與二分諸門The Characteristic and Benefits of Virtue and Its Twofold Classifications

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一節在還債。

上一節開卷問了十六個問題,只答了第一個。這一節一口氣還了十筆,順序與那張目錄分毫不亂。

而每一筆的還法都不一樣。有的一句話打發:「受戒是初,不越是中,歡喜是後。」有的同樣三個目說了兩遍,兩遍所配的六個詞沒有一個重複。有的先引一句佛語,再自己排出十七個以「是」領起的功德目,末了用「無邊」二字收——他排了十七個,卻不肯報這個數。

有的排出三十四條障礙,然後只用一句話把整張表翻過來:反過來就是三十四個戒因。他不另排第二張表,也不代讀者翻。

最耐看的是問「戒是什麼義」那一筆。

論主先列五個:冷義、增上義、行義、自性義、苦樂性相應義。

接著又列三個:頭義、冷義、安義。

兩列合起來八個名目,而下文逐一解釋的,只有後面那三個。

被講的三個各有講法:頭義配一個譬喻——人沒了頭,諸根不再取塵,這叫死;比丘以戒為頭,頭斷則失諸善法,在佛法中也叫死。冷義配另一個譬喻——最上的冷栴檀塗上去,身熱就退;戒也這樣,滅犯戒恐畏的心熱。安義不用譬喻,直說:有戒的人風儀整肅,不生恐畏。

而前列那四個沒被講的——增上、行、自性、苦樂性相應——都是要先懂別的東西才懂得的術語。

所以那個「復次」不是補充,是換了一份能講的名單。前一份把戒放進論書的分類系統裡說,後一份把戒放到人身上說。兩份都給,只講後一份。

「冷義」是唯一橫跨兩列的,它是兩份名單的接點。

列一份完整的,講一份能講的。 這是本論反覆在做的事。讀的時候要分清哪些是被列的、哪些是被講的——沒講的不等於不存在,列了的不等於都會講。

本節末尾只做完「二種」,一連十組;「三種、四種」標在這裡,釋在下一節。刀又落在標與釋之間。

This section is repaying debts.

The preceding section opens the chapter with sixteen questions and answers only the first. This section repays ten of them in one breath, without the slightest disorder in the sequence of that table of contents.

And each debt is repaid differently. One is dispatched in a single sentence: “undertaking virtue is the beginning, not transgressing is the middle, and joy is the end.” Another states the same three headings twice, with not one of the six assigned terms repeated. Another first cites a saying of the Buddha, then arranges seventeen benefits introduced by “it is,” and finally closes with the word “boundless”—he has arranged seventeen, yet declines to state the number.

Another arranges thirty-four obstructions, then turns the whole table over in one sentence: reversed, they are the thirty-four causes of virtue. He neither arranges a second table nor turns each item over for the reader.

The most absorbing debt is the question, “what does virtue mean?”

The author first lists five: the meaning of coolness, the meaning of predominance, the meaning of conduct, the meaning of intrinsic nature, and the meaning of being associated with the nature of suffering and happiness.

He then lists another three: the meaning of a head, the meaning of coolness, and the meaning of security.

The two lists make eight headings in all, yet only the latter three are explained one by one below.

Each of the three that are explained has its own manner of explanation. The meaning of a head receives a simile—without a head, the faculties no longer take up their objects, and this is called death; a monk takes virtue as his head, and when that head is cut off, he loses all wholesome dhammas and is likewise said to be dead in the Buddha-Dhamma. The meaning of coolness receives another simile—the finest cooling sandalwood is applied and bodily heat recedes; virtue does the same, extinguishing the mental heat of fear caused by transgressing virtue. The meaning of security uses no simile but states directly: the bearing of a person with virtue is ordered and dignified, and fear does not arise.

But the four left unexplained in the first list—predominance, conduct, intrinsic nature, and association with the nature of suffering and happiness—are all technical categories whose understanding requires understanding something else first.

Thus “further” does not supplement the first list but substitutes one that can be explained. The former speaks of virtue within the treatise's classificatory system; the latter speaks of virtue in a person's life. Both are given, but only the latter is explained.

“The meaning of coolness” alone crosses between the two lists. It is their point of connection.

List what is complete, explain what can be explained. The treatise does this repeatedly. In reading it, distinguish what has been listed from what has been explained—what is not explained does not therefore fail to exist, and what is listed will not therefore all be explained.

At its end, this section completes only “twofold,” in ten successive sets; “threefold and fourfold” are established here and explained in the next section. Once again the cut falls between heading and explanation.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Characteristic and Benefits of Virtue and Its Twofold Classifications · Doorway · Summer 2026

三種戒諸門Threefold Classifications of Virtue

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別戒品〉講完十組二分,接著講八組三分。

八組彼此不推出,也拼不成一張大表。有的按受戒的時序分,有的按將護的對象分,有的按動機分,有的按人位分,有的按煩惱的粗細分。共用的只有「三」這個數目。

其中最耐看的是第七組:畏戒、憂戒、癡戒。

畏戒是怕罪,所以不敢為惡。憂戒是想到要離開親友,暫時愁苦,因為愁苦所以不起諸惡。癡戒是受牛戒、狗戒。

三個動機沒有一個是善的。而論主仍然把它們叫作戒。

理由在措辭裡:畏罪的人「不敢為惡」,愁苦的人「不起諸惡」——惡確實止住了。戒這個字最素樸的意思就是止惡;止住了就算戒,動機好不好是另一件事。

但第三目不同。論主給了一句極重的判語:癡戒若修成,就變成牛狗;若沒修成,就墮地獄。

兩頭都壞。

三個目連起來看,這一組要說的是:止惡本身不決定去向,動機才決定。畏與憂雖不是善根,至少所止的是真惡;癡卻連所止的都認錯了,於是修與不修都沒有出路。

往前數兩組,正好是「所願不等、所願等、無所願」——也是純按動機分的。兩組遙相呼應:一組說動機的正邪,一組說動機錯到底會怎樣。

所以遇到本論把一個不像好事的東西也收進名目底下,先別以為是分類鬆散。收進來,往往正是為了在同一張表上把界線劃出來——不收進來,就沒地方說「這一種修了也沒用」。

八組之中,只有最後一組(下、中、上)給三個目各配了一個去處:人、天、解脫。前七組都只切分,不說果。切到最後,才把切分接上去處。

After explaining ten twofold groups, the Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue turns to eight threefold groups.

The eight are not derived from one another and cannot be assembled into a larger table. Some are divided by the chronology of undertaking the precepts, some by what is protected, some by motivation, some by the person's standing, and some by the coarseness or subtlety of the afflictions. The only thing shared is the number “three.”

The most arresting is the seventh group: virtue of fear, virtue of worry, and virtue of delusion.

Virtue of fear means fearing wrongdoing and therefore not daring to do evil. Virtue of worry means thinking of separation from relatives and friends, briefly becoming sorrowful, and therefore not giving rise to evils. Virtue of delusion means undertaking the ox observance and dog observance.

Not one of the three motivations is wholesome. Yet the author still calls them virtue.

The reason lies in the wording. The person who fears wrongdoing “does not dare to do evil”; the sorrowful person “does not give rise to evils”—the evil truly has stopped. The most elementary meaning of virtue is stopping evil. If it has stopped, it counts as virtue; whether the motivation is good is another matter.

But the third item is different. The author delivers an extremely severe judgment: if the virtue of delusion succeeds, one becomes an ox or a dog; if it does not succeed, one falls into hell.

Both ends are bad.

Read the three items together and the group says this: stopping evil does not itself determine the destination; motivation determines it. Fear and worry are not wholesome roots, but at least what they stop is truly evil. Delusion mistakes even what is to be stopped, so whether the practice succeeds or fails, there is no way out.

Count back two groups and one finds “unequal aspiration, equal aspiration, and no aspiration”—another division made solely by motivation. The two groups answer one another at a distance: one shows whether motivation is right or wrong, and the other what happens when it is wrong all the way down.

So when the treatise includes within a category something that does not look good, do not first assume that the classification is loose. It is often included precisely so that the boundary can be drawn on a common table—without including it, there would be nowhere to say, “this kind of practice is useless even when completed.”

Among the eight groups, only the last—lower, middle, and higher—matches each of its three items with a destination: human, heavenly, liberation. The first seven only divide and do not state a result. Only at the end does division meet destination.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Threefold Classifications of Virtue · Doorway · Summer 2026

四種戒諸門Fourfold Classifications of Virtue

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別戒品〉分了三節:二種十組、三種八組、四種四組。二十二把刀,切的都是同一塊料。

四種戒的最後一組,論主拿四諦的架子來排:戒戒、集戒、滅戒、滅道具足。第一格填的不是「苦」,是「戒」自己。

逐目有釋。戒是善戒與不善戒;集戒是善心集善戒、不善心集不善戒;滅戒是得善戒滅不善戒、得阿羅漢滅善戒——連善戒也要滅;滅道具足戒是四正勤。

架子擺得很清楚,而論文從頭到尾沒有說這是依四諦立的。擺出結構,不命名結構,是這部書的老習慣。

然後是本節唯一的收語:「如是分別曉了四法,是謂精進非真持戒,是名正勤。」

一節在講戒有四種,講完卻說:這樣分別曉了,是精進,不是真的持戒。

看起來像自我否定,其實不是。上一目才剛說「滅道具足戒」就是四正勤;收語裡的「精進」「正勤」,接的正是那一目。

所以這句話是在給工夫定位:分別曉了這四法,其體是四正勤,屬精進,不屬持戒。

〈分別戒品〉從第一節起就在分。分到這裡,論主親自說了一句:這些分別本身不是持戒。

它們是精進——是為了讓你認得手上這個是哪一種戒。

而認得了,還得去持。

(此讀就上下二句連看而得;論文自己沒有把這層關係說破。另有一字異讀繫在此句,本文從底本。)

The Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue has divided its material into three sections: ten twofold groups, eight threefold groups, and four fourfold groups. Twenty-two knives, all cutting the same piece of material.

In the last of the fourfold groups, the author uses the framework of the four truths to arrange the items: virtue itself, arising of virtue, cessation of virtue, and fulfillment of the path to cessation. The first place is filled not by “suffering” but by virtue itself.

Each item is explained. Virtue is wholesome virtue and unwholesome virtue; arising of virtue means that a wholesome mind gathers wholesome virtue and an unwholesome mind gathers unwholesome virtue; cessation of virtue means that by obtaining wholesome virtue, unwholesome virtue ceases, and on attaining arahantship, wholesome virtue ceases—even wholesome virtue must cease; fulfillment of the path to cessation is the four right efforts.

The framework is set out very clearly, yet nowhere from beginning to end does the treatise say that it is established according to the four truths. It displays a structure without naming the structure—an old habit of this treatise.

Then comes the only closing statement in this section: “Having thus distinguished and clearly understood these four dhammas, this is called energy, not true observance of virtue; this is called right effort.”

A section has been explaining the four kinds of virtue, but when it finishes, it says that distinguishing and clearly understanding them is energy, not actual observance of virtue.

This looks like self-negation, but it is not. The preceding item has just said that “the virtue of fulfillment of the path to cessation” is the four right efforts; the “energy” and “right effort” in the closing sentence refer precisely to that item.

The sentence therefore locates the work being done: distinguishing and clearly understanding these four dhammas has the four right efforts as its substance; it belongs to energy, not to the keeping of the precepts.

The Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue has been classifying from its first section onward. Here the author himself says that these classifications are not themselves the keeping of the precepts.

They are energy—they enable you to recognize which kind of virtue is in your hands.

And once you recognize it, you must still keep it.

(This reading is reached by taking the two adjacent sentences together; the treatise itself does not spell out the relationship. A one-character variant also attaches to this sentence, and the present text follows the base reading.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Fourfold Classifications of Virtue · Doorway · Summer 2026

波羅提木叉威儀與行Pātimokkha Deportment and Conduct

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

講波羅提木叉威儀戒,論主說「有行、有非行」,兩邊都要講。

然後他講非行,講了兩百多字。

先是邪命一路:施杖竹、施花葉果實、施楊枝澡浴、販弄美惡、諂諛自進、遠招會賓。

再是身非行:以陵慢心進僧中、排觸大德、先坐上位、拍肩笑語、上座光著腳而自己穿鞋、耆德走下路而自己走高處、把好的留給年少的把差的推給年長的、浴室燒柴關門都不問一聲、到水邊自己先下去、進別人家超越前後、摩觸僮女的頭。

再是口非行:不問長輩就自己說法、拍肩而語、進人家問女人有沒有吃的。

最後一句收:「一切犯戒此謂非行。」

然後講行。

「云何為行?反於非行。」

四個字。

為什麼壞的寫這麼細,好的幾乎不寫?

答案在那句收語的位置上——「一切犯戒此謂非行」擺在長列的最後,不是最前。意思是:戒條裡有的,一句話就收完了,不必列。

那前面兩百多字列的是什麼?回頭看就知道:先坐上位、拍肩笑語、浴室燒柴不問一聲——沒有一件在波羅提木叉的條文裡。

它們不犯戒,但它們是非行。

這張長列不是重複戒條,是補戒條補不到的地方。

而「行」不需要補:把每一條翻過來就是。論主給了「反於非行」這把鑰匙,長列本身就成了正面的清單。

所以讀本論,遇到它詳寫反面而略寫正面,先找有沒有那句「反於某」。有,那張長列就是完整的正面內容。

這部書從不把兩面都寫滿。它總是寫你想不到的那一面。

(「反」字明本作「及」;作「及」則語不通,而下文正說逐事恰為非行之反。本文從底本,異讀並錄不判。)

While explaining the virtue of Pātimokkha deportment, the author says that there are “proper conduct and improper conduct”—both sides are to be explained.

He then explains improper conduct, for more than two hundred characters.

First comes the wrong-livelihood route: giving bamboo staffs, giving flowers, leaves, or fruit, giving tooth sticks or providing bathing, peddling praise and blame, flattering and pushing oneself forward, and summoning guests from afar.

Next comes bodily improper conduct: entering the Saṅgha with an arrogant mind, jostling senior monks, sitting first in a high seat, slapping someone on the shoulder and laughing and talking, wearing shoes while a senior monk goes barefoot, taking the higher path while an elder walks on the lower road, keeping the better thing for juniors while giving the inferior thing to elders, burning wood in the bathhouse and closing the door without asking anyone, entering the water first, entering another’s house out of sequence, and touching a servant girl’s head.

Then comes verbal improper conduct: teaching the Dhamma without first asking respected seniors, slapping someone on the shoulder while speaking, and entering a household to ask a woman whether there is anything to eat.

The final sentence closes: “Every transgression of virtue is called improper conduct.”

Then the author explains proper conduct.

“What is proper conduct? The reverse of improper conduct.”

Four characters.

Why is the bad written in such detail while the good is scarcely written at all?

The answer lies in the position of the closing sentence—“Every transgression of virtue is called improper conduct” stands at the end of the long list, not at its beginning. It means: whatever is already contained in the precepts can be gathered in one sentence and need not be listed.

What, then, are the preceding two hundred-plus characters listing? Look back and it becomes clear: sitting first in a high seat, slapping shoulders and laughing, and burning wood in the bathhouse without asking—not one of these appears in the provisions of the Pātimokkha.

They do not transgress a precept, but they are improper conduct.

This long list does not repeat the precepts; it supplies what the precepts cannot supply.

“Proper conduct” requires no supplement: reverse every item. The author gives the key, “the reverse of improper conduct,” and the long list itself becomes a positive list.

Thus, when reading this treatise, if it describes the negative in detail and the positive briefly, first look for a sentence that says “the reverse of such-and-such.” If one is there, that long list is the complete positive content.

This book never fills out both sides. It always writes the side you would not think of.

(The Ming witness reads 及, “and,” for 反, “reverse”; with 及 the sentence cannot be construed, while the positive account that follows reverses the improper conduct item by item. The present text follows the base reading, and the variant is recorded without adjudication.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Pātimokkha Deportment and Conduct · Doorway · Summer 2026

行處、細罪與可學Proper Resort, Minor Offenses, and What Is to Be Learned

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

《解脫道論》通篇是論主自己的組織與判斷。引佛語有固定的引式,引論說「如阿毘曇說」,自己換個講法說「復次」。

而「有說」——引一個不具名的別人——全論只有一次

就在這一節,講「畏於細罪」的地方。

第一個說法是論主自己的:「畏於細罪者,我於所學畢故敢造,謂畏細罪。」

接著他寫:「復次有說。」

然後是第二個說法:若起不善心,這就是微過;對這微過心生避遠,見過患而畏、見出離。

兩說擺著,論主不判哪個對。

差別其實不小。第一說是從外在的界講——學處都受完了,所以敢造作而不畏。第二說是從內在的界講——連心裡動一個不善念都算微過。

論主知道另有一說在流傳,而他沒有壓下去,也沒有併進自己的說法裡,就這樣並排放著。

本論並列不判的地方不少:味、起、足處說了兩遍不判;非行說了三次不相攝。差別只在於,這一次他明說了「這是別人的說法」。

本節還有一處值得記。講「行處」時,論主說有行處、有非行處,然後把非行處列了一長串——婬舍、酒肆、國王大臣、外道沙門。

輪到正面,他只寫四個字:「行處可知。」

上一節詳寫非行、正面說「反於非行」;這一節連「反於」都省了。

兩節連用,這就是他的固定作法:把不該去的寫滿,該去的交給你自己翻。

而「可知」二字不是略過,是一個指令——現在請你自己翻。

(順帶一記:這一節校記零命中,是〈分別戒品〉九節裡唯一全無異文的一段。手上這幾百字,可以放心逐字讀。)

The Path of Freedom is organized and judged throughout in the author's own voice. Sayings of the Buddha have fixed formulas of citation; a treatise is cited with “as the Abhidhamma says”; and when the author gives another account of his own, he says “further.”

But “there is another view”—citing an unnamed other person—occurs only once in the entire treatise.

It occurs here, where the subject is “fear of minor offenses.”

The first account is the author's own: “As for fearing minor offenses: I have completed what is to be learned; therefore I dare to act—this is called fear of minor offenses.”

Then he writes: “Further, there is another view.”

The second account follows: if an unwholesome mind arises, this is a slight fault; toward this slight fault the mind keeps its distance, sees its danger and fears it, and sees escape.

The two accounts stand there, and the author does not decide which is right.

The difference is substantial. The first speaks from an outer boundary—all the training rules have been undertaken, and therefore one dares to act without fear. The second speaks from an inner boundary—even the stirring of a single unwholesome thought in the mind counts as a slight fault.

The author knows that another account is in circulation, and he neither suppresses it nor merges it into his own, but simply places the two side by side.

There are many places where this treatise sets alternatives side by side without deciding: flavor, arising, and footing are stated twice without a decision; improper conduct is stated three times without the accounts subsuming one another. The only difference is that here he says explicitly, “This is someone else's view.”

One further point in this section deserves remembering. When discussing “proper resort,” the author says that there is proper resort and improper resort, and then gives a long list of improper resorts—brothels, drinking establishments, kings and ministers, and non-Buddhist ascetics.

When it is time for the positive side, he writes only four words: “Proper resort can be known.”

The preceding section writes improper conduct in detail and says of the positive side, “the opposite of improper conduct.” Here even “the opposite” is omitted.

Used in two sections in succession, this is his settled method: write out where one should not go in full, and hand where one should go to the reader to reverse.

The words “can be known” are not an omission. They are an instruction: now reverse it for yourself.

(One incidental note: no textual note occurs in this section. It is the only one of the Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue's nine sections without a variant reading. These few hundred characters may be read closely with confidence.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Proper Resort, Minor Offenses, and What Is to Be Learned · Doorway · Summer 2026

命清淨戒與根威儀戒Purity of Livelihood and Restraint of the Faculties

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

講「守護根威儀戒」,論主寫下一句:「此守護根戒,以九行成滿。」

然後他開始列:以惡為相斷諸根、彼對治不作意、如救頭然終不暫捨、如見難陀以威儀、伏惡心、於定相心自在、不守護根人遠離、於守護根人和合。

逐條數。

八個。

標的是九,列的是八。

是脫了一目,還是計數本來就這樣?從文本內部看不出來——八目句式齊一,每一個都以「故」字收,沒有任何一目有被合併或可以再分的痕跡;本段的異讀也不涉及目數。

而這種標與實不相當,在本論不是孤例。〈分別慧品〉問慧有幾種,答「二種、三種、四種」,底下卻排出十一組——差得更遠。那一處也是照錄,不併不補。

所以這裡也照錄:「九」留著,實列的八也留著。

不補,不是謹慎過度,是補不出來。要補第九目就得自己造一句話,而造出來的那句會混在八目之間,日後讀者無從分辨哪句是論主的、哪句是編者的。

寧可留一個明擺著的不一致,也不要留一個看不出來的補丁。

而這個不一致本身有用:它提醒你,這一列不是一個封閉的體系,是一份實際的清單。清單可以缺一條而不失其用;體系缺一環就塌了。

順帶看那八目本身:前四目講怎麼對治,第五、六目講心的狀態,末二目講人——遠離不守護根的人、和合守護根的人。

從法,到心,到人。三層。

While explaining the “virtue of restraint of the faculties,” the author writes one sentence: “This virtue of restraint of the faculties is fulfilled through nine practices.”

He then begins the list: because, taking evil as the sign, one cuts off all the faculties; because its counteragent is not attended to; because it is never abandoned even for a moment, as though saving one’s burning head; because of deportment as seen in Nantuo; because the evil mind is subdued; because the mind is masterful with respect to the sign of concentration; because one keeps far from people who do not guard the faculties; and because one associates with people who guard the faculties.

Count them one by one.

Eight.

The statement says nine; the list gives eight.

Was one item lost, or did the count originally stand this way? The text itself does not tell us. All eight items have the same sentence form, each ending with “because”; no item shows any sign that two have been merged or that one can be divided again. The variant readings in this passage do not concern the count.

Nor is such a mismatch between a stated count and the actual contents unique in this treatise. In the Chapter on the Analysis of Wisdom, the question asks how many kinds of wisdom there are, and the answer says “two kinds, three kinds, and four kinds,” yet what follows forms eleven groups—a much larger difference. That passage too is recorded as written, without merging or supplying on its behalf.

So this passage is also recorded as written: retain “nine,” and retain the eight that are actually listed.

Not supplying an item is not excessive caution. It is that no item can be supplied. To supply a ninth, one would have to make up a sentence; that sentence would then be mixed among the eight, and later readers could not distinguish which sentence belonged to the author and which to the editor.

Better to leave an inconsistency in plain sight than a patch that cannot be seen.

The inconsistency itself is useful: it reminds you that this list is not a closed system but an actual working list. A list can lack one entry without losing its use; a system missing one link collapses.

Look also at the eight items themselves. The first four concern how to counteract; the fifth and sixth concern the state of mind; the last two concern people—keeping far from those who do not guard the faculties and associating with those who do.

From method, to mind, to people. Three layers.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Purity of Livelihood and Restraint of the Faculties · Doorway · Summer 2026

四事受用觀Contemplation on the Use of the Four Requisites

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一頓飯,論主要人在心裡過八道。

不為兇險行、不為自高行;不為裝束、不為莊嚴;為此身住、為自調護;為除飢渴;為攝受梵行;常自思惟飲食是為除先病、不起新疾;當以少自安;無過安住。

八道之中,前兩道作「不為」,中間五道作「為」,最後一道作「無過」。

而論主給的五個譬喻,正好落在中間那五道「為」上:

為此身住——如車轂要上膏油。 為除飢渴——猶如給瘡口塗藥。 為攝受梵行——猶食子之想。 為除先病不起新疾——如服湯藥。 以少自安——如照看病人。

上油、塗藥、服藥、看病——四個都是醫療或維修的意象;中間夾的「食子想」更重。

五個喻合起來說的是同一件事:食是藥,不是食。 而論主不必說這句話,把五個喻排出來就夠了。

前兩道「不為」沒有譬喻——不做一件事,沒有可比的動作。末道「無過安住」也沒有——它是前七道的總果。

所以數譬喻的位置,就知道論主認為哪幾條需要被想像。

八行講完,收成四觀;四觀又收成三,名為「斷二邊得中具足」。一邊是貪求飲食之樂,一邊是身體因少食而疲累——斷這兩邊,就是中。

而全段的落點在最後一句:除了吃飯、服藥、得衣時要觀,還要「於日日時時中觀我命由他」。

一個托缽的人,每一口飯都來自他人之手。

這一句不需要譬喻。

At a single meal, the author asks a person to pass through eight gates in the mind.

Not for fierce and dangerous conduct and not for self-exaltation; not for adornment and not for beautification; for sustaining this body and for its proper care; for dispelling hunger and thirst; for supporting the holy life; always reflecting that food and drink are for dispelling earlier illness and preventing new sickness; being content with little; and abiding blamelessly.

Of these eight gates, the first two take the form “not for,” the middle five take the form “for,” and the last takes the form “blameless.”

And the five similes given by the author fall precisely on the middle five instances of “for”:

For sustaining this body—like oiling the hub of a wheel. For dispelling hunger and thirst—like applying medicine to an open sore. For supporting the holy life—like holding the thought of eating one’s child. For dispelling earlier illness and preventing new sickness—like taking a medicinal decoction. Being content with little—like caring for a sick person.

Oiling, applying medicine, taking medicine, and caring for the sick—four are images of medicine or maintenance; set among them, the “thought of eating one’s child” is heavier still.

Taken together, the five similes say one thing: food is medicine, not food. The author does not need to state this sentence; arranging the five similes is enough.

The first two instances of “not for” have no simile—there is no action to which not doing something can be compared. The last, “abiding blamelessly,” has none either—it is the collective result of the preceding seven.

So count where the similes are placed, and we learn which points the author believes need to be imagined.

After explaining the eight practices, he gathers them into four contemplations; the four contemplations are gathered again into three, named “abandoning the two extremes and attaining fulfilment in the middle.” One extreme is craving the pleasure of food; the other is bodily exhaustion from eating too little. To abandon these two extremes is the middle.

The entire passage comes to rest in its final sentence: besides contemplating when eating, taking medicine, or receiving clothing, one should also “day after day, hour after hour, contemplate that my life depends upon others.”

For one who lives on alms, every mouthful comes from another person’s hand.

This sentence needs no simile.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Contemplation on the Use of the Four Requisites · Doorway · Summer 2026

四種受用與戒清淨Four Kinds of Use and the Purification of Virtue

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別戒品〉九節,前面八節裡有六節一個譬喻也沒有。

本節有十三個。

過患段六個:猶如屎尿為人所憎惡、如模範等少有所堪、如瘀泥等於現未來無所饒益、如盜賊在獄中而心不樂於聖、如旃陀羅無欲於王位、猶如糞火。

護戒段七個:如螞蟻守卵、如犛牛愛惜其尾、如護一個獨子、如護一隻眼睛、如巫師護身、如貧人護寶、如航海的人護船。

一節的譬喻,比前面八節加起來還多一倍。

為什麼留到品末?

前面八節在做的事是「分」——二分十組、三分八組、四分四組、非行三說、邪命五目、八行四觀。分類要的是界線清楚,譬喻會把界線弄糊。

本節在做的事是「勸」。稱量過患要人怕,稱量功德要人信。怕與信不是靠分類建立的,是靠想像建立的。

分的時候不用喻,勸的時候只用喻。

而護戒那七個喻,次序也不是隨意的:卵、尾、子、眼、身、寶、船——所守的東西一路加重。螞蟻護的是身外之物,犛牛護的是身上一部分,然後是獨子、眼睛、整個身、全部身家;最後是船,而在海上,船就是命。

七個堆到最後,論主收一句:這些護當中,我所修的戒最該護。

堆七個喻,是為了說「還不夠」。

全品的最後一句是:這樣受持,心被擁衛;安住禪定,戒得守護。

護戒的人,心反過來被護。

而「安住禪定」四個字,正指向下一品——戒講完了,路接到禪那邊去。

Of the nine sections in the “Chapter on the Analysis of Virtue,” six of the first eight contain no simile at all.

This section has thirteen.

Six in the passage on dangers: hated as excrement and urine are hated, like a mould that is fit for little, like stagnant mud that brings no benefit now or in the future, like a thief in prison whose mind takes no joy in what is noble, like a caṇḍāla with no desire for kingship, and like a dung fire.

Seven in the passage on guarding virtue: as ants guard their eggs, as a yak cherishes its tail, as one guards an only child, as one guards a single eye, as a sorcerer guards the body, as a poor person guards treasure, and as a seafarer guards a ship.

This one section has twice as many similes as the preceding eight sections combined.

Why were they saved for the end of the chapter?

The work done by the preceding eight sections is “analysis”: ten twofold groups, eight threefold groups, four fourfold groups, three accounts of improper conduct, five items of wrong livelihood, and eight practices gathered into four contemplations. Classification requires clear boundaries, while similes can blur them.

The work done by this section is “exhortation.” Weighing dangers is meant to make a person afraid; weighing qualities is meant to inspire faith. Fear and faith are established not through classification but through imagination.

When analysing, no similes; when exhorting, only similes.

The order of the seven similes for guarding virtue is not arbitrary either: eggs, tail, child, eye, body, treasure, ship—what is guarded grows heavier throughout the sequence. Ants guard something outside their bodies; a yak guards one part of its body; then come an only child, an eye, the whole body, and all one’s possessions; last comes the ship, and at sea the ship is one’s life.

When all seven have been piled up, the author gathers them into one sentence: among all these forms of guarding, the virtue I practise should be guarded above all.

The seven similes are piled up to say, “still not enough.”

The final sentence of the whole chapter is this: undertaking it in this way, the mind is surrounded and defended; abiding in meditative concentration, virtue is guarded.

The person who guards virtue finds that the mind, in turn, is guarded.

And the words “abiding in meditative concentration” point directly to the next chapter. Virtue has been explained; the path now joins the road toward jhāna.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Four Kinds of Use and the Purification of Virtue · Doorway · Summer 2026

頭陀總說與衣相應二法General Account of the Ascetic Practices and the Two Robe-Related Practices

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

要立十三條行法,最省事的寫法是先把條目列出來,再逐條說用意。

本論不這樣寫。

《解脫道論》卷第二一開卷就是頭陀品,第一句問的是「何故受此頭陀功德」——為什麼要受。八個「為」一路排下去:為了少欲、為了知足、為了無疑、為了滅愛、為了增長勇猛精進、為了自己少所經營而不受外施、為了安住、為了斷所執著的而守護戒善。說完再給三個定位:是諸定的資具、是最初的聖種、是最勝的功德觀。

到這裡為止,讀者還不知道頭陀是哪十三條。

要等這一整段用意說盡,論主才問:「何者為頭陀?」——然後才有那十三個名字。

次序是有話說的。十三條行法,任何一條單看都像是苦行的規矩:不受居士的衣、不留第四件衣、不受人請、不坐第二次、不住屋舍、不躺下睡。若先看條目,看見的是一串禁令;先看用意,看見的才是這串禁令要成就什麼。

而八個「為」裡的第一句,其實不是「為」——是「為坐禪人性不一種」。

論主先說的不是頭陀,是人。因為坐禪的人性情不是一個樣子,所以行法要有十三條,不是一條。這句話在本品之內沒有再展開,可是它是本論後面兩整品的根:品六整品在辨人的行有幾種,品七整品在配什麼人用什麼行處。

十三條之所以是十三條,起因在人不一樣,不在法有高下。

接著論主給十三目下一個共同的定義,而這個定義只給了一次:問「云何糞掃衣」,答的卻是「性能受持是謂為性」——再加四個字,「餘亦如是」。

十三條,共用一個性:受持得住

於是這一段的骨架就清楚了:先說為什麼(八為),再說是什麼(十三目四組),再說共同的性(能受持),然後才逐目走它們各斷什麼——斷居士施、斷長衣、斷他請、斷超越乞……一直到末目的「離寢寐」。

而全段最後落在一件很小的事上:三衣受與失的界線在哪裡?答案是「若比丘不畜盈長,是受三衣。若受四衣,是名為失」。

三件之內是受,第四件是失。

用意說得那樣高——諸定的資具、最初的聖種——判準卻低到可以用手指數。這是本品從頭到尾的作法:每一目都有一條數得出來的線。不問你心裡如何,只問第四件衣在不在。

The most economical way to establish thirteen practices would be to list the items first and then explain their purpose one by one.

This treatise does not write that way.

Fascicle two of the Path of Freedom opens with the Chapter on the Ascetic Practices, and its first question is “Why undertake the qualities of the ascetic practices?”—why undertake them? Eight instances of “for” follow in succession: for few desires, for contentment, for being free of doubt, for extinguishing craving, for increasing courageous energy, for personally having few tasks and not receiving outside offerings, for secure abiding, and for cutting off what one clings to while guarding the goodness of virtue. Only after these does the text give three locations: they are the requisites of the concentrations, the first noble lineage, and the contemplation of excellent qualities.

Up to this point, the reader still does not know which thirteen practices the ascetic practices comprise.

Only when this whole account of their purposes is complete does the author ask, “What are the ascetic practices?”—and only then do the thirteen names appear.

The order has something to say. Viewed separately, any of the thirteen practices can look like a rule of austerity: do not accept householders’ robes, do not retain a fourth robe, do not accept invitations, do not sit down a second time, do not dwell in a house, do not lie down to sleep. If the items are seen first, what appears is a string of prohibitions; only when their purposes are seen first does it become clear what this string of prohibitions is meant to accomplish.

Yet the first sentence within the eight instances of “for” is not actually a purpose. It says, “Because people practising seated meditation are not all of one nature.”

The author speaks first not of the ascetic practices but of people. Because people practising seated meditation are not all of one nature, there must be thirteen practices rather than one. This sentence is not unfolded again within the present chapter, yet it is the root of two entire chapters later in the treatise: chapter six distinguishes the kinds of practice found in people, and chapter seven matches people with practices and meditation subjects.

The reason there are thirteen practices is that people differ, not that the practices stand in a hierarchy.

The author next gives the thirteen items a shared definition, and gives it only once. The question asks, “What is the rag robe?” but the answer says, “Its nature is able to undertake and maintain; this is what is called its nature”—and then adds four Chinese characters: 餘亦如是, “the rest are likewise.”

The thirteen practices share one nature: being able to undertake and maintain them.

The architecture of the passage is now clear: it first says why—the eight purposes; then what—the four groups containing thirteen items; then their common nature—the ability to undertake and maintain; and only after that does it proceed through what each item cuts off—householders’ gifts, surplus robes, invitations from others, alms-going that skips the sequence … continuing to the last item, “leaving sleep behind.”

The whole passage finally comes down to a very small matter: where is the boundary between undertaking and losing the three robes? The answer is, “If a bhikkhu does not keep robes in excess, this is undertaking the three robes. If one accepts a fourth robe, this is called loss.”

Within three robes is undertaking; the fourth robe is loss.

The purpose is stated at such a height—the requisites of the concentrations, the first noble lineage—yet the criterion descends low enough to be counted on one’s fingers. This is how the entire chapter proceeds: each item has a line that can be counted. It does not ask what is in your mind; it asks whether the fourth robe is present.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · General Account of the Ascetic Practices and the Two Robe-Related Practices · Doorway · Summer 2026

乞食相應五法Five Practices Associated with Alms-Food

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段五目,說的是吃飯。

乞食、次第乞食、一坐食、節量食、時後不食——五件事,五條規矩。而讀下來會發現,論主給的判準是一路細下去的

第一目乞食,判準是:請有三種——似食請、就請、過請;不受這三種即是受,受了即是失。

第二目次第乞食,判準是:進了聚落,從最後一家算作第一家,一家一家挨過去;跳過隔壁那一家,就失了。判準從「哪一類」變成了「哪一家」。

第三目一坐食,判準是:這一頓吃到哪裡為止。論主為此另立了一問——「云何為邊」——這四個字全論只用過一次。三邊是坐邊、水邊、食邊:坐處起身、受水洗鉢、對最後一團生了「最後」的想而吞下去。判準從「哪一家」變成了「一頓飯裡的哪一刻」。

第四目節量食,判準是:受飯食時自己思惟所需多少,以此為常准,不取過多。這一目論主只問了受與失兩件事,不問「幾種」——因為節量本無種類可數,它是一個自定的量。

第五目時後不食,判準是:二邊之一是律上的(受長食即得別請罪),另一邊是數出來的——已食二十一團,不當更受

於是五目讀完,判準走了一條線:類→次→界→量→數

到最後一目,已經細到可以一團一團地數。

這是本品從頭到尾的作法。功德說得很高——進止自由、心無限礙、平等心饒益一切、如月希現人所瞻仰——可是每一目末了,論主都要落回一件數得出來、指得出來的事上。

高處說的是為什麼要這樣做,低處說的是怎麼算做到了。兩頭都在,這一目才立得住。

而本段最不齊的一目是一坐食。它的收句出現了兩次,一次在功德還沒說之前;它的見過之語跟別目不一樣;它的問句多問了一個「邊」。三處逾例,都照錄。

論主為什麼在這一目上走不齊,本段答不了。可以看見的只是:判準越細的地方,文字就越不安分。

The five items in this passage concern eating.

Alms-food practice, sequential alms-food practice, eating at one sitting, measured eating, and not eating after the proper time—five matters, five rules. Read through them, however, and one finds that the criteria the author gives grow finer step by step.

For the first item, alms-food practice, the criterion is kind: invitations are of three kinds—a meal-like invitation, an approach invitation, and an exceeding invitation. Not accepting these three is undertaking; accepting them is loss.

For the second item, sequential alms-food practice, the criterion is sequence: after entering a settlement, one counts the last house as the first and proceeds from house to house; if one skips over the adjacent house, the practice is lost. The criterion changes from “which kind” to “which house.”

For the third item, eating at one sitting, the criterion is boundary: at what point does this meal end? To address this, the author frames a separate question—“What is a boundary?”—four Chinese characters used only once in the entire treatise. The three are the sitting boundary, the water boundary, and the food boundary: rising from the sitting place, accepting water and washing the bowl, and giving rise to the perception “last” regarding the last portion and swallowing it. The criterion changes from “which house” to “which moment within a meal.”

For the fourth item, measured eating, the criterion is measure: when accepting a meal, one reflects for oneself on how much is needed, takes this as a standing standard, and does not take too much. Here the author asks only about undertaking and loss, without asking “how many kinds”—because measured eating has no kinds to count; it is a measure one sets for oneself.

For the fifth item, not eating after the proper time, the criterion is number: one of its two boundaries is vinaya-based (accepting additional food incurs the offense of a separate invitation), while the other is counted—having eaten twenty-one portions of morsel food, one should accept no more.

Thus, once the five items have been read, their criteria form a single line: kind → sequence → boundary → measure → number.

By the final item, the criterion is fine enough to count portion by portion.

This is how the chapter proceeds from beginning to end. Its account of qualities reaches very high—freedom to advance or stop, a mind free of obstruction, benefiting all with a mind of equality, being like the moon that appears seldom and is gazed upon by people—yet at the end of every item, the author returns to something that can be counted or pointed out.

The higher register says why one should do this; the lower register says what counts as having done it. Only when both are present does the item stand.

The most uneven item in this passage is eating at one sitting. Its closing formula occurs twice, once before the qualities have even been stated; its wording for seeing the fault differs from the other items; and its question adds one more question concerning “boundary.” All three departures are recorded as they stand.

The passage cannot explain why the author departs from the pattern in this item. What can be seen is simply this: where the criterion grows finer, the wording grows less settled.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Five Practices Associated with Alms-Food · Doorway · Summer 2026

坐臥五法與常坐不臥The Five Practices Associated with Sitting and Lying Down, and Constant Sitting without Lying Down

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

住處類的頭陀有五條——無事處、樹下、露地、塚間、遇得處——再加一條常坐不臥,本段一口氣說完六目。

讀的時候容易以為:這是在說住在哪裡。

不是。

把六目的判準並排放著看,會發現論主一次也沒有說「住在某處就是受」。

無事處:國中住,這叫作無事處。 樹下:諸覆處,這是受樹下。 露地:於覆處以及在樹下,這是受露住。 塚間:餘處住,這叫作塚間。 遇得處:貪所止,這叫作依遇。 常坐不臥:睡臥。

六目之受,一律是除、離、斷。而失,就是那個地方的名字再出現一次——住國中、往覆處、住覆處及樹下、住餘處、往樂處、寢。

於是頭陀的受不是一個所在,是一條不去的界。

這一點在前一段的十三目總列裡已經說過了:斷聚落住、斷屋舍住、斷眾覆處、斷餘勝處、斷貪樂處、離寢寐。本段只是把那六句攤開。

而攤開之後,判準忽然變硬了。無事處的下限是「取中人四肘五百弓內」——不是心境,是一段可以量的距離。樹下的可住之處是「日中時樹影至處,及無風時葉所墮處」——正午的影子有多長,無風時落葉落到哪裡。塚間的行儀有十一條:不造房、不安床座、不順風坐、不逆風住、睡時不熟、不食魚味、不飲乳酪、不食麻䉽、不觸肴肉、不住屋中、不安鉢器;天亮了要收拾衣具回僧伽藍。

十三頭陀之中,只有塚間這一目有這樣一串細則。

論主在最靠近死人的那一目上,說得最細。其餘各目一句話判完受失,這一目要教到怎麼坐、怎麼睡、吃什麼、天亮以後往哪裡去。

而本段的形制也在這裡最亂:六目而以「問:」起的只有三處,三處的問句還三個樣子;塚間那一問問了功德,底下卻一句功德也沒答。

論主為什麼在這一目上又細又亂,本段答不了。

可以看見的只有一件事:判準越硬的地方,文字越不安分。

而末了那一目最短。常坐不臥的受失只有八個字:「謂斷睡臥。若寢名失。」

躺下就失了。沒有第二句話。

There are five dwelling-place ascetic practices—sitting in a secluded place, sitting beneath a tree, dwelling in the open, dwelling in a charnel ground, and dwelling in whatever place is found—and one more, constant sitting without lying down. This passage presents all six at once.

At first reading, it is easy to think: this is saying where one dwells.

It is not.

Place the criteria for the six items side by side, and one finds that the author never once says, “Dwelling in a certain place is undertaking.”

Secluded place: eliminate dwelling in the city; this is called a secluded place. Beneath a tree: leave all sheltered places; this is undertaking sitting beneath a tree. The open: cut off sheltered places and places beneath trees; this is undertaking open dwelling. Charnel ground: eliminate dwelling in other places; this is called a charnel ground. Whatever place is found: cut off attachment to the place where one stops; this is called reliance on what is encountered. Constant sitting without lying down: cut off sleep and lying down.

For all six items, undertaking always consists of eliminating, leaving, or cutting off. Loss is simply the name of that place appearing once more—dwelling in the city, going to sheltered places, dwelling in sheltered places or places beneath trees, dwelling in other places, going to a place in which one delights, or lying down.

Thus, what one undertakes in an ascetic practice is not a location but a boundary one does not cross.

The preceding passage’s general list of the thirteen items already says this: cutting off dwelling in a village, cutting off dwelling in a house, cutting off places with extensive shelter, cutting off other superior places, cutting off attachment to pleasant places, and leaving sleep behind. The present passage simply unfolds those six statements.

Once unfolded, however, the criteria suddenly become hard. The lower limit for a secluded place is “within an average person’s four cubits and five hundred bows”—not a state of mind, but a measurable distance. The place suitable for dwelling beneath a tree is “the place reached by the tree’s shadow at midday and the place reached by its falling leaves when there is no wind”—how far the shadow extends at noon and where leaves fall when there is no wind. The charnel-ground conduct has eleven rules: not building a hut, not setting up a bed and seat, not sitting with the wind, not dwelling against the wind, not sleeping soundly, not eating fish-flavored food, not drinking milk or curds, not eating 麻䉽, not touching meat dishes, not staying inside a building, and not setting down the bowl and other utensils; at daybreak, one must gather one’s robes and requisites and return to the monastery.

Among the thirteen ascetic practices, only the charnel-ground item has such a sequence of detailed rules.

The author speaks most minutely in the item closest to the dead. Each of the other items decides undertaking and loss in a single sentence; this one teaches how to sit, how to sleep, what to eat, and where to go after daybreak.

The form of the passage is also most disorderly here: among the six items, only three begin with “Question:”; and even those three questions take three different forms. The charnel-ground question asks about its qualities, yet not a single quality is answered below it.

Why the author is both more detailed and more disorderly in this item cannot be answered by this passage.

Only one thing can be seen: the harder the criterion, the more unsettled the text becomes.

The final item is the shortest. Its undertaking and loss consist of only eight Chinese characters: “It is cutting off sleep and lying down. If one lies down, it is called loss.”

Lie down, and it is lost. There is no second sentence.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Five Practices Associated with Sitting and Lying Down, and Constant Sitting without Lying Down · Doorway · Summer 2026

十三頭陀的方便與攝約The Allowances and Subsumption of the Thirteen Ascetic Practices

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

前三段把十三頭陀逐目說完,每一目都給了一條硬線:受了居士的衣就失、超過隔壁那一家就失、吃到第二坐就失、住回國中就失、躺下就失。

線畫得那樣硬,人怎麼過日子?

本段做的第一件事,就是回頭開口子。

論主管這叫「方便」。而這兩個字在整部〈頭陀品〉裡出現十五次,全部在這一段——前三段一次也沒有。

開的口子都很具體。乞食的人遇上僧次食、常住食、布薩食,以方便受,不失乞食。次第乞的人看見象馬在門口打架,或是遇上不該進的人家,方便繞過去,不失次第。一坐食的人正吃著,牛蛇進來了、下雨了、和上來了,可以起身,起身以後再吃,不失一坐。住無事處的人為了受戒、懺罪、問法、看病,可以住進聚落,不失無事處。樹下住的人遇雨可以進屋,天亮回去,不失樹下。

每一個口子,開的都是「不失」。不是說可以破,是說這樣不算破。

而有三目沒有口子:節量食、時後不食、常坐不臥。這三目恰好是判準最硬的三個——一個自定的量、二十一團、一次躺下。沒有可以商量的餘地,就不開口子。

可是常坐不臥那一目之後,忽然多出一句:「復有一說:若灌鼻時得作方便,不失常坐。」

八萬七千字的一部論,「復有一說」這四個字只出現這一次。論主記下一個跟自己相反的說法,既不採,也不駁。

最嚴的一目上,留了唯一的一個別說。

做完開口子,本段做第二件事:收。

十三收成八——節量、一坐、樹下、露坐、塚間五目被攝;八再收成三——無事處、糞掃衣、行乞食。

而這三目,正是前面三組各自的第一目。

末句是:「若三清淨,頭陀成滿。」

說的不是三頭陀成滿,是頭陀成滿。

所以收不是刪。被收的十目一目未廢,它們仍在前三段裡逐條說著受與失。收說的是另一件事:這十三件事的骨在三處——住在哪裡、穿什麼、怎麼吃。三處立住了,其餘十目自然立住。

先把界放寬到人過得下去,再把數收到記得住。

一段四百八十八字,做完這兩件事。

The preceding three passages have treated the thirteen ascetic practices item by item, drawing a hard line for each: accept a householder’s robe and it is lost; pass beyond the neighboring house and it is lost; eat at a second sitting and it is lost; dwell again within the city and it is lost; lie down and it is lost.

With lines drawn so hard, how is a person to live?

The first thing the present passage does is turn back and open a gap.

The author calls this an “allowance.” The word occurs fifteen times in the whole Chapter on the Ascetic Practices, all in this passage—not once in the preceding three.

Every gap opened is concrete. An alms-food practitioner who encounters a meal distributed in monastic order, a regular-residence meal, or an observance meal may accept it by way of an allowance without losing alms-food practice. A sequential alms-food practitioner who sees elephants and horses fighting at a doorway, or encounters a household that should not be entered, may go around by way of an allowance without losing the sequence. One eating at one sitting may rise if cattle or snakes come in, if it rains, or if the heshang 和上 comes, and may then eat again without losing eating at one sitting. One who dwells in a secluded place may enter a settlement to receive ordination, confess an offense, ask about the Dhamma, or care for the sick without losing the secluded place. One who dwells beneath a tree may enter shelter when rain comes and return at dawn without losing being beneath a tree.

Every gap opens onto the words “does not lose.” The text does not say that one may break the practice; it says that this does not count as breaking it.

Three items have no gap: measured eating, not eating after the proper time, and constant sitting without lying down. These are precisely the three with the hardest criteria—one’s own fixed measure, twenty-one portions, and a single instance of lying down. Where there is no room for negotiation, no gap is opened.

Yet immediately after the item on constant sitting without lying down, an unexpected sentence appears: “A further account says: when performing nasal irrigation, one may make an allowance and does not lose constant sitting.”

In a treatise of eighty-seven thousand Chinese characters, the four characters 復有一說 occur only once. The author records an account contrary to his own, neither adopting nor rejecting it.

At the strictest item, he leaves the sole alternate account.

After opening these gaps, the passage does its second thing: it gathers.

Thirteen are gathered into eight—five items are subsumed: measured eating, eating at one sitting, being beneath a tree, sitting in the open, and the charnel ground. Eight are then gathered into three—the secluded place, the rag robe, and going for alms-food.

These three are precisely the first items of the three groups presented earlier.

The final sentence is: “If these three are pure, the ascetic practices are fulfilled.”

It does not say that three ascetic practices are fulfilled; it says that the ascetic practices are fulfilled.

Gathering therefore does not mean deleting. Not one of the ten gathered items is abolished; they still stand in the preceding three passages, each stating undertaking and loss. Gathering says something else: the structure of these thirteen things lies in three places—where one lives, what one wears, and how one eats. When these three stand, the remaining ten naturally stand.

First widen the boundary enough for a person to live, then tighten the count enough to remember.

One paragraph of 488 Chinese characters accomplishes both.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Allowances and Subsumption of the Thirteen Ascetic Practices · Doorway · Summer 2026

頭陀分五問Five Questions on the Share in the Ascetic Practices

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段開口就是一長串問:什麼叫頭陀分?頭陀有幾種法?三行人之中誰修頭陀行?有幾個頭陀是有時節的?有沒有「是頭陀而說頭陀」這回事?

五件。

然後答下去——頭陀分是佛所說、佛所制的十三頭陀;頭陀法有二種,不貪、不癡;三行人之中貪人癡人能修、瞋人不能;有時節的是三個,樹下、露地、塚間,安居的時候佛聽許住覆處。

四件。

第五件一個字也沒有答。

它在下一段。下一段起手就把同一個問重新問一次,然後才答。

所以這一段的第五問,是下一段的題目。

讀本論的長問要記住這件事:先數問了幾件,再數答了幾件。兩個數字對得上,這一段就是完整的;對不上,缺的那一件多半在別處,不是脫文。

而數過之後,還可以再問一句:答的那一件,真的是所問的那一件嗎?

本段就有一處不是。

論主先問「何以故貪癡行人而能修行頭陀」,答了兩個例子:貪的人到了極愛之處反而成就不放逸,不放逸就伏得住貪;癡的人依著頭陀受也成就不放逸,不放逸就伏得住癡。

答得很清楚。

接著他又問了一次:「何故貪癡人修行頭陀?」

而這一次的答是:瞋人受苦反而更成就他的惡,像患痰病的人服了熱湯反而加重病情,所以瞋人不應當修行。

問的是貪癡人為什麼能修,答的是瞋人為什麼不能修。

論主不說為什麼要這樣答。可以看見的只是:這一段的稱謂本來就不安分——前面說「貪癡行人」「嗔恚行人」,後面說「貪癡人」「瞋人」,連「嗔」和「瞋」兩個字都在同一段裡並用。

更奇的還在後面:剛說完瞋人不當修行頭陀,下一句就說瞋人應當住無事處和樹下——而那兩處正是十三頭陀裡的兩條。

論主不解釋,也不調和,就這樣擺著。

本編照錄,不代他判。

This passage opens with one long string of questions: What is called the share in the ascetic practices? How many qualities do the ascetic practices have? Among the three types of practitioner, who cultivates the ascetic practices? How many ascetic practices are seasonal? Is there something that is an ascetic practice and is spoken of as an ascetic practice?

Five.

The answer then proceeds—the share in the ascetic practices is the thirteen ascetic practices spoken by the Buddha and established as precepts by the Buddha; the qualities of the ascetic practices are two, non-greed and non-delusion; among the three types of practitioner, greedy and deluded persons can cultivate them, while an angry person cannot; and the seasonal practices are three—beneath a tree, in the open, and in a charnel ground—during the rains retreat the Buddha permits a covered place.

Four.

Not one word answers the fifth question.

Its answer is in the next passage. The next passage opens by asking the same question again, and only then answers it.

The fifth question in this passage is therefore the subject of the next passage.

When reading a long question in this treatise, remember this: first count how many things are asked, then count how many are answered. When the two numbers match, the passage is complete; when they do not, the missing item is usually elsewhere rather than being a lacuna.

After counting, one can ask one further question: Is the item answered actually the item that was asked?

Here, in one place, it is not.

The author first asks, “Why can practitioners of greedy and deluded temperaments cultivate the ascetic practices?” He answers with two examples: when a greedy person reaches what is deeply loved, heedfulness arises, and heedfulness can subdue greed; a deluded person, in dependence on undertaking the ascetic practices, likewise gives rise to heedfulness, and heedfulness can subdue delusion.

The answer is clear.

He then asks again: “Why do greedy and deluded persons cultivate the ascetic practices?”

This time, however, the answer is that when an angry person undergoes suffering, that person’s evil becomes still worse, just as hot broth makes a phlegm illness worse; therefore, an angry person should not cultivate them.

The question asks why greedy and deluded persons can cultivate them; the answer says why an angry person cannot.

The author does not say why he answers in this way. What can be seen is only that the designations in this passage are already unsettled—first “practitioners of greedy and deluded temperaments” and “a practitioner of angry temperament,” then “greedy and deluded persons” and “an angry person”; even the two characters 嗔 and 瞋 are both used in the same passage.

Stranger still, immediately after saying that an angry person should not cultivate the ascetic practices, the next sentence says that an angry person should dwell in a secluded place and beneath a tree—and those are two of the thirteen ascetic practices.

The author does not explain or harmonize the two; he simply leaves them side by side.

This edition records them as they stand and does not adjudicate on his behalf.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Five Questions on the Share in the Ascetic Practices · Doorway · Summer 2026

頭陀四句與相味起The Four Cases of the Ascetic Practices and Their Characteristic, Function, and Arising

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈頭陀品〉三千多字,末段只有一百七十字,是全品最短的一段。

它做兩件事。

第一件,是把上一段沒答完的話答完。上一段一口氣問了五件,答了四件;第五件「有是頭陀說頭陀」擱在那裡。本段起手就把那一問重新問一次,然後給出一組四句:

是頭陀而說頭陀——阿羅漢成就頭陀受。 是頭陀而不說頭陀——阿羅漢不成就頭陀受。 非頭陀而說頭陀——學人、凡夫成就頭陀受。 非頭陀而不說頭陀——學人、凡夫不成就頭陀受。

四句用兩個判準交叉:「是不是頭陀」判的是人——阿羅漢,還是學人凡夫;「說不說頭陀」判的是行——有沒有成就頭陀受。

所以一個人行十三頭陀,不等於他「是頭陀」;而一個阿羅漢不行頭陀,也仍然「是頭陀」。

論主不解釋為什麼這樣分。就這樣放著。

第二件,是問頭陀的相、味、起。

答:少欲為相,知足為味,無疑為起。

而〈頭陀品〉開卷第一段,論主答「為什麼要受頭陀功德」時排的八個「為」,頭三個正是:為於少欲、為於知足、為於無疑。

同樣三個詞,同樣的次序。

不止兩處。本品中間第五段引佛語,說「若糞掃衣比丘,依少欲知足,樂靜無疑,依於解脫」——三個詞又連在一起,次序仍舊。

於是這三個詞在本品的三個關節上齊出:開卷的總說、中間的佛語、品末的相味起。

其中「無疑」二字更值得記住:它在整部《解脫道論》出現十九次,一次也不出這一品。第一次就是品首的「為於無疑」,最後一次就是品末的「無疑為起」。

論主不把這三處接起來,本編也不代他接。

只把它放在這裡供讀者自己看:開卷問的是為什麼要受,品末答的是受成了是什麼相——而說的是同樣三個詞。

末了一句是全品的收尾:受為初,修行為中,歡喜為後。

寫完這七個字,這一品就結束了。下一行是「分別定品第四」。

The Chapter on the Ascetic Practices contains more than three thousand Chinese characters. Its final passage contains only 170, making it the shortest passage in the chapter.

It does two things.

The first is to finish answering what the preceding passage left unanswered. The preceding passage asked five things in a single breath and answered four; the fifth, “Is there something that is an ascetic practice and is spoken of as an ascetic practice?”, was left there. The present passage begins by asking that question again, then gives a set of four cases:

What is an ascetic practice and is spoken of as an ascetic practice—an arahant who accomplishes the undertaking of ascetic practices. What is an ascetic practice and is not spoken of as an ascetic practice—an arahant who does not accomplish the undertaking of ascetic practices. What is not an ascetic practice and is spoken of as an ascetic practice—trainees and ordinary people who accomplish the undertaking of ascetic practices. What is not an ascetic practice and is not spoken of as an ascetic practice—trainees, ordinary people who do not accomplish the undertaking of ascetic practices.

The four cases cross two criteria: “is or is not an ascetic practice” judges the person—an arahant, or trainees and ordinary people; “is or is not spoken of as an ascetic practice” judges the practice—whether the undertaking of ascetic practices is accomplished.

Thus, a person’s carrying out the thirteen ascetic practices does not mean that person “is an ascetic practice”; and an arahant who does not carry them out still “is an ascetic practice.”

The author does not explain why he divides them this way. He simply leaves them there.

The second thing is to ask about the characteristic, function, and arising of the ascetic practices.

The answer: few desires are the characteristic, contentment is the function, and free of doubt is the arising.

At the opening of the Chapter on the Ascetic Practices, when the author answers “Why undertake the qualities of the ascetic practices?”, the first three of his eight statements beginning with “for” are precisely: for few desires, for contentment, for being free of doubt.

The same three terms, in the same order.

There are not only two places. In the chapter’s fifth passage, the words of the Buddha are quoted: “if a rag-robe bhikkhu depends on few desires and contentment, delights in quiet, is free of doubt, and depends on freedom”—the three terms are once again joined, and the order remains the same.

Thus, the three terms occur together at three joints in this chapter: the opening general account, the words of the Buddha in the middle, and the account of characteristic, function, and arising at the end.

The expression “free of doubt” deserves particular remembrance: it occurs nineteen times in the entire Path of Freedom and not once outside this chapter. Its first occurrence is “for being free of doubt” at the chapter’s beginning, and its last is “free of doubt is the arising” at the chapter’s end.

The author does not connect the three places, and this edition does not connect them on his behalf.

They are only placed here for readers to see for themselves: the opening asks why the practices should be undertaken, while the end answers what their characteristic is once undertaken—and both speak in the same three terms.

The final sentence closes the whole chapter: undertaking is the beginning, practice is the middle, and joy is the end.

When those seven Chinese characters are finished, the chapter ends. The next line is “Chapter Four: Analysis of Concentration.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Cases of the Ascetic Practices and Their Characteristic, Function, and Arising · Doorway · Summer 2026

定的總問、功德與資具The General Questions on Concentration, Its Benefits, and Its Requisites

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一部論開口就把一整品要說的事列成問,《解脫道論》十二品裡只有這一品。

十三個問號一氣排下:定是什麼、相是什麼、味是什麼、起是什麼、處是什麼、什麼人受、禪與解脫與定與正受怎麼分、幾個因、幾個障、幾種功德、幾樣資具、有幾種、怎麼起。

這是一份不加標號的目錄。論主不編號,也不說「以下十三事」——他只是把問排出來,然後一路答下去。

於是三處參差,都要讀的人自己編了號才看得見。

第一處,序倒了。問裡是因、障、功德;答裡是功德、障、因。前七問一個不亂,偏偏這三問整整倒轉,隨後又回到正序。照問讀是由因到果,照答讀是由果溯因——先說得定有什麼好,再說什麼擋住它,最後說什麼生起它。二序皆通,論主取了後者,不說為什麼。

第二處,數不齊。本段標出數目的地方五處。四功德列四,合;九個「故」列九,合;八障法列八,合。到了末尾,「謂有八法」的定因,怎麼數都不到八;「謂有七種戒」的定資,底下只有六目。三處合,二處不合,而不合的兩處都在收尾這三節裡。

值得自己停在這裡:兩處差的都恰好是一。「七種戒」若把「戒」字從詞裡拆出來單作一目,就恰好七——二讀之別,只在一個字屬上還是屬下。論主不說,本編也不代斷。

第三處,有一問始終沒答。「云何起定」是十三問的最後一問,本品自始至終沒有一處以它作標目來答。這四個字全論只出現這一次。本品末了收在「一切諸定皆入四定」——定的種類辨完了,起定的方法沒有說。

而「何以起定」四個字,全論也只出現一次,在下一品的開卷。二語各一見,一在本品之問,一在次品之問。論主不說二者相承。

段中另有兩件小事該記。一是同一部阿毘曇,前面稱「如阿毘曇說」,隔十行又稱「如毘曇說」,兩式並用。二是四種功德,每一種底下都繫一句佛語作證,第一種繫了兩句——而定的定義不引佛語,相味起處不引,誰受定不引,障法、定因、資具都不引。唯獨說到功德,句句要佛語作保。

問是論主自己給的目錄,答是他自己走的路。目錄與路不合的地方,就是這一品的關節。

Among the twelve chapters of the Path of Freedom, this is the only one that opens by setting out in questions everything an entire chapter will discuss.

Thirteen question marks follow in one breath: what concentration is; what its characteristic, function, arising, and basis are; who receives it; how jhāna, liberation, concentration, and attainment differ; how many causes, how many obstructions, how many benefits, and how many requisites there are; how many kinds there are; and how it arises.

This is a table of contents without numbers. The author does not number the items or say “the following thirteen matters”—he simply sets out the questions and then proceeds through the answers.

The reader must therefore number the questions before three misalignments become visible.

First, the sequence is reversed. The questions give causes, obstructions, and benefits; the answers give benefits, obstructions, and causes. The first seven questions remain perfectly ordered, but these three are reversed in full, after which the text returns to the original sequence. Read according to the questions, the movement is from cause to result; read according to the answers, it moves back from result to cause—first what is good about attaining concentration, then what obstructs it, and finally what gives rise to it. Both sequences work. The author chooses the latter without saying why.

Second, the numbers do not agree. Five places in the passage state a number. The four benefits list four: agreement. The nine “because” statements list nine: agreement. The eight obstructing dhammas list eight: agreement. At the end, the causes of concentration said to be “eight dhammas” do not reach eight however they are counted, while the requisites said to be “seven kinds of virtue” have only six items beneath them. Three agree and two do not; both disagreements occur in these final three sections.

The place to pause for oneself is here: both deficits are exactly one. If the word “virtue” is detached from “seven kinds of virtue” and treated as an item in its own right, there are exactly seven. The two readings differ only in whether a single word belongs above or below. The author does not say, and this edition does not impose a division.

Third, one question is never answered. “How is concentration caused to arise?” is the last of the thirteen questions, yet nowhere from beginning to end does this chapter answer under that heading. These words occur only once in the entire treatise. The chapter closes with “all concentrations enter into the four concentrations”—the kinds of concentration have been distinguished, but the method of arousing concentration has not been stated.

The words “What makes concentration arise?” likewise occur only once in the whole treatise, at the opening of the next chapter. Each expression occurs once: one in a question in this chapter, the other in a question in the next. The author does not say that they continue one another.

Two smaller matters within the passage should also be retained. First, the same Abhidhamma is introduced earlier as “as the Abhidhamma says” and ten lines later as “as Abhidhamma says”; both forms are used. Second, every one of the four benefits has a statement of the Buddha attached as evidence, with two statements attached to the first—whereas the definition of concentration cites no words of the Buddha, nor do characteristic, function, arising, and basis, who receives concentration, the obstructing dhammas, the causes of concentration, or the requisites. Only when the passage reaches the benefits does every item require the words of the Buddha as its warrant.

The questions are the table of contents the author himself provides; the answers are the road he himself walks. Where the contents and the road do not agree is where this chapter turns.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The General Questions on Concentration, Its Benefits, and Its Requisites · Doorway · Summer 2026

二種定諸門:邪定與正定The Two-Fold Divisions of Concentration: Wrong and Right

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一百三十五字,三組二分,三次都用同一個發端——定有二種、定有二種、定有二種。

式子擺得一樣平。可是給的字一組比一組少。

第一組是世間定與出世間定。論主把世間定的相列了九樣:有漏、有結、有縛、流、厄、蓋、戒盜見盜、取、煩惱。輪到出世定,只有四個字——與此相違。一邊九目,一邊零目。

第二組是邪定與正定。兩邊各一句,對稱到極處:同樣一個「一心」,加不善就是邪,加善就是正。而這一組後面多了一句別組沒有的話——邪定當斷,正定應修。

第三組是外定與安定。兩邊各一句,沒有目,沒有判,連問也不設。

值得自己停下來的是第二組那句多出來的判。三組都是二分,何以只有這一組說到斷與修?

答就在三組所用的分準裡。第一組以「聖果所得」分——得不得聖果,是已然的結果,不是可斷可修的事。第三組以定的位次分——前一分、後一分,也不是可斷可修的事。唯獨第二組以善與不善分,而善與不善,正是可斷可修者。所以那一句判只能落在這一組上,落在別組都無處著力。

論主自己不說這一層。可核的只是三組所用的準各異這一件事。

再往後看一眼,還有一件事該記:三組六個名字,出了本段之後的命運差得很遠。世間定、出世定那一組,出本段全論不再用。邪定另有二見在末品的十邪邊裡。而字給得最少的那一組裡的「安定」,全論十五見,十三見都在講行門的品八——連定義都照樣搬去,只換了收語。

於是三組的排法有了另一個看法:字給得最少的那一組,是本品唯一在後文長長用下去的一組。

讀分類的段落,不要只讀分了什麼。先量每一組、每一邊得了多少字;式子是平的,分量往往不平,不平之處就是論主要你留意的地方。

One hundred and thirty-five characters, three twofold divisions, and the same opening all three times—concentration is of two kinds, concentration is of two kinds, concentration is of two kinds.

The formula is laid out with perfect evenness. Yet each successive pair receives fewer words.

The first pair is worldly and supramundane concentration. The author lists nine characteristics of worldly concentration: influxes, fetters, bonds, stream, peril, covering, 戒盜見盜, appropriation, and defilement. When the text reaches world-transcending concentration, it gives only four characters—contrary to this. One side has nine entries; the other has none.

The second pair is wrong and right concentration. Each side receives one sentence, and the symmetry could hardly be more exact: the same “one-pointed mind” is wrong when unwholesome and right when wholesome. After this pair comes one sentence given to neither of the others—wrong concentration should be abandoned; right concentration should be developed.

The third pair is outer concentration and absorption concentration. Each side receives one sentence, with no entries, no judgment, and not even a question.

The place to pause for oneself is the judgment added to the second pair. All three pairs divide concentration in two; why does only this one speak of abandoning and developing?

The answer lies in the criterion used by each pair. The first divides by “obtained through noble fruition”—whether noble fruition has been obtained is an already-accomplished result, not something to abandon or develop. The third divides by stages of concentration—an earlier portion and a later portion—which likewise are not things to abandon or develop. Only the second divides by wholesome and unwholesome, and wholesome and unwholesome are precisely what can be developed and abandoned. That judgment can therefore fall only upon this pair; applied to either of the others, it would have no purchase.

The author does not state this level of meaning. What can be verified is only that the three pairs use different criteria.

Looking a little farther ahead reveals one more thing worth retaining. The six names in the three pairs meet very different fates after this passage. The names for worldly and world-transcending concentration are never used again. Wrong concentration occurs twice more among the ten wrong factors in the final chapter. Yet “absorption concentration,” from the pair given the fewest words, occurs fifteen times in the treatise, thirteen of them in chapter eight, the Chapter on the Doorways of Practice—even the definition is carried over unchanged, with only its closing formula altered.

The three pairs may therefore be seen another way: the pair given the fewest words is the only one in this chapter that continues to be used at length later in the treatise.

When reading a passage of classifications, do not read only what is divided. First measure how many words each group and each side receives. The formula may be even while the weight is not, and where the weight is unequal is where the author asks for attention.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Two-Fold Divisions of Concentration: Wrong and Right · Doorway · Summer 2026

三種定與四種定諸門The Three-Fold and Four-Fold Divisions of Concentration

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

論主要說四種修行的人。他先列名:苦修行鈍智、苦修行利智、樂修行利智、樂修行鈍智。

然後他逐一展開:密煩惱而鈍根的,苦修行,以鈍智得定;密煩惱而利根的,苦修行,以利智得定;疎煩惱而鈍根的,樂修行,以鈍智得定;疎煩惱而利根的,樂修行,以利智得定。

把兩欄擺在一起看:列名是苦鈍、苦利、樂利、樂鈍;展開是苦鈍、苦利、樂鈍、樂利

第三目與第四目,恰好相反。

值得自己停在這裡:是列名不穩,還是展開不穩?

本段答不了。可核的是另一件事,而這件事很硬——大正藏在這兩個字上都出了校記。第三目的「利」,宋、元、明、宮四本作「鈍」;第四目的「鈍」,四本作「利」。合起來,四本的列名恰好是「樂修行鈍智、樂修行利智」,與展開的次序完全相合

內證是這樣的:底本的列名與底本自己的展開不合,異讀的列名與底本的展開相合。

本編誌其內證,仍並錄不判,本文從底本。校記是誌而不改,內證再強也只是內證;把它記清楚,交給人審——這是本編能做的全部。

從這裡可以帶走一個讀法,用得上一輩子:遇到「先列名、後逐一釋」的段落,把列名抄成一欄,展開抄成另一欄,逐條對齊。然後看序合不合、每一目的釋法是不是同一種、不合之處大正藏有沒有出校記。

次序要緊:先自己對齊,再去看校記。倒過來,就成了拿校記去找問題;照這個次序,才是拿問題去印證校記。

本段還有兩處可以用這個方法練手。一處是三組三種定——前兩組都以禪相配,第三組忽然改成以人相配。一處是最後四句,句式本該完全平行,實際上第一句的「定小精進」不用其餘三句的「彼事」,第四句的「定已隨心所得」比其餘三句多一個「已」字;而校記又恰恰落在第四句上。

校記出在哪裡,往往就是文本自己不穩的地方。

最後還有一件事該記:本段六門、四百多字,一個譬也沒有。上一單元給定下定義時,六個譬擠在十行之內。論主在下定義的時候用譬,在分類的時候不用。

The author of the treatise is describing the persons of the four kinds of practice. He first lists the names: painful practice with dull wisdom, painful practice with sharp wisdom, pleasant practice with sharp wisdom, and pleasant practice with dull wisdom.

He then expands them one by one: one of 密煩惱 and dull faculties practises painfully and obtains concentration with dull wisdom; one of 密煩惱 and sharp faculties practises painfully and obtains concentration with sharp wisdom; one of 疎煩惱 and dull faculties practises pleasantly and obtains concentration with dull wisdom; one of 疎煩惱 and sharp faculties practises pleasantly and obtains concentration with sharp wisdom.

Place the two columns side by side: the list is painful–dull, painful–sharp, pleasant–sharp, pleasant–dull; the expansion is painful–dull, painful–sharp, pleasant–dull, pleasant–sharp.

The third and fourth items are exactly reversed.

It is worth pausing here oneself: is the list unstable, or is the expansion unstable?

This passage cannot answer. What can be checked is another matter, and the evidence is hard—the Taishō has a textual note on both of these characters. For the third item’s 利, the Song, Yuan, Ming, and Gong witnesses read 鈍; for the fourth item’s 鈍, the four witnesses read 利. Taken together, the four witnesses’ list is precisely “pleasant practice with dull wisdom, pleasant practice with sharp wisdom,” in complete agreement with the order of the expansion.

The internal evidence is this: the base text’s list does not agree with its own expansion, while the variant list agrees with the expansion of the base text.

This edition records that internal evidence, still presents both readings without adjudication, and follows the base in the text. A textual note records without emending; however strong the internal evidence, it remains only internal evidence. To record it clearly and hand it over for human review—this is all the present edition can do.

From this one can take away a way of reading that will serve for a lifetime: when a passage first lists names and then explains them one by one, copy the list into one column and the expansion into another, then align them item by item. Then see whether the orders agree, whether every item is explained in the same way, and whether the Taishō has a textual note where they do not agree.

The order matters: align them yourself first, then consult the textual notes. Reversing the order turns the exercise into using the notes to look for a problem; in this order, it uses the problem to confirm the notes.

This passage has two further places where this method can be practised. One is the three groups of threefold concentration—the first two are correlated with jhānas, while the third suddenly changes to persons. The other is the final four statements: their form ought to be completely parallel, but in fact the first statement’s “the concentration has little energy” does not use the other three statements’ “that matter,” and the fourth statement’s “the concentration has already been obtained as the mind wishes” has one more word, “already,” than the other three; the textual note falls precisely on the fourth statement.

Where a textual note occurs is often where the text itself is unstable.

One final matter should be remembered: this passage has six doorways and more than four hundred characters, without a single simile. In the preceding unit’s definition of concentration, six similes were crowded into ten lines. The author uses similes when defining and does not use them when classifying.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Three-Fold and Four-Fold Divisions of Concentration · Doorway · Summer 2026

四種定的多重分類The Multiple Four-Fold Classifications of Concentration

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

三百字,四門,每一門都把定分成四種。

數目一律。可是四門的說法,沒有兩門相同。

第一門逐目說它依什麼而得——依欲、依精進、依心、依慧。第二門逐句配上定的名字——大悲定與雙變定、學果定、九次第定與無學果定、無想定。第三門忽然設了一問一答,而其餘三句直陳。第四門逐禪說它離什麼、成什麼。

四門四式,沒有一門與別門同式。

而且每一門之內又各有一處不齊。第一門四目,三目作「依……修得」而收作「謂為某定」之式,唯獨精進一目少一個「修」、少一個「為」——同一目連省兩字。第二門四句配的名字是二、一、二、一,不是各配一個。第三門四句的收語是四種——此謂、是、亦、非;而它設的那一問「云何為起不為滅」,字面全是剛列過的那一句,一個新字也沒有。第四門說四禪,初禪列五個名字不說枝數,二禪三禪說枝數不列名字,第四禪又回到列名字——列名、說數、說數、列名,一往一復。

值得自己停下來的是第四禪那個「捨」字。

初禪列的五個名字是覺、觀、喜、樂、一心——裡面沒有捨。順著減下來,四禪離樂,該只剩一個一心。可是論文寫的是「捨一心」,多了一個捨;而論主只說「離樂」,沒有說「得捨」,也沒有說這個捨從哪裡來。

本段答不了。可核的有兩件,都在本品之內:前一單元以喜、樂、捨三分諸禪時,四禪正是那個「共捨生」的——捨早已配給了四禪,本段用它而不釋。至於「離樂捨一心」這五個字該斷在哪裡,下一單元的平行句寫得清楚:離樂,成就二分,所謂捨一心——以「二分」明說那是兩樣。本編仍照字面保留,不代為斷。

從這一段可以帶走一個讀法:本論分類極多,一連幾門同一個數目是常事;遇到這種段落,先把「數」放下,看「式」。

把每一門的釋式記下來——是釋所依,是配以名,是設問答,是言所離所成。式子記完,往往就看見論主每換一門就換一種切法;而換式的地方,就是他換了要你看的那一面。

記完式,再數門內的四目齊不齊。數目最容易看,式子要記,門內的不齊要數;三層看完,這一段才算讀過。

Three hundred characters, four doorways, and each doorway divides concentration into four kinds.

The number is uniform. Yet no two doorways use the same manner of presentation.

The first doorway says for each item what it is obtained in dependence on—desire, energy, mind, and wisdom. The second pairs each statement with names of concentrations—the concentrations of great compassion and twin transformation, learner-fruition concentration, the nine successive concentrations and adept-fruition concentration, and concentration without perception. The third suddenly sets up a question and answer, while the remaining three statements are direct. The fourth states for each jhāna what it leaves and what it accomplishes.

Four doorways and four forms, with no doorway using the same form as another.

Moreover, within each doorway there is one place that is not uniform. In the first doorway, three of the four items use the form “cultivated and obtained in dependence on …” and close with “this is called such-and-such concentration,” while the energy item alone omits one 修, “cultivated,” and one 為—two omissions in succession in the same item. The names paired with the second doorway’s four statements number two, one, two, one, rather than one for each. The third doorway’s four closing expressions have four forms—“this is called,” “is,” “also,” and “not”; and its question “what is for arising but not for cessation?” literally repeats the statement just listed, without one new character. In the fourth doorway, the first jhāna lists five names without stating the number of factors; the second and third jhānas state the numbers of factors without listing names; and the fourth jhāna returns to listing names—listing names, stating a number, stating a number, listing names, one movement out and back.

The point at which to pause for oneself is the character “equanimity” in the fourth jhāna.

The five names listed for the first jhāna are applied thought, sustained thought, joy, pleasure, and one-pointedness—equanimity is not among them. Following the subtraction, when the fourth jhāna leaves pleasure, only one-pointedness ought to remain. Yet the text reads “equanimity one-pointedness,” adding equanimity; and the author says only “leaving pleasure,” not “obtaining equanimity,” nor does he say where this equanimity comes from.

The present passage cannot answer this. Two matters can be checked, both within this chapter. When the preceding unit divided the jhānas by joy, pleasure, and equanimity, the fourth jhāna was precisely the one “arisen together with equanimity”—equanimity had already been assigned to the fourth jhāna, and the present passage uses it without explanation. As for where to punctuate the five-character expression 離樂捨一心, the next unit’s parallel sentence is clear: leaving pleasure, one accomplishes two divisions, namely equanimity and one-pointedness—“two divisions” states plainly that these are two things. This edition nevertheless retains the literal wording and does not punctuate it on the text’s behalf.

One way of reading can be taken from this passage: this treatise contains many classifications, and several successive doorways using the same number are common; when encountering such a passage, first set down the “number” and look at the “form.”

Record each doorway’s explanatory form—whether it explains the basis, pairs statements with names, sets up question and answer, or states what is left and accomplished. Once the forms have been recorded, one often sees the author change the cut each time he changes doorways; where the form changes, he has changed the aspect he wants you to see.

After recording the form, count whether the four items within the doorway are uniform. The number is easiest to see; the form must be recorded; the nonuniformity within the doorway must be counted. Only after seeing all three levels has this passage been read.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Multiple Four-Fold Classifications of Concentration · Doorway · Summer 2026

五種定與四禪五禪The Five-Fold Divisions and the Four and Five Jhānas

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

論主立五禪,先把五枝的名字給全:覺、觀、喜、樂、一心。

然後一級一級減下去。

初禪,離五蓋,成就五枝。二禪,離覺,成就四枝——只離覺,不離觀,這正是五禪之所以為五禪。三禪,離喜——

照理該是三枝。論文寫的是二枝。

四枝與二枝之間,少了一級。而論主只說「離喜」,一個字也沒有交代「觀」到哪裡去了。

值得自己停在這裡。可核的有三件事。

一是字面。前一單元說四禪時,三禪那一句是「離喜成就二枝」——與這裡的五個字完全一樣。而在四禪的系統裡,二禪是覺觀一起離、成三枝,三禪離喜成二枝,三減一等於二,那裡是對的。

二是數。「成就三枝」全論只出現一次,在四禪門;「成就四枝」全論也只出現一次,在五禪門。兩個系統各有一個獨用的數目,而「成就二枝」兩門都用。

三是校記。本段有三條校記,分別在別的三句上,沒有一條落在枝數上。異讀不為此處作證。

論主不說,本編也不代改、不代補。

從這裡可以帶走一個讀法,簡單到用一支筆就夠:凡遇到「離某某,成就幾枝」這樣一級一級遞減的列,不要讀過去——把數目自己減一遍。

第一級給了幾樣?每一級離掉幾樣?減出來的數,和論文寫的對不對得上?對得上就讀完了;對不上的地方,論文多半省了一步而沒有說。再問一句:這一處有沒有校記?有校記,異讀往往就是那省掉的一步;沒有校記,就是文本自己如此,只能照錄。

本段正好給了這個方法的兩種結果。三禪的枝數減不出來,而該處於枝數無校記——只能照錄。而底下兩種坐禪人的對照裡,也有一處對不齊:前一人「於麁覺觀攝念思惟」而所知的過患只說「覺」,後一人「於麁覺攝念思惟」所知也是「覺」——後一人自洽,前一人不洽。那一處恰恰有校記,四本作「覺觀」;一改就齊了。本編仍並錄不判,本文從底本。

最後,全品收在一句話上:一切諸定,都入四定。

〈分別定品〉從第二單元起一路分定——二種三次、三種三次、四種七次、五種三次,十六門,數目由二遞增到五。遞增到五,收在四。論主不說其所以。

而這一句收完,下一行就是次品的品題;再下一行,論主開口便問:爾時何以起定?

本品把定分了十六遍,卻始終沒有說它怎麼起。起定的事,交給下一品。

The author establishes the five jhānas by first giving all five factor names: applied thought, sustained thought, joy, pleasure, and one-pointedness.

He then subtracts level by level.

In the first jhāna, leaving the five hindrances, one accomplishes five factors. In the second jhāna, leaving applied thought, one accomplishes four factors—only applied thought is left, not sustained thought, and this is precisely why five jhānas are five jhānas. In the third jhāna, leaving joy—

By calculation, there ought to be three factors. The text reads two.

Between four factors and two factors, one level is missing. Yet the author says only “leaving joy” and does not account in a single character for where sustained thought has gone.

It is worth pausing here. Three matters can be checked.

First, the literal wording. When the preceding unit presents the four jhānas, the sentence for the third jhāna is “leaving joy, one accomplishes two factors”—exactly the same five characters as here. In the four-jhāna system, the second jhāna leaves applied and sustained thought together and has three factors, while the third leaves joy and has two; three minus one is two, so it is correct there.

Second, the numbers. “Accomplishes three factors” occurs only once in the whole treatise, in the four-jhāna doorway; “accomplishes four factors” likewise occurs only once, in the five-jhāna doorway. Each system has one number used only by it, while both doorways use “accomplishes two factors.”

Third, the textual notes. This passage has three textual notes, each on one of three other sentences, and not one falls on the number of factors. No variant reading bears witness here.

The author does not say, and this edition neither alters nor supplies.

One way of reading can be taken from this, simple enough to require only a pen: whenever a step-by-step descending list says “leaving such-and-such, one accomplishes this many factors,” do not read past it—subtract the numbers for yourself.

How many things were given at the first level? How many are left at each level? Does the number produced by subtraction agree with the number written in the text? If it agrees, the reading is complete. Where it does not agree, the text has usually omitted a step without saying so. Then ask one more question: is there a textual note at this point? Where there is a note, the variant often supplies the omitted step; where there is no note, the text itself simply stands this way and can only be recorded as written.

The present passage gives precisely the two results of this method. The number of factors in the third jhāna cannot be obtained by subtraction, and there is no textual note on the factor count at that point—so it can only be recorded as written. In the comparison of the two persons below, there is likewise one place that does not align: the first person “gathers mindfulness and reflects upon coarse applied and sustained thought,” yet the fault known is stated only as “applied thought”; the second “gathers mindfulness and reflects upon coarse applied thought,” and what is known is likewise “applied thought.” The second person is internally aligned, while the first is not. A textual note falls precisely there, and the four witnesses read “applied and sustained thought”; that one change makes the pair align. This edition nevertheless records both without adjudication, and the present text follows the base.

Finally, the whole chapter closes with one sentence: all concentrations enter into the four concentrations.

Beginning with its second unit, the Chapter on the Analysis of Concentration divides concentration throughout—three doorways of two kinds, three of three kinds, seven of four kinds, and three of five kinds: sixteen doorways, with the number increasing from two to five. It increases to five and closes with four. The author does not say why.

Once that sentence closes, the next line is the heading of the next chapter; on the line after that, the author opens by asking, “At that time, how is concentration to arise?”

The present chapter divides concentration sixteen times, yet never says how it arises. The matter of arousing concentration is given to the next chapter.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Five-Fold Divisions and the Four and Five Jhānas · Doorway · Summer 2026

善知識的必要與七分The Necessity of a Good Friend and the Seven Factors

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一部八萬七千字的論,「善知識」三個字只出現十次。兩次在品題,八次在這一段。這一段一過,直到書末,不再有。

同一品的下一段還在講覓師的事,卻改口叫禪師、叫和上、叫闍梨——一次也不用「善知識」。名字換了,因為位置換了:這一段立其人,下一段行其事。

論主把「定要怎麼起」這個問題的第一步,安在一個人身上,不安在一種法上。上一品剛把定的種類辨完,緊接著問「爾時何以起定」,答的是「當覓勝善知識」。

沒有他會怎樣?論主給了兩個譬和一個名字。譬是:像一個人獨自去遠國,沒有同伴給他開示,於是隨意自行;像一頭沒有鉤的象。這兩個譬說的不是孤單,是沒有人管得住。名字是有雲比丘——「如經中說:有雲比丘成於退分」。而「如經中說」這一式,全論只用過這一次;用得極省:不出經名,不說他做了什麼,只給一個名字、一個結果。

有他又會怎樣?十三個譬一口氣排下來,加上前面失師的兩個,一段之內十五譬,而這十五譬各自在全論只出現一次,無一重出。其中那頭象出現了兩回,是同一頭:先是沒有鉤的象,後是被繫住的象。論主不換動物,只換牠的處境。

到了說資格的地方,有一處字面上的相合值得記住:善知識該明了的是「修多羅、毘曇、毘尼」,而本論在序分自道要廣問的,也正是「修多羅、毘曇、毘尼」——三名連舉,全論二見,一在自道,一在求師。他要求於師的,就是他自道其書所問的。

然後論主讓了一步:得不到那兩種功德成就的人,取七分成就的,也當去覓。可是讓過這一步,七分之下就不再讓了

值得自己去停的是這裡:這一退,退的方向是從「他證到哪裡」退到「他跟你相處起來如何」。七分裡的可敬愛、可重,說的是共住而樂、戒行寂靜、不貪欲多語——不是他證了什麼,是他跟人在一處是什麼樣子。前者你多半驗不出來,後者住上幾日就知道。論主不說這一層,本編也不代他說。

七目讀下來,形制上處處不齊:起式二形(只有第一目設問),收句四形(是謂、是為、是說、此謂),第六目列名作「說深語」而標目作「深語者」,第四目回指前三目時把「可敬愛」縮成「可愛」。七目而四形。照錄不代齊。

而全段首尾同一個字:開頭「當覓勝善知識」,末了「是善知識可覓」。中間六百字,說的都是覓什麼樣的人

In a treatise of eighty-seven thousand characters, the three-character Chinese expression rendered “good friend” occurs only ten times. Two occurrences are in the chapter heading, and eight are in this passage. Once this passage has ended, the expression does not appear again through the end of the book.

The next passage in the same chapter still concerns seeking a teacher, yet it changes the names to “meditation teacher,” “heshang,” and “ācariya”—without using “good friend” even once. The name changes because the person’s position changes: this passage establishes who the person is; the next puts the relationship into practice.

The treatise author places the first step in answering “How is concentration to arise?” in a person, not in a method. The preceding chapter has just finished distinguishing the kinds of concentration. The very next question asks, “At this point, how is concentration to arise?” and the answer is, “One should seek a superior good friend.”

What happens without such a person? The author gives two comparisons and one name. The comparisons are someone who goes alone to a distant country, with no companion to offer guidance and therefore following one’s own wishes, and an elephant without a hook. These comparisons are not about loneliness; they are about having no one able to restrain the practitioner. The name is the bhikkhu 有雲: “As it is said in a scripture, the bhikkhu 有雲 came to belong to the division of regression.” The formula “as it is said in a scripture” occurs only once in the entire treatise and is used with great economy: no scripture is named and nothing he did is related—only one name and one result are given.

What happens with such a person? Thirteen comparisons follow in a single sequence. Together with the two concerning absence, there are fifteen comparisons in one passage, and every one of the fifteen occurs only once in the whole treatise, with none repeated. The elephant appears twice, but it is the same elephant: first an elephant without a hook, then an elephant held by a tether. The author changes not the animal but its situation.

When the passage turns to qualifications, one verbal correspondence deserves notice. What a good friend should understand is “sutta, abhidhamma, and vinaya,” and what the treatise says in its opening that it will inquire into at length is likewise “sutta, abhidhamma, and vinaya.” The three are named together twice in the entire treatise—once in the author’s account of the book and once in seeking a teacher. What the author requires from the teacher is exactly what the author says this book investigates.

The author then yields one step: if neither kind of person accomplished in qualities can be found, one accomplished in the seven factors should also be sought. After yielding this one step, however, the passage yields no further beneath the seven factors.

The place to pause for oneself is here: the direction of this step down is from “what has this person realized?” to “what is it like to live with this person?” Among the seven factors, being worthy of respect and affection and being worthy of esteem concern living together joyfully, peaceful conduct in virtue, and not being greedy or talkative. They do not say what the person has realized; they say what the person is like in company. The former is usually beyond one’s ability to test, while the latter becomes visible after living together for several days. The author does not state this level of meaning, and this edition does not state it on the author’s behalf.

The seven explanations are repeatedly nonuniform in form: two kinds of opening, with only the first posed as a question; four kinds of closing; “speaking profound discourse” in the list but “one of profound discourse” in the heading; and “worthy of respect and affection” shortened to “worthy of affection” when the fourth item refers back to the first three. Seven items have four closing forms. They are recorded without being regularized.

The beginning and end of the passage share the same act: it opens with “one should seek a superior good friend” and closes with “this is the good friend who should be sought.” The six hundred characters between them all concern what kind of person to seek.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Necessity of a Good Friend and the Seven Factors · Doorway · Summer 2026

尋師、親近與依止Seeking the Teacher, Drawing Near, and Requesting Dependence

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

上一段用了八次「善知識」,這一段一次也不用。

講的還是同一個人——從打聽他住在哪裡,到走到他門下,到請他作依止師——可是名字換了三個:所往的那位叫禪師,本住的那位叫和上,請了依止以後叫闍梨

「禪師」這個稱呼,全論八見,八見都在這一段。上一段不用,其後十品也不用。

而三個名字之間有一道明白的界。「禪師」的末一見在前,「當請依止修所行業」在中,「闍梨」的頭一見在後——一句話之後,這個人就換了名字。「依止」二字全論只出現三次,本段佔其一;「請依止」全論唯此一見。論主用一個罕見的詞作這一段的樞。

至於為什麼請了依止就改稱闍梨,論文不說。可核的只有一件:改名之處恰在請依止之後,不早不晚。

這一段是全論最像手冊的一段。洗澡不要出聲、東西要放高一點不要靠水、進寺要低蓋繞塔、上座要為你拿衣鉢時不要給、比你小的可以給——一千餘字幾乎全是動作。散文裡只有一個譬,而且用在誡語上:「一切依師莫生輕易,如初嫁小女性事舅姑」。不是形容師之可貴,是形容徒之當畏。

有一處值得自己去停。這人千里而來就是為了問法,可論主的規矩是:師不問,就不要說。「若不問」在這一段出現三次。

停下來看它的位置,可核的只有一件事:論主把「作」排在「說」的前面。那三處「若不問」之前,寫的全是事——代取衣鉢、為闍梨洗足、安坐處、授鉢、把自己鉢裡的食減一分給弟子、飯後取他的鉢洗好放好。這些做完了,才輪到說話。

而話也沒有被堵死。三處之下都另開一條路:禮拜、覓時節、然後說「請聽我說本來所欲」。不是不許說,是不許不請而說。

段末那一偈,是《解脫道論》的第一偈。全論十三處說偈,這是最先的一處,其餘十二處都在品八以下。偈十五行,行各兩個半句,半句五字。而偈所勸的不是規矩,是心地——令心無憍慢、守義不自高、若人輒放逸則聞慧不增長。

末一行回到起頭:開卷說「若有禪師應當往彼」,收尾說「若有如是師,當修不放逸」。中間一千餘字,全是怎麼去、怎麼住、怎麼事奉

而這一偈收的不只是一段:本段之訖就是本品之訖,也是卷第二之訖。

The preceding passage uses “good friend” eight times; this passage does not use it once.

The person under discussion is still the same—from asking where the person lives, to arriving at the person’s place, to asking the person to serve as a teacher of dependence—but three names are used. The one being sought is the meditation teacher; the teacher at one’s present residence is the heshang 和上; and after dependence has been requested the person is the ācariya 闍梨.

The designation “meditation teacher” occurs eight times in the whole treatise, all eight in this passage. It is not used in the preceding passage or in any of the ten chapters that follow.

A clear boundary lies between these names. The final occurrence of “meditation teacher” comes first; “one should request dependence and cultivate the work one is to practise” comes in the middle; and the first occurrence of “ācariya” comes after it. After one sentence, the person’s name changes. “Dependence” occurs only three times in the whole treatise, one of them here; “request dependence” occurs nowhere else. The author uses a rare term as the pivot of the passage.

The source does not say why the title changes to ācariya after dependence is requested. Only one thing can be verified: the change comes exactly after the request for dependence—neither earlier nor later.

This is the passage in the entire treatise that most resembles a manual. Do not make noise while bathing; place one’s things high and away from the water; lower the parasol and circumambulate the stūpa when entering a monastery; do not hand the robes and bowl to a senior elder who offers to carry them, though one may hand them to someone junior. Almost all of its thousand-plus characters describe actions. The prose has only one comparison, and it occurs inside an admonition: “Depend upon the teacher in everything and do not give rise to a dismissive attitude, like a young woman newly married who serves her parents-in-law.” The comparison describes the disciple’s sense of restraint, not the teacher’s excellence.

One place deserves a pause. This person has travelled far for the very purpose of asking about the Dhamma, yet the rule is: if the teacher does not ask, do not speak. The words “if not asked” occur three times in this passage.

Look at where they stand. Only one thing can be verified: the author places “doing” before “speaking.” Before the three instances of “if not asked,” the passage lists actions—taking the teacher’s robes and bowl, washing the ācariya’s feet, arranging the seat, presenting the bowl, taking a portion from one’s own bowl for the disciple, then washing and putting away the ācariya’s bowl after the meal. Only after these have been done does speech begin.

Speech is not blocked altogether. Under the three instances the passage opens another way: bow, discern the proper time, and then say, “Please hear what I originally wished to say.” It does not forbid speech; it forbids speaking without first asking leave.

The verse at the end is the first verse in the Path of Freedom. The treatise mentions a verse thirteen times; this is the earliest, and the other twelve occur in chapter eight and after. The verse has fifteen lines, each line two half-lines, each half-line five characters. What it urges is not outward procedure but inward disposition—the mind free of pride, guarding meaning without self-exaltation, and the failure of wisdom born of learning to grow when a person is repeatedly heedless.

The last line returns to the opening. The prose begins, “If there is a meditation teacher, one should go there”; the verse ends, “If there is such a teacher, one should cultivate heedfulness.” The thousand-plus characters between them all concern how to go, how to stay, and how to attend upon the teacher.

The verse closes more than a passage: the end of this passage is the end of the chapter, and also the end of fascicle two.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Seeking the Teacher, Drawing Near, and Requesting Dependence · Doorway · Summer 2026

十四行、七人與三行Fourteen Temperaments, Seven Persons, and Three Temperaments

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一列十四個名目排下來,其中一個名出現了兩次。

讀到這裡,人多半會想:抄重了。

論主知道你會這樣想。所以在下文,他把那一對寫成「二等分行人成一」——不寫「等分行人、等分行人」,只在前面加一個「二」。

那個「二」字,是他自己按在紙上的指印。

因為那一列不是一條直線。它是兩行七目交錯著寫下來的:先三個煩惱的單名,再三個信慧的單名,再四個煩惱這邊的,再四個信慧這邊的。三、三、四、四。把第一段接到第三段,得七目;把第二段接到第四段,也得七目。

重出的那個名,在甲行是第七位,在乙行也是第七位。

它重出,是因為它在兩行裡各佔一位。

十四人的那一列,排法一字不差地又來了一遍——這件事本身就是證據:不是抄重,是照著定式在排。

於是有了一個可以帶走的辦法。長列裡遇到同名重出,先別判它是衍文,先把列摺起來:一、數論文自己在哪裡換氣分段;二、把分段兩兩相接,看接不接得成等長的幾行;三、回下文看論主自己用不用這個摺法。本段三步都走得通——七對之配,正是照摺後的兩列一位一位對過去的。

摺法對不對,不由讀的人說了算,由論文自己驗證。

段裡另有兩件小事。

一是七對之中,論主只設問答了前三對,第四對到第七對只說「以此方便,餘行當分別」。而答的那三對,前兩對是一個「故」加三行,第三對是兩個「故」加二行——第三對不是少了一項,是把一項從後段挪到前段;三對各自的合數都是四。多出來的那一「故」是「信慧動離故」,全論只出現這一次,論主不釋。換配的理由,他沒有說。

二是七人的快慢。快的三人句末一律「癡覺薄故」,慢的四人一律有「癡覺力故」——其中三句在句末,唯癡行人那一句把它提到前位、句末留給「信意薄故」。快的正是列中不帶癡的三目,慢的正是帶癡的三目加等分。一項不差。

只是「欲癡行人遲修行」的那個「遲」字,【宮】本作「速」。若從那一本,這條分佈就斷了。本文從大正本,異讀並錄不判。

十四行、十四人、七人,末了收成三——「由本煩惱成三」。「本煩惱」三個字全論只出現這一次,論主不釋其名、不列其目,只拿它作收束的理由。

三立定了,下一段就從三上問起。

A list of fourteen names unfolds, and one name appears twice within it.

Reading this, most people will think: it was copied twice.

The author knows that you will think so. Below, therefore, he writes of the pair, “the two practitioners of equal temperament become one.” He does not write “a practitioner of equal temperament and a practitioner of equal temperament”; he simply adds the word “two” before the name.

That word “two” is the fingerprint he himself pressed onto the page.

For the list is not a single straight line. It is two rows of seven written in an interlaced order: first the three single names of the defilements, then the three single names of faith and wisdom, then four from the side of the defilements, then four from the side of faith and wisdom. Three, three, four, four. Join the first section to the third and there are seven items; join the second to the fourth and there are seven as well.

The repeated name is seventh in the first row and seventh in the second.

It appears twice because it occupies one place in each of the two rows.

The list of fourteen persons repeats the arrangement without the slightest difference—and this itself is evidence: the repetition is not a copying error; the names are being set out according to a fixed pattern.

This yields a method one can carry away. When a name is repeated in a long list, do not first judge it an interpolation; first fold the list: one, count where the treatise itself pauses and divides the sequence; two, join the sections in pairs and see whether they form several rows of equal length; three, return to the passage below and see whether the author himself uses this fold. All three steps work here—the pairing of the seven follows the two folded rows, position by position.

Whether the fold is sound is not decided by the reader. The treatise verifies it itself.

Two smaller matters remain.

First, among the seven pairs the author poses questions and answers only for the first three; for the fourth through seventh he says only, “The remaining temperaments should be distinguished by this method.” In the three answers, the first two each have one “because” plus three approaches, while the third has two “because” clauses plus two approaches. The third has not lost an item: one item has moved from the latter part to the former, and the total in each of the three pairs is four. The additional “because” is “because faith and wisdom move apart” (信慧動離故). It occurs only once in the whole treatise, and the author does not explain it. He does not state the reason for changing the arrangement.

Second comes the quickness and slowness of the seven persons. The concluding causal wording for all three who cultivate quickly is “because delusion and discursiveness are weak,” while all four who cultivate slowly carry “because delusion and discursiveness are strong”—three of them at the end, and the one for the practitioner of deluded temperament in the earlier position, its sentence ending instead with “because faith and intelligence are weak.” The three quick cultivators are precisely the three items in the list that do not contain delusion; the four slow cultivators are precisely the three items that do contain delusion plus equal temperament. Not one item differs.

Yet at “the practitioner of desirous-and-deluded temperament cultivates slowly,” the character for “slowly” in the 【宮】 witness is “quickly.” If that witness were followed, this distribution would break. The present text follows the Taishō base; the variant is recorded without adjudication.

Fourteen temperaments and fourteen persons are gathered into seven persons and finally into three—“through the root defilements, they become three.” The term “root defilements” occurs only once in the whole treatise. The author does not explain the name or list its items; he uses it only as the reason for the final gathering.

Once the three are established, the next passage begins by asking about the three.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Fourteen Temperaments, Seven Persons, and Three Temperaments · Doorway · Summer 2026

三行因緣與辨識總綱Causes of the Three Temperaments and General Framework for Discernment

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一段的開頭,論主一口氣問了三件事。

這三行是什麼因緣?怎麼認得出哪個是欲行人、哪個是瞋行人、哪個是癡行人?依著行,該怎麼受衣、乞食、坐臥、行處、威儀?

三個問排在一起,讀的人自然以為答也會排在一起。

不會。

第一問就地答完——初所造、界、過患,三種因緣三節說盡。第二問的答從本段中間才起,一路要說到下一個單元的末尾。第三問呢?本段不答,下一個單元也不答,要隔到本品第四個單元才出——而那時論主幾乎把這一問逐字再說一遍。

三個問,就是這一品剩下三個單元的分節線。

段裡有一件小事,可以當作讀本論的一個小手藝。

論說三行的地方,一節一節都用同一組三個名。每讀完一節,就在旁邊記下三名出現的次序。本段記下來是:初所造一節欲、瞋、癡;界一節癡、瞋、欲;過患一節欲、瞋、癡;以事一節欲、瞋、癡。

四節之中,只有界那一節整個反了過來。而反過來之後,瞋還是在中間——四次都在中間。

序一翻轉,就是一處該停下來的地方。停下來不一定有答案。本段就沒有:論主為什麼在界那一節倒著數,他不說。但停下來至少保證你讀到的順序是論文自己的順序。

另一處該停的在過患一節。

論主先說:淡最多的成欲行人,瞻最多的成瞋行人,風最多的成癡行人。緊接著又說:「復有說」——淡最多的成癡行人,風最多的成欲行人。

兩說在淡與風兩項上正好相反。不是補充,不是細分,是對調。而且後說只出兩項,中間瞻與瞋那一項不再提。

論主兩說並存,一句判語也沒有,節就收了。

「復有說」三個字全論五見,這一見是本品唯一的一處。前一單元一句不引,本品從這裡到品末也不再出第二處異說。難得引一次別人的話,引到的卻是一句與自己相反的話——引完不判。

At the beginning of one passage, the author asks three questions in one breath.

What are the causes of these three temperaments? How can one recognize which person is a practitioner of desirous temperament, which a practitioner of angry temperament, and which a practitioner of deluded temperament? According to temperament, how should one receive robes, go for alms, sit and lie down, and handle one’s place of activity and deportment?

The three questions stand together, so a reader naturally expects their answers to stand together as well.

They do not.

The first question is answered immediately—initially performed action, elements, and drawbacks, three kinds of cause exhausted in three sections. The answer to the second begins only halfway through this passage and continues to the end of the next unit. The third? It is answered neither here nor in the next unit; only in the fourth unit of this chapter does it appear—and there the author repeats the question almost word for word.

The three questions form the lines of division for the three remaining units of this chapter.

One small matter in the passage can serve as a small craft for reading this treatise.

Where the treatise discusses the three temperaments, section after section uses the same set of three names. Each time a section ends, write beside it the order in which the three names appeared. The record here is: in the section on initially performed action, desire, anger, delusion; in the section on elements, delusion, anger, desire; in the section on drawbacks, desire, anger, delusion; in the section on things, desire, anger, delusion.

Among the four sections, only the section on elements reverses the entire order. Even after the reversal, anger remains in the middle—all four times.

A reversed sequence is a place to pause. Pausing does not necessarily yield an answer. This passage gives none: the author does not say why the section on elements counts in reverse. But the pause at least ensures that the order one has read is the treatise’s own order.

Another place to pause is in the section on drawbacks.

The author first says: one with the greatest amount of 淡 (“phlegm”) becomes a practitioner of desirous temperament, one with the greatest amount of 瞻 (no English gloss determined) becomes a practitioner of angry temperament, and one with the greatest amount of 風 (“wind”) becomes a practitioner of deluded temperament. Immediately afterward comes “another statement says”: one with the greatest amount of 淡 (“phlegm”) becomes a practitioner of deluded temperament, and one with the greatest amount of 風 (“wind”) becomes a practitioner of desirous temperament.

The two statements exactly reverse the items concerning 淡 and 風. It is not supplementation and not subdivision, but exchange. Moreover, the later statement gives only two items; the middle pairing of 瞻 with anger is not mentioned again.

The author preserves both statements and gives not a single word of judgment before the section closes.

The three-character formula “another statement says” occurs five times in the whole treatise, and this occurrence is the only one in this chapter. The preceding unit cites not a single sentence, and from here to the end of the chapter no second alternate statement appears. The author rarely cites someone else’s statement; here the statement cited is contrary to his own—and after citing it, he gives no judgment.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Causes of the Three Temperaments and General Framework for Discernment · Doorway · Summer 2026

六相辨行Discerning Temperament through Six Signs

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

六個目排下來,說的是同一件事:怎麼從外面看出一個人是欲行、瞋行還是癡行。

內容整齊得像格子紙。每一目三個人,每一目照欲、瞋、癡的次序。走路看脚,穿衣看鬆緊,吃飯看那一團飯進了口還是掉在盤子裡,掃地看手握掃箒是平是急是鬆,睡覺看夜裡叫他多久才答。

一件小事重複三次,三個人就分出來了。得到一點滋味,一個大歡喜,一個大瞋惱,一個根本沒嘗到。夜裡有人叫,一個立刻答,一個生氣地答,一個「噫噫」了半天才答。

可是包著這六目的框子——六個問、六個收,十二句——沒有兩句是同一個式子。

三個問帶「可知」,三個不帶;有一個問還在目名底下多接了一個人。四個收帶「可知」,兩個不帶;而第四目的收句,名字對不上:問的是食,收的是「如是以欲可知」。

「如是以食」這四個字,全論一次也沒出現過。

古人看見了。第五目那個問缺了「可」字,宋、元、明、宮四本都補上了。補的正是缺的。

但第四目那個「以欲」,四本一個字也沒動。那裡沒有校記。

改了一處,不改另一處。論文不說,校記不說。這裡也不代改。

於是有一個辦法可以帶走:讀本論一串並列的名目,先別讀內容——先把每一目的頭一句和末一句抽出來,排成兩行。看六個問是不是一個式子,六個收是不是一個式子,再核每一目的收句所稱的名,跟它的目名對不對得上。

內容讀起來大同小異,讀久了會疲;框子只有十二句,一眼可盡。而框子出問題的地方,就是這一段最值得停下來的地方。

The six items laid out here all address one matter: how to discern from outward signs whether a person is of desirous, angry, or deluded temperament.

The content is as orderly as graph paper. Every item sets out three persons, always in the order desire, anger, and delusion. Walking is read from the feet; wearing robes from tightness or looseness; eating from whether a portion of morsel food enters the mouth or falls into the dish; sweeping from whether the hand holds the broom evenly, abruptly, or loosely; and sleeping from how long it takes a person to answer when called at night.

One small matter is repeated three times, and the three persons separate into view. On obtaining a little flavor, one becomes greatly delighted, one greatly angry and distressed, and one does not taste it at all. When called at night, one answers at once, one answers angrily, and one says “yi, yi” for a long time before answering.

Yet the frame enclosing these six items—the six questions and six closes, twelve sentences—contains no two sentences of the same form.

Three questions ask how something is known and three do not; one question even adds a person beneath the item’s name. Four closes use an explicit “can be known” formula and two do not; and the fourth close does not match its heading: the question concerns food, but the close says that it is known by desire.

Nowhere in the entire treatise does a closing formula place “thus” directly together with “through food.”

Earlier readers saw the unevenness. In the question opening the fifth item, the Taishō lacks the character 可, while the Song, Yuan, Ming, and Gong witnesses supply it so that the phrase reads “can be known.” What they supply is exactly what is absent.

Yet none of the four witnesses changes “by desire” in the close of the fourth item. There is no critical note there.

One place was changed and the other was not. The treatise gives no explanation, and neither do the critical notes. This edition likewise does not alter it on their behalf.

This yields a reading practice worth carrying away: when reading a series of parallel items in this treatise, do not begin with their contents. First draw out the opening and closing sentence of every item and arrange them in two rows. Ask whether the six questions have one form, whether the six closes have one form, and whether the name in each close agrees with the name of its item.

The contents can seem much alike and become tiring; the frame has only twelve sentences and can be taken in at a glance. Where the frame goes awry is precisely where this passage most deserves a pause.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Discerning Temperament through Six Signs · Doorway · Summer 2026

三行的資具與行處Requisites and Places of Activity for the Three Temperaments

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

衣、飯、住處、去處。四件事,三個人。

欲行人拿到的是粗的、難看的、少的。瞋行人拿到的是細的、乾淨的、順他意的。一個貪著,就給他不可愛的;一個憎惡,就給他可愛的。兩個人都是拿東西對治。

癡行人呢?

衣「隨所得當著」,乞食「隨所得有節」,行處「隨所得處」。三句話,三個「隨所得」——這三個字在全論只出現這三次,都在這一段。

論主不給他配東西。不是給少了,是根本不從東西上下手。

四件事裡只有一件例外。

住處。欲行人的住處是沒蓋好的寺、沒有臥具的地方;瞋行人的住處是蓋好的寺、臥具齊備。兩個人配的都是屋子。

只有癡行人配的不是屋子,是一個人——「依師親覲當住」〔T32 410c25〕。

這四個字全論只出現一次。而「親覲」二字在本品另有三見,全在第一段:三對之答,每一答都收在「親覲功德故」〔T32 409c12·409c18·409c24〕。

於是這一品的兩頭接上了。

第一句是「爾時依止阿闍梨,以數日觀其行」〔T32 409b25〕——師在看人。最後幾句裡,癡行人被安置在師的旁邊。

而下一品的第一句:「爾時依止師觀其所行,授三十八行」〔T32 411a08〕。還是那個師,接著往下辦事。

一品之內,起於師,收於師。中間十四行、七人、三人、三因緣、七相——分了那麼多,最後那個最難教的人,論主給他的辦法不是一件器物、不是一種食物、不是一處樹影水邊,是住在教他的人旁邊

論主沒有說為什麼。這裡也不代他說。

Robes, food, dwelling, and destination. Four matters, three persons.

A practitioner of desirous temperament receives what is coarse, unattractive, and scant. A practitioner of angry temperament receives what is fine, clean, and according to his wishes. One is attached, so he is given what is unlovely; one is averse, so he is given what is lovely. For both persons, things serve as countermeasures.

What of the practitioner of deluded temperament?

For robes, “wear whatever is obtained”; for alms-food, “whatever is obtained, with moderation”; for a place of activity, “a place according to whatever is obtained.” Three statements, three instances of “whatever is obtained”—the source string occurs only these three times in the whole treatise, all in this passage.

The author does not assign him a thing. It is not that he is given too little; the author does not begin from things at all.

Among the four matters there is only one exception.

Dwelling. The dwelling for a practitioner of desirous temperament is an unfinished monastery, a place without bedding. The dwelling for a practitioner of angry temperament is a completed monastery, with bedding complete. Both persons are assigned buildings.

Only the practitioner of deluded temperament is assigned not a building but a person—“he should live in dependence on the teacher and attend him personally” 〔T32 410c25〕.

The four-character source expression 依師親覲 occurs only once in the whole treatise. The two characters 親覲 occur three other times in this chapter, all in the first unit: each of the three answers closes with “because of approaching and beholding good qualities” 〔T32 409c12·409c18·409c24〕.

Thus the two ends of this chapter join.

Its first sentence is, “At this point, the ācariya of dependence observes his temperament for several days” 〔T32 409b25〕—the teacher watches the person. In the final sentences, the practitioner of deluded temperament is placed beside the teacher.

The first sentence of the next chapter then says, “At this point, the teacher of dependence observes the practitioner’s conduct and assigns thirty-eight practices” 〔T32 411a08〕. It is still the same teacher, continuing the work.

Within one chapter, it begins with the teacher and ends with the teacher. Between them come fourteen temperaments, seven persons, three persons, three causes, and seven signs—so many divisions. In the end, for the person most difficult to instruct, the author’s means is not an implement, not a kind of food, and not a place in tree shade beside water, but living beside the person who teaches him.

The author does not say why. This edition does not say it on his behalf.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Requisites and Places of Activity for the Three Temperaments · Doorway · Summer 2026

三十八行處與禪攝The Thirty-Eight Practices and Their Jhāna Classifications

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一份三十八個項目的名單,論主寫在這裡〔T32 411a09〕。全論再也沒有第二處這樣寫全過。

可是名單不是這一段的第一句。第一句是:師先看。「爾時依止師觀其所行,授三十八行」〔T32 411a08〕——先觀,後授。前一品整品在辨人是哪一種人,辨完了,這一句才落下來。名單是給看過的人的,不是給所有人的。

「依止師」這三個字,全論只出現這一次。前面整整一品講怎麼找師,用的是禪師、和上、闍梨;到了要交出這份名單的那一刻,論主改稱依止師——取的是「依止」,不是「教學」。交名單這件事,論主歸在關係底下,不歸在知識底下。

然後名單列出來,四組帶著自己的數,末四個不帶數;三十八這個總數,要讀者自己補完最後一筆。

有意思的是名單交出去之後。九門一開,第一門「禪」還沒講完,同一段裡已經三處改了稱呼:念身變成觀身,空處一切入變成空一切入、又變成虛空一切入,行處變成行。論主不作說明,也不回頭統一。

一份剛剛才鄭重列出的名單,作者自己十行之內就不照著念了——這件事本身就在說一件話:這不是要背的條目,是要用的分法。用的時候順手怎麼叫都行;不能動的是它有幾個。

所以這一段留給讀者的憑據不是名,是數。十外行、十一初禪、三三禪、一四禪、九四禪五禪、四無色——加起來恰好三十八,一個不多、一個不少。名字鬆,數目緊。那些改過稱呼的目仍是原來的目,靠的就是這一加。

最後一件事值得記著。這三十八個名字列在這裡,它們各自怎麼修、修到哪裡,本品一個字也不講——那是下一品的事,從「云何地一切入」〔T32 412b22〕開始,逐目展開。本品只做一件事:把這三十八個東西,翻來覆去地分。

分了九遍。分完,人就去修了。

The author writes out a list of thirty-eight items here 〔T32 411a09〕. Nowhere else in the entire treatise is the whole list written out in this way a second time.

Yet the list is not the first sentence of the passage. The first sentence is about the teacher looking first: “爾時依止師觀其所行,授三十八行” 〔T32 411a08〕—first observe, then give. The whole preceding chapter distinguishes what kind of person someone is; only when that work is complete does this sentence come down. The list is given to a person who has been observed, not to everyone.

The name 依止師, teacher on whom one depends, occurs only once in the whole treatise. An earlier whole chapter devoted to seeking a teacher uses 禪師, 和上, and 闍梨. At the moment when the list is handed over, the author changes the designation to 依止師—taking “dependence,” not “instruction,” as the point. The act of handing over the list is placed under a relationship, not under knowledge.

The list then appears. Four groups carry their own numbers, while the last four items carry no number; the reader must complete the final addition to thirty-eight.

What happens after the list has been given is striking. As soon as the nine classifications open, before the first classification, “jhāna,” has even ended, three designations have already changed within the same passage: 念身, mindfulness of the body, becomes 觀身, contemplation of the body; 空處一切入, space kasiṇa, becomes 空一切入, empty-space kasiṇa, and then 虛空一切入, kasiṇa of empty space; 行處, meditation subject, becomes 行, practice. The author does not explain the changes and does not return to make the names uniform.

The author has just set out a list with great care, yet within ten lines no longer recites it in the same words. This fact itself says something: these are not entries to memorize but a scheme to use. In use, the names may change in passing; what cannot change is how many there are.

The warrant this passage leaves the reader is therefore not the name but the number. Ten access practices, eleven in the first jhāna, three in the third jhāna, one in the fourth jhāna, nine in the fourth and fifth jhānas, and four formless—together they make exactly thirty-eight, not one more and not one less. Names are loose; numbers are tight. The proof that the items with changed names are still the original items lies in this addition.

One final matter is worth remembering. The thirty-eight names are listed here, but this chapter says not one word about how each is cultivated or how far its cultivation proceeds. That belongs to the next chapter, beginning with “問:云何地一切入” 〔T32 412b22〕 and developing them one by one. The present chapter does only one thing: it repeatedly classifies these thirty-eight things.

It classifies them nine times. When the classification is finished, the person goes to practise.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Thirty-Eight Practices and Their Jhāna Classifications · Doorway · Summer 2026

正越、增長、緣與事Right Going Beyond, Increase, Condition, and Things

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一段八百餘字,四個門,十處分法。從頭到尾,論主沒有解釋過任何一次。

哪八個能越色,哪三個能越事,哪一個能越想受;哪十四個可以增長,哪二十四個不應增長;哪九個作神通的緣,哪三十七個作觀的緣——一個理由也不給。「營事」是什麼、「設」字是什麼意思、「分別事」與「實事」何以分,論文都不自釋。

這是本論寫得最像清冊的一段。人讀到這裡多半會滑過去。

可是有一件事,讀者其實做得到:加。

八加三十、三加三十五、一加三十七;十四加二十四;三十七加一;二十一加十二加五;營事九目的九個數;三世六目的六個數;四加三十四。十處分法,九處加起來恰是三十八。

一個不懂「營事」是什麼的人,照樣能驗出這九處分得周遍——沒有剩下的,也沒有重複的。論主不給理由,可是他把帳留得乾淨。

而剩下那一處,就格外顯眼。神通緣說「九行處」,所舉是八一切入加上一個「分別虛空一切入」,反面卻說「餘三十行,不成神通緣」〔T32 411b14–15〕。九加三十是三十九。而那個名字,全論只出現這一次,也不在品首的名單上。

還有一處,數合而目不合:營事九目加起來是三十八,可是所列的名字只有三十四個——「四色一切入」被舉了兩次,地、水、火、風四個一切入一次也沒出現。

論主不作校,也不出總數。本編照錄,不代改字。

所以這一段留給讀者的,不是知識,是一把尺。名相記不住不要緊,因為名相本來就在換——同一個目,前一段叫食不淨想,這一段倒過來叫不淨食想;前一段叫虫臭想,這一段叫虫爛想;前一段叫禪外行、又叫十外行,這一段叫十禪外行。

名鬆,數緊。能加得起來的,就照著讀下去;加不起來的,那裡有事。

分了十遍,一個字也沒教怎麼修。修法要等到下一品。這一段做的只是把三十八樣東西,從九個不同的角度各擺一次——擺到你不論從哪一邊進來,都知道自己手上有多少件。

This passage runs to more than eight hundred Chinese characters, with four classifications and ten divisions. From beginning to end, the author never explains a single one.

Which eight go beyond form, which three go beyond objects, which one goes beyond perception and feeling; which fourteen can be made to increase, which twenty-four should not; which nine are conditions for direct knowledge, which thirty-seven are conditions for insight—not one reason is given. What 營事, “managed object,” means, what 設, “set as,” means, and why 分別事, “discriminated object,” and 實事, “actual object,” are divided as they are—the treatise does not explain any of them.

This is the passage in the treatise that most resembles an inventory. Most readers will slide past it.

Yet there is one thing a reader can do: add.

Eight plus thirty, three plus thirty-five, one plus thirty-seven; fourteen plus twenty-four; thirty-seven plus one; twenty-one plus twelve plus five; the nine numbers of the nine managed-object headings; the six numbers of the six headings concerning the three times; four plus thirty-four. There are ten divisions, and nine of them add up to exactly thirty-eight.

Someone who does not understand what 營事, “managed object,” means can still verify that those nine divisions are exhaustive—nothing is left over and nothing is repeated. The author gives no reason, but he leaves clean accounts.

That makes the one remaining division stand out. The text says “nine fields are conditions for direct knowledge,” lists the eight kasiṇas plus one name—分別虛空一切入, “the discriminated space kasiṇa”—and then says “the remaining thirty practices do not become conditions for direct knowledge” 〔T32 411b14–15〕. Nine plus thirty is thirty-nine. That name occurs only once in the entire treatise, and it is not in the opening list of the chapter.

There is another place where the total agrees but the items do not. The nine managed-object headings add up to thirty-eight, but the names listed number only thirty-four: “the four color kasiṇas” are given twice, while the earth, water, fire, and wind kasiṇas do not appear even once.

The author supplies neither a correction nor a total. This edition reproduces the wording without changing it.

What this passage leaves the reader, then, is not knowledge but a measuring rule. It does not matter if the names cannot be remembered, because the names themselves are changing. The same item is 食不淨想, “perception of repulsiveness in food,” in the preceding passage, but 不淨食想, “repulsiveness-in-food perception,” here; 虫臭想, “worm-infested perception,” there, but 虫爛想, “worm-decayed perception,” here; 禪外行, “access to jhāna,” and then 十外行, “ten access practices,” there, but 十禪外行, “ten jhāna-access practices,” here.

The names are loose; the numbers are tight. If the sum works, keep reading. If it does not, something is happening there.

The items are divided ten times without a single word teaching how to cultivate them. The methods must wait for the next chapter. This passage only sets out the thirty-eight items from nine different angles—until, no matter which side one enters from, one knows how many things are in hand.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Right Going Beyond, Increase, Condition, and Things · Doorway · Summer 2026

勝、地與取Excellence, Ground, and Grasping

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本品九門,八門的數目都加得起來。第八門的最後一句加不起來。

「又五行處,初坐禪人不應修行,四無色及捨」〔T32 412a11–12〕,其下說「餘二十三,初學禪人應取」〔T32 412a12〕。五加二十三,是二十八;本品的總數是三十八。

大正藏在這三個字上出了校記:宋、元、明三本作「三十二」,宮本作「三十三」。五加三十三,恰是三十八。

三個讀法裡,只有一個把帳結平。

本編照錄,不代為改。可是有一件事值得放在心上:同一句裡,走樣的不只是那個數。

前一句叫「初坐禪人」——這四個字在全論出現三十六次,從品五一路用到品十一,是本論稱呼初學者的固定說法。後一句忽然叫「初學禪人」——全論只此一見。

一個名字換形,一個數字出校記,落在相鄰的兩句上。

這種事本編不判其故,也判不了。可是它給讀者一個很實用的提醒:讀古論讀到一處字面忽然不像前後文,先別急著往義理上想,回頭看那一行有沒有校記。有,就把兩件事並排放著;沒有,那多半就是論主自己的用字。

本段裡兩種都有。「勝念」那一處沒有校記——勝門五目,定勝、想勝、慧勝三目都把法放在前面,獨十念處一目倒過來作勝念〔T32 411c29〕,而「念勝」二字全書不見。那是論主自己這樣寫的,照錄不代齊。

「初學禪人」那一處有校記,並錄不判。

兩處都不改。可是知道它們不是同一類。

而在這一切之外,五目、三面、四目的數,仍舊各自加得起來:勝門十二加十一加十加四加一是三十八,取門前四目十七加一加一加十九是三十八。帳目乾淨到只剩一處不平——所以那一處才看得見。

This chapter has nine classifications. The numbers in eight can all be added up. The final sentence of the eighth cannot.

“又五行處,初坐禪人不應修行,四無色及捨,” “Further, there are five meditation subjects that a beginning meditator should not cultivate: the four formless states and equanimity” 〔T32 412a11–12〕. Below it the text says, “餘二十三,初學禪人應取,” “The remaining twenty-three should be grasped by a beginning learner in jhāna” 〔T32 412a12〕. Five plus twenty-three is twenty-eight; the full count in this chapter is thirty-eight.

The Taishō has a critical note on these three Chinese characters: the Song, Yuan, and Ming witnesses read “thirty-two,” while the Palace witness reads “thirty-three.” Five plus thirty-three is exactly thirty-eight.

Of the three readings, only one balances the account.

This edition records the readings without altering the text. Yet one thing deserves to be kept in mind: the number is not the only thing that changes form in the same sentence.

The first sentence says 初坐禪人, “beginning meditator”—this expression occurs thirty-six times in the whole treatise, from Chapter Five through Chapter Eleven, and is the treatise’s fixed expression for a beginner. The second suddenly says 初學禪人, “beginning learner in jhāna”—this form occurs only once in the whole treatise.

One name changes form and one number receives a critical note, in adjacent sentences.

This edition neither determines the reason nor could determine it. But it gives the reader a practical reminder: when reading an old treatise and finding wording that suddenly looks unlike what surrounds it, do not rush toward a doctrinal explanation; first look back to see whether that line has a critical note. If it does, set the two things beside each other. If it does not, it is more likely to be the author’s own wording.

Both kinds occur in this passage. The occurrence of 勝念, “excellence of recollection,” has no critical note—the excellence classification has five items; concentration-excellence, perception-excellence, and wisdom-excellence all place the quality first, while the item concerning the ten stations of recollection alone reverses the order as “excellence of recollection” 〔T32 411c29〕, and the reverse Chinese form does not occur anywhere in the work. The author himself wrote it this way; it is retained without being made uniform.

The occurrence of 初學禪人, “beginning learner in jhāna,” stands on a line with a critical note. Both are recorded without adjudication.

Neither place is changed. But they are known not to be of the same kind.

Beyond all this, the numbers in the five items, three aspects, and four methods still add up on their own: in the excellence classification, twelve plus eleven plus ten plus four plus one is thirty-eight; in the first four items of the grasping classification, seventeen plus one plus one plus nineteen is thirty-eight. The accounts are clean enough to leave only one imbalance—therefore that imbalance can be seen.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Excellence, Ground, and Grasping · Doorway · Summer 2026

六人行處與三人攝約Fields of Practice for Six Persons and Their Summary as Three

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一品九門,前八門門門有個收句:如是以禪可知、如是以越可知、如是以增長可知……一直到第八門「如是以取可知」〔T32 412a13〕。

第九門講完,這句話沒有來。

如是以人可知——這五個字,全書沒有。

不只沒有收句。前八門處處是「若干如此,其餘若干不如此」,加起來永遠是三十八;這一門一個對舉的數也不出,整段連一個「餘」字都沒有。

為什麼?因為前八門分的是東西,這一門分的是人。

三十八樣東西可以數,怎麼切都是三十八。人不能。欲行、瞋行、癡行、信行、意行、覺行——六個人不是三十八個,加不起來,所以結不了帳。

論主也沒有硬結。他配完六個人,寫了一句「六人於所分別,略而為三」〔T32 412a29–412b01〕,就轉去答一個設難了。

而在轉身之前,他說了一句自己的話

「復說於分別行處,我見彼勝」〔T32 412a28–29〕。

「我見彼勝」四個字,全論只出現這一次。這是論主難得自己站出來下的一個判。而句子裡的「分別行處」,正是本品的品題——這四個字進入本品正文,也只有這一次。

所勝的是什麼?上一句剛說念死與觀四大最勝,可是「復說」二字又像另起一說。論文不明指,本編不代斷。

只把位置記著就好:本論罕有的一次「我見」,落在全品收束的前一步。

六人略為三,而其中一個什麼也沒拿到

後半那個設難答得很整齊:二欲行人分鈍根、利根,二瞋行人分鈍根、利根。

到第三對,式子破了——「二癡行人,謂無根、鈍根」〔T32 412b08〕。不是利根,是無根。這兩個字全論只出現在這一處,論文不釋其義。

破格不止於名。前兩對四個人各有所授,第三對只有一個有:「為無根癡行人,不應教修行處」〔T32 412b08–09〕。

六人略成三人,三對六目,有一目什麼也不給。

還有一件事:前二對收在「得除欲」「得除瞋」,第三對收在「為除覺」。所除者三——欲、瞋、覺,癡不在其列。癡行人在前半得到的是問法、聞法、與師共住,在後半得到的是念數息以除覺。論主始終沒有給癡一個對治法。

給他的是一個人。

收在一句不像結論的話上

本品最後說「若已得勝功德,勝一切行所行之處,故成不妨」〔T32 412b12–13〕,然後就沒有了——這一句所答的還是那個設難,不是這一門,更不是這一品。

再往下一行,是卷第三的末題〔T32 412b14〕;翻過去,是〈行門品第八之一〉〔T32 412b21〕。

分完了,就去修。這一品從頭到尾沒有教過一個修法——它只做一件事:把三十八樣東西擺了九遍,最後一遍擺的不是東西,是人。

擺到人,就擺不下去了;擺不下去的地方,正是要動手的地方。

One chapter has nine classifications, and each of the first eight has a closing sentence: Thus, they can be known through jhāna; thus, they can be known through going beyond; thus, they can be known through increase … all the way to the eighth classification, “Thus, they can be known through grasping” 〔T32 412a13〕.

After the ninth classification has been explained, that sentence does not come.

The corresponding five-character close through person does not occur anywhere in the work.

It is not only that the closing sentence is absent. Everywhere in the first eight classifications, so many are of one kind and so many outside that group are not, always adding to thirty-eight. This classification gives no opposed pair of numbers, and its entire passage does not contain even one occurrence of the character 餘.

Why? Because the first eight classifications divide things, while this one divides persons.

Thirty-eight things can be counted; however they are divided, they are still thirty-eight. Persons cannot be counted against that total. Lustful, angry, deluded, faithful, intellectual, and discursive temperaments—the six persons are not the thirty-eight items. They cannot be added up that way, so the account cannot be closed.

Nor does the author force a conclusion. After assigning the six persons, he writes, “The six persons, in what is distinguished, are summarized as three” 〔T32 412a29–412b01〕, and turns to answer an objection.

Yet Before Turning, He Says Something in His Own Voice

“It is further said: in regard to fields of practice, I see that as excellent” 〔T32 412a28–29〕.

The four Chinese characters 「我見彼勝」, “I see that as excellent,” occur only once in the entire treatise. This is one of the rare moments when the author steps forward to deliver a judgment in his own voice. And the phrase 分別行處, “fields of practice,” in the sentence is precisely the title of this chapter—these four characters also enter the body of the present chapter only here.

What is excellent? The preceding sentence has just said that mindfulness of death and contemplating the four elements are most excellent, yet “it is further said” sounds as though another statement is beginning. The treatise does not specify, and this edition does not decide on its behalf.

It is enough to remember the position: one of the treatise’s rare statements with “I see” falls one step before the whole chapter draws to its close.

Six Persons Are Summarized as Three, Yet One Receives Nothing

The objection in the latter half is answered with great regularity: the two persons of lustful temperament are divided into dull-faculty and keen-faculty, and the two persons of angry temperament are divided into dull-faculty and keen-faculty.

At the third pair, the pattern breaks: “There are two persons of deluded temperament, namely 無根, ‘without a root,’ and dull-faculty” 〔T32 412b08〕. It is not keen-faculty but 無根, “without a root.” This term occurs only on this one line in the entire treatise, and the text does not explain its meaning.

The break is not limited to the name. Each of the four persons in the first two pairs receives an assignment; only one member of the third pair does: “For the 無根, ‘without a root,’ person of deluded temperament, no field of practice should be taught” 〔T32 412b08–09〕.

Six persons are summarized as three: three pairs with six members, yet one member is given nothing.

There is one further matter. The first two pairs close with “lust can be removed” and “anger can be removed,” while the third closes with “in order to remove discursive thought.” Three things are removed—lust, anger, and discursive thought—but delusion is not among them. In the first half, the person of deluded temperament receives asking about the Dhamma, hearing the Dhamma, and dwelling with the teacher; in the latter half, that person receives mindfulness of breathing to remove discursive thought. The author never gives delusion itself a counteracting method.

What the text gives that person is a person.

Closing with a Sentence That Does Not Look Like a Conclusion

At the end of the chapter, the text says, “If excellent qualities have already been attained, they surpass the fields traversed by all practices; therefore there is no hindrance” 〔T32 412b12–13〕, and then stops. What this sentence answers is still that objection, not this classification and still less the chapter as a whole.

On the next line is the closing title of fascicle three 〔T32 412b14〕; turn the page, and there is “Part One of Chapter Eight, the Chapter on the Doorways of Practice” 〔T32 412b21〕.

Once the division is complete, cultivation begins. From beginning to end, this chapter has not taught even one method of cultivation. It has done only one thing: arranged the thirty-eight things nine times, except that on the final occasion what it arranged was not things but persons.

Once the arrangement reaches persons, it can go no further; the place where it can go no further is precisely the place to begin the work.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Fields of Practice for Six Persons and Their Summary as Three · Doorway · Summer 2026

地一切入開卷連問Opening Questions on the Earth Kasiṇa

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

行門品以地一切入開卷。一段連問先把整門的框架立起:其名、其修、其相味處、其功德。定義只有一句——依地相而生的心;功德說有十二,自相容易獲得,至甘露為邊。往下諸問,後文一一接續。

The Practice Chapter opens with the earth kasiṇa. A single series of questions first establishes the framework of the whole practice: its name, its cultivation, its characteristic, function, and proximate cause, and its benefits. The definition takes only one sentence—a mind arising in dependence on the earth sign. The benefits are said to be twelve, from the sign being easy to obtain through to the Deathless as the boundary. The questions that remain are each continued in what follows.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Opening Questions on the Earth Kasiṇa · Doorway · Summer 2026

一切入義、取地與曼陀羅The Meaning of Kasiṇa, Choosing Earth, and the Maṇḍala

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

前段把行門的問題一次問滿;這一段交三個答案:一切入是什麼意思、取哪種地、壇怎麼作。

一個落差

一切入之義,論只給了兩個字:周普。

而它給的證,是一個比:念佛的人喜生起時充遍全身,觀地的人所觀周滿閻浮提。喜不停在心口一點,觀不停在眼前一壇。

這一門的全部消息就在一個落差裡——所緣起於至小,成就是至遍。眼前是一個外界不過米篩大小的圓;成就處是周滿大地。名為地,義在遍。

兩個不取

地有二種:堅為自相的地,掘出來的作地。作地有四色:白、黑、赤、如明。

論下兩重刪汰:觀自相地,彼分相不起;取白、黑、赤色,所修便成色一切入。這是本段為兩項排除各自明列的結果。

刪汰之後只剩一個:如明相現,取其相。

所緣不是撿現成的,是揀出來的。

一個為新學畫的圓

久修的人,平地一片即見地相,不必造作。新學不然——要親手作壇。

於是有了那份細密的工序:選寂靜處、掃令地燥、和泥濾滓、遮光設座、以規畫圓、圓內無痕、泥不雜色、未燥覆護。原文逐項列出要求,不另說幽闇、行路、無痕與不雜色各自造成何種心理效果。

形可圓可方可三角四角,本師判圓最勝;衣、板、壁皆可作,於地最勝。而末句是「如是先師所說」——整套作法後面站著的是傳承,不是論主自出。

重量所在

一門修法,先立義(周普)、次擇緣(唯取明相)、後與法(為新學造壇)。三個答案由高而低、由義而事,最後落在一雙和泥的手上。

道理至大,入手至小。壇之外界不過米篩大小,所成周滿閻浮提——重量不在壇上,在那個「遍」字上。

The preceding passage asks the whole set of questions for the practice at once. This passage supplies three answers: what kasiṇa means, what kind of earth is taken, and how the disk is made.

One Distance

For the meaning of kasiṇa, the treatise gives only two characters: 周普, pervasive throughout.

Its evidence is a comparison. When joy arises in one who recollects the Buddha, it fills the whole body; the observation of one contemplating earth fills Jambudīpa. Joy does not remain at one point in the heart or mouth, and observation does not remain upon the disk before the eyes.

The whole message of this practice lies in that distance—the object begins at the smallest; the attainment becomes utterly pervasive. Before the eyes is a circle whose outer boundary is no larger than a rice sieve; at fulfillment it fills the whole earth. Its name is earth; its meaning is pervasion.

Two Things Not Taken

Earth is of two kinds: intrinsic earth characterized by hardness, and prepared earth that has been dug. Prepared earth has four colors: white, black, red, and “like brightness” (如明).

The treatise then makes two exclusions. If intrinsic earth is observed, the counterpart sign does not arise; if white, black, or red is taken, the cultivation becomes a color kasiṇa. These are the results that this passage itself explicitly assigns to the two exclusions.

After those exclusions, only one thing remains: when the “like-bright sign” appears, take its sign.

The object is not simply found ready-made; it is selected.

A Circle Drawn for the Beginner

The experienced practitioner sees the earth sign upon a level tract and need not prepare it. The beginner is different: the disk must be made by hand.

Hence the meticulous procedure: choose a quiet place, sweep and dry the ground, mix and strain the mud, screen off the light and establish the seat, draw a circle with compasses, leave no trace within the circle, keep the mud unmixed with another color, and cover and guard it before it dries. The source lists each requirement without separately assigning a mental effect to darkness, a thoroughfare, the absence of traces, or unmixed color.

The form may be circular, square, triangular, or four-cornered; the root teacher judges the circle best. It may be made on cloth, a board, or a wall, but earth is best. The last sentence reads, “Thus it was spoken by the teachers of old.” Behind the complete procedure stands a transmission, not an invention attributed to the treatise author.

Where the Weight Falls

A single method first establishes its meaning—pervasiveness—then selects the condition—only the “like-bright” sign—and finally gives the procedure—the beginner makes a maṇḍala. The three answers descend from meaning to object to action, finally reaching a pair of hands mixing mud.

The principle is immense; the point of entry is small. The outer boundary of the disk is no larger than a rice sieve, while what is attained fills Jambudīpa. The weight falls not upon the disk, but upon the word “pervasive.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Meaning of Kasiṇa, Choosing Earth, and the Maṇḍala · Doorway · Summer 2026

修地前行與等觀、方便Preliminaries for the Earth Practice: Balanced Observation and Skillful Means

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

壇作好了,論文卻不教你看壇——修地法的第一步是觀欲過患。

撤與立

欲過患依次列二十項:從骨、肉揣、逆風把火、炎炭、夢,經借物、樹果、刀、槊、毒蛇頭、風吹綿、幻、暗、障礙路、癡、熟、械、盜、怨家,最後收於苦。每項所接理由都依原序保存,不另分成數類。

出離功德六對相衡:麁與勝妙、煩惱與無煩惱、下與上。觀婬欲過患與出離功德之後,原文明列三項:依出離生欲樂,心生信,生恭敬;三項各依原句保留,不另作功能分配。

坐下之前

節量食、小行腳、洗手足之後,原文依次列念佛菩提、念法、念僧;再說修善行念後當令歡喜,自述「我能如此得具足」,並因不得出離則不能久安精進而應作勇猛。接著才對壇結跏趺坐;先閉眼攝心成一心,再微睜髣髴觀壇。

取相之要在等觀:眼不大開;原文在此連寫「曼陀羅自性現見自性,彼分想不起」,前半的確切意思與連屬未決。眼也不緊閉,否則曼陀羅成暗,也不見彼相。論文給的比方是照鏡:依鏡見面,面從鏡生;隨後明說定相依曼陀羅而起。目的語只有四個字,論文說了兩遍:為心住故。

相散了作內隔,相虧了令滿,心懶了策課如陶家輪;心住相滿了——當觀捨,四方便至此收束。

鏡喻只落在等觀取相:定相依曼陀羅而起,為的是心住。

The maṇḍala has been made, yet the treatise does not first tell you to look at it. The first step in cultivating the earth practice is to observe the dangers of sensual desire.

Removing and Establishing

The dangers of sensual desire are presented in twenty similes, in order: bone, lump of flesh, holding fire against the wind, burning charcoal, dream, borrowed object, fruit on a tree, knife, spear, head of a venomous snake, windblown cotton, illusion, darkness, an obstructed road, delusion, a ripe thing, a restraining instrument, a thief, an enemy, and finally suffering. Every stated reason is preserved in the source order; no new grouping is imposed.

The benefits of renunciation are weighed in six contrasts: coarse and excellent, defiled and undefiled, lower and higher. After observing the dangers of sexual desire and the benefits of renunciation, the source explicitly lists three things: desire and delight arising in dependence on renunciation, faith arising in the mind, and reverence arising. They are retained according to their own clauses and are not assigned separate functions.

Before Sitting Down

After measured eating, a little walking, and washing the hands and feet, the source lists in order recollection of the Buddha's awakening, recollection of the Dhamma, and recollection of the Saṅgha. It then says that after cultivating the recollection of wholesome conduct one should gladden oneself, declaring, “I am able to obtain fulfillment in this way,” and should act courageously because without attaining renunciation one cannot long remain secure in vigor. Only then does one sit cross-legged facing the maṇḍala. First the eyes close and the mind is gathered into one; then the eyes open slightly and observe the disk indistinctly.

The Mirror

The heart of taking the sign lies in balanced observation. The eyes are not wide open; at this point the source writes in succession, 曼陀羅自性現見自性,彼分想不起, whose exact meaning and attachment remain unresolved. Nor are the eyes tightly closed, for then the maṇḍala becomes dark and its sign is not seen. The treatise gives the comparison of looking in a mirror: the face is seen in dependence on the mirror and arises from the mirror. It then explicitly says that the concentration sign arises in dependence on the maṇḍala. The four-character statement of purpose occurs twice: 為心住故, for the mind to abide.

If the sign disperses, apply inner delimitation; if it is deficient, make it full; if the mind is slack, urge it onward like a potter's wheel. When the mind abides and the sign is full, “observe equanimity.” With that, the four skillful means close.

The mirror simile applies only to taking the sign through balanced observation: the concentration sign arises in dependence on the maṇḍala, for the purpose of the mind's abiding.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Preliminaries for the Earth Practice: Balanced Observation and Skillful Means · Doorway · Summer 2026

離亂調治與取相、彼分相Balancing Disturbance: The Acquired Sign and Counterpart Sign

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

三行取相的最後一行叫離亂。亂不在外——四種亂全從用功的人自己出:太快(早坐晚罷乃至身疲)、太慢(數起數眠)、太浮(欲心成高)、太沉(嗔憂成下)。環境的安靜早在選處時辦好了;這一段調的是用功本身。

病藥一表

四項各依原句處理:速作之調,以念根、定根攝伏;懈懶,以念根、精進根攝伏;高心之欲,成現知令捨欲;下心之嗔,成現知令捨瞋恚。念根只見於前兩項,後兩項只說成現知令捨,不把其中一項擴成四病共用的法則。

四處平,心專一,見壇隨意。然後相來了。

兩種相

取相:從曼陀羅起想,如在虛空所見;不以眼觀,而以作意方便生起。原文以五對「或時」列遠近、左右、大小、醜好、多少。

彼分相:從彼作多而起;作意時隨心即現,閉眼如先所觀。若作意於遠便遠見,近、左右、前後、內外上下亦復如是。

兩段的明文差別,一段以「或時」列所見的變化,一段說作意時「隨心即現」;不另加原文未說的機制。

眼的退場

上一段眼睛最後才交給壇;這一段連眼都不必了——不以眼觀,閉眼如先所觀。相不是看來的,是作意作出來的。到彼分相成,坐禪人第一次有了閉眼亦現、不待現觀外壇的相。

得相之時,論文記的第一個反應是對師長起恭敬;隨後一句叮嚀:勝相應當守護,不守則失。怎麼守,下一段接講。

The last of the three ways of taking the sign is called freedom from disturbance. The disturbance is not outside. All four kinds arise from the practitioner's own exertion: too fast—sitting early and stopping late until the body is weary; too slow—repeatedly rising and sleeping; too elevated—becoming high through desire; too sunken—becoming low through aversion and painful feeling. The environment was made quiet when the place was selected. What is adjusted here is the exertion itself.

A Table of Conditions and Remedies

Each of the four is treated according to its own clause. For the agitation of hasty practice, subdue it with the faculties of mindfulness and concentration. For indolence, subdue it with the faculties of mindfulness and vigor. For the desire of a high mind, bring about direct knowing and cause desire to be relinquished. For the aversion of a low mind, bring about direct knowing and cause aversion to be relinquished. The faculty of mindfulness occurs only in the first two; the last two speak only of bringing about direct knowing and relinquishing. No one item is expanded into a rule common to all four conditions.

With the four balanced, the mind becomes one-pointed and the disk is seen at will. Then the sign comes.

Two Signs

The acquired sign: perception arises from the maṇḍala, as though seen in space. It does not arise through seeing with the eyes, but through the skillful means of attention. The source lists five “sometimes” pairs: far and near, left and right, large and small, ugly and beautiful, many and few.

The counterpart sign: it arises through repeated practice of the former. Whenever attention is directed, it appears in accordance with the mind; with the eyes closed it is as previously observed. If attention is directed far away, it is seen far away. The same applies to near, left and right, front and back, inside and outside, above and below.

The difference explicitly stated by the two passages is that one lists changes in appearance with “sometimes,” while the other says that, at the time of attention, it “appears in accordance with the mind.” No mechanism unstated in the source is added.

The Eyes Withdraw

In the preceding passage the eyes were given to the disk only at the end. Here even that is no longer needed: the sign is not observed with the eyes, and with eyes closed it is as previously observed. The sign is not obtained merely by looking; it is brought forth through attention. When the counterpart sign is accomplished, the meditator has for the first time a sign that appears with closed eyes and does not wait upon the present observation of an external disk.

When the sign is obtained, the first response recorded by the treatise is reverence toward the teacher. The next sentence gives an admonition: the excellent sign should be guarded; if not guarded, it is lost. How it is guarded is the subject of the next passage.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Balancing Disturbance: The Acquired Sign and Counterpart Sign · Doorway · Summer 2026

守相與外行、安定Guarding the Sign: Jhāna Access and Absorption

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

得了相,先學守。守相三行:離惡、行善、常作——總標三個,問答只有兩個;其間承接之句讀,本段不能確定,故不作定解。

離不善的原列

離不善一段依次列:樂作務、樂語戲、樂睡眠、樂聚會、樂狎俗、不守護諸根、不節食、初夜後夜不起禪習、不敬所學、多惡親友、修不行處,以及應離不好時節食臥坐。原文沒有把這些項目分組,也沒有說一項必然引起另一項。

常作一段明列三個「常」:常觀功德、常歡喜行、常修多修;又說如珍寶想、晝夜多修行。取、起、觀、修的句子首尾相銜。

近與到

守出自在,就到了這一門最要緊的一對名目。禪外行:蓋已伏,五枝五根未修行,有定力而念念猶起。安:同樣那些法,於事不動。一「猶起」一「不動」,隔在中間的只有「性除」一線——性除無間,即是安。

差別先立判準——伏五蓋是外行,伏成即安;得勝定即安。再下譬:船在浪與船在無風水上、童子與有力人、廢誦與恒習、盲與不盲。原文又以「不清淨教」「清淨教」分別收束伏蓋不善與善;這些譬喻依原列理解,不據此判定行者所得階位。

壇的轉身

名義處兩譬成對:外行如村路——路因近村得名,行因近禪得名;安如曼陀羅——安為和合義。那座親手作的壇,起初是所觀之物,此處成了「到」之譬——名目未變,用法自移。

而「出離、禪安無異義」——修地法開頭觀的那個出離,就是此刻到的地方。住外行的人,下一課是令一切入增長。

Once the sign has been obtained, first learn to guard it. The three ways are leaving evil, cultivating the wholesome, and constant practice. The general heading gives three, but only two receive separate questions. The connection of the intervening sentence cannot be determined here and is not given a settled construal.

The Source List for Leaving the Unwholesome

The passage lists in order: delighting in tasks, playful speech, sleep, gatherings, and intimacy with laypeople; not guarding the faculties; not being measured in food; not rising in the first and last watches for jhāna practice; not respecting what is learned; having many bad friends; cultivating what ought not be practiced; and leaving unsuitable times, food, lying down, and sitting. The source does not group these items or state that one necessarily produces another.

The constant-practice passage explicitly gives three “constant” clauses: constantly observing the benefits, constantly proceeding with gladness, and constantly cultivating it repeatedly. It also speaks of regarding the sign as a precious jewel and cultivating much by day and night. The clauses on acquiring, arising, observing, and cultivating link end to beginning.

Near and Arrived

Once guarding yields mastery, the passage reaches the two central terms of this practice. Access to jhāna: the hindrances are subdued, the five factors and five faculties have not yet been cultivated, and moments of thought still arise despite the strength of concentration. Absorption: those same dharmas remain unmoving with respect to the subject. “Still arising” and “unmoving” stand on opposite sides of one line—性除. Immediately after 性除 is absorption.

The difference is first given by criteria: subduing the five hindrances is access, and their subdual accomplished is absorption; excellent concentration obtained is absorption. Then come the similes: a boat in waves and on windless water, a child and a strong person, recitation neglected and constantly practiced, blindness and absence of blindness. The source closes skill and lack of skill in subduing the hindrances respectively with “unclean teaching” and “clean teaching.” These similes are retained in their original sequence and are not used to adjudicate a practitioner's attainment.

The Disk Changes Its Role

At the explanation of the names, two similes form a pair. Access is like a village road: a road receives its name from being near a village, and access from being near jhāna. Absorption is like arriving at the maṇḍala: absorption means harmony. The disk made by hand was first the object observed; here it becomes a simile of arrival. Its name is unchanged, but its textual role has shifted.

“Renunciation and jhāna absorption have no different meaning.” The renunciation observed at the beginning of the earth practice is the place reached here. For one abiding in access, the next task is to increase the kasiṇa.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Guarding the Sign: Jhāna Access and Absorption · Doorway · Summer 2026

增長一切入與安定方便Expanding the Kasiṇa and the Means to Absorption

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

前文說住於外行者應令一切入增長,又說或於安定、或於初禪當令增長;不替這三處另排階段。本段接著教三件事:令相漸增,為不能得安者說因緣與受持二方便,再以初禪成句收束第一門。

從指節到大海

增長從手的四指節之量開始;論文連列輪、蓋、樹影、福田、隣、村、郭、城八喻,所明說的是「如是次第,漸令漸長」,並未逐喻解釋。途中的江山樹木一概不作意:所增長的是地想,不是地形。長到大海,心所行成最勝定。

兩帖方便

得外行而不能得安的人,論文不責備,開兩帖方便。

因緣方便列十行:令觀處明淨、遍起諸根、曉了於相、制心令調、折伏懈怠、心無味著、心歡喜、心定成捨、離不學定人而親近學定人、樂著安定。心無味時,論文又列恐怖與歡喜兩行:前者觀生老死及四惡趣,後者念佛、法、僧、戒、施、天六項功德。原文沒有說兩行必須依次連用。樂著安一目舉深源、奔泉、低樹三喻,也沒有解說各喻之義。

受持方便從善解緣起入寂寂處說起。原文依次出現欲樂、歡喜、適樂、光明、悲傷、靜、捨、解脫與一法味,並明說「以是悲傷令心得靜」;但「身意堪任有用」「悲傷」與「從無邊煩惱」三處的連屬未明,不把列語改成確定的因果階梯。末後與善解緣起並列,結作「不久起定」。

一門圓

離欲不善法,有覺有觀,有喜有樂,得於初禪——原文以此明結地一切入功德。

本段明說相「漸令漸長」,十事因緣「生於安定」,受持段也依次用「從生」列歡喜、適樂與光明;三處各依原句理解。

The preceding passage says that one abiding in access should increase the kasiṇa, and that it should be increased in absorption or in the first jhāna. These three positions are not rearranged into separate stages here. This passage teaches three things: gradually increase the sign; for one unable to obtain absorption, give the two means of conditions and sustaining; and close the first practice with the sentence on accomplishment of the first jhāna.

From Finger-Joints to the Great Sea

Increase begins with the measure of four finger-joints. The treatise then lists eight similes—wheel, canopy, tree shade, field of merit, neighbor, village, outer wall, and city. What it explicitly says is “in this sequence, gradually cause it to increase”; it does not explain each simile. Rivers, mountains, and trees encountered on the way are not attended to. What increases is the perception of earth, not the shape of terrain. When it reaches the great sea, the mind's range becomes the most excellent concentration.

Two Prescriptions

For a person who has obtained access but cannot obtain absorption, the treatise gives no blame. It opens two prescriptions.

The conditioned means lists ten: making the place of observation clear; fully arousing the faculties; understanding the sign; restraining disturbance; subduing lassitude; the mind's lack of savor; gladdening the mind; the settled mind becoming equanimous; leaving those who do not learn concentration and approaching those who do; and delighting in absorption. When the mind lacks savor, the treatise gives two further ways, fear and gladness. The former observes birth, aging, death, and the four bad destinations; the latter recollects the benefits of Buddha, Dhamma, Saṅgha, virtue, giving, and deities. The source does not say they must be used successively. Under delighting in absorption, it gives the three similes of a deep source, rushing spring, and low tree without explaining them.

The sustaining means begins with skillfully understanding conditioned arising and entering a place of quietude. The source gives, in sequence, desire and delight, joy, ease, light, sorrow, quiet, equanimity, liberation, and a single flavor of dharma, and explicitly says, “through this sorrow, cause the mind to become quiet.” The attachments of 身意堪任有用, 悲傷, and 從無邊煩惱 remain unclear; the list is not rewritten as a definite causal ladder. At the close, skillful understanding of conditioned arising and sustaining the mind are placed together, and concentration is said to arise before long.

One Practice Completed

Secluded from desire and unwholesome dharmas, with applied thought and examination, with joy and bliss, one obtains the first jhāna. The source explicitly closes this as the benefit of the earth kasiṇa.

The passage says the sign is “gradually caused to increase,” that ten conditioned matters “give rise to absorption,” and that the sustaining section successively uses “from this arises” for joy, ease, and light. Each is understood within its own sentence.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Expanding the Kasiṇa and the Means to Absorption · Doorway · Summer 2026

離欲與離不善法Seclusion from Desire and Unwholesome Dharmas

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

初禪成句才落地,論文就把它拆開逐字盤問。本段拆頭一組:離、欲、不善法。

三離與五離

離有三種:身離(出處山野)、心離(清淨心到勝善處)、煩惱離(無生死行處)。又有五種:伏離(初禪伏五蓋)、彼分離(達分定伏諸見)、斷離(出世道斷煩惱)、猗離(得果時樂)、出離(涅槃)。正文逐項列出名稱、所修與所對,沒有再說明五項彼此的關係。

首惡點名

欲有二種:境是欲處,染是欲煩惱——所離者染,不是把色香味觸搬走。不善法有三類:貪、瞋、癡三根名自性,與它們相應的受、想、行、識名相應,所起身、口、意業名緣性;三類依原文並列,各有其所指。

論文自設一難:離不善法已含欲,何故別說離欲?答得乾脆:欲和合煩惱——欲若別離,一切煩惱皆亦別離。欲是黏合劑,拆了它整座就散。真正的疑處,論文寧可自己先問。

得而後離

「若得」一段列十句:得不嗔即離嗔,得明相即離懈怠睡眠,依次又列不亂、不悔、安定、智慧、正思惟、歡喜與心得樂所對的離,末以得一切善法則離一切不善總收。

本段共有八見「復次離欲者」:先列離貪欲蓋/離餘蓋與得出/十句,隨後六組依次對舉身離/心離、二覺、所避、所斷、現得樂與所超越。正文沒有另排六組的先後層級。

段末話頭一轉:云何為覺?——依地相無間思惟,如心誦經。五枝料簡自此開場。

As soon as the first-jhāna sentence is established, the treatise dismantles it and questions each word. This passage takes up the first group: seclusion, desire, and unwholesome dharmas.

Three and Five Kinds of Seclusion

Seclusion is of three kinds: bodily seclusion, going out to mountains and wilderness; mental seclusion, the purified mind reaching an excellent wholesome place; and seclusion from defilements, with no sphere of conduct in birth and death. It is also of five kinds: seclusion by subduing, the first jhāna subduing the five hindrances; counterpart seclusion, 達分定 subduing views; seclusion by cutting off, the supramundane path cutting off defilements; seclusion by repose, happiness at fruit attainment; and escape, Nibbāna. The source gives each name, what is cultivated, and what is addressed, without explaining the relation among the five.

Naming the Chief Evil

Desire is of two kinds: the object is the domain of desire, the stain is the defilement of desire. What is left is the stain; forms, odors, flavors, and tangibles are not removed from the world. The unwholesome has three categories: greed, aversion, and delusion are intrinsic nature; feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness associated with them are association; the bodily, verbal, and mental actions that arise are conditioned nature. The three are retained as parallel categories with their own referents.

The treatise poses a difficulty to itself: if seclusion from unwholesome dharmas includes desire, why state seclusion from desire separately? Its direct answer is that desire is conjoined with the defilements. When desire is separated, all defilements are likewise separated. The source names the principal evil instead of letting the question remain implicit.

Obtaining, Then Leaving

The “if one obtains” passage gives ten sentences: obtaining non-aversion means leaving aversion; obtaining the bright sign means leaving lassitude and sleepiness; then come nondistraction, nonremorse, absorption, wisdom, right thought, gladness, and the mind's bliss with their corresponding things left; the sequence closes with obtaining all wholesome dharmas and leaving all that is unwholesome.

The phrase 復次離欲者 occurs eight times in this passage. It first gives seclusion from the sensual-desire hindrance versus the remaining hindrances, and obtaining escape versus the ten sentences. Six subsequent groups contrast, in order, bodily and mental seclusion; two sets of thoughts; what is avoided; what is cut off; directly obtained happiness; and what is transcended. The source assigns no hierarchy among the six groups.

At the end the question changes: what is applied thought? In dependence on the earth sign, thought is applied without an interval, like the mind reciting a scripture. The word-by-word analysis of the five factors begins here.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Seclusion from Desire and Unwholesome Dharmas · Doorway · Summer 2026

覺觀的相味與差別Applied Thought and Examination: Their Qualities and Distinction

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先分別問覺、觀的相、味、起、處,再以多組語句與譬喻分判二者。

原列對舉

第一喻是打鈴:初聲為覺,後聲為觀。正文又分列心所緣之初/後、求禪/守護、憶/不捨、麁心受持/細心受持;遠見來人而識男女、色、形為覺,觀其有戒無戒、富貧貴賤為觀;鳥凌虛奮翅為覺,遊住為觀;初教為覺,久教為觀。

其後還有守護/搜擇、思惟/隨思惟、不念惡法/受持於禪、四辯與心解的分列。默而誦經、隨念其義一句只說觀;「如覺所覺,覺已能知」一句只說覺,而句內關係未決。每一組各依原詞保存。

一句伏筆

答文另有一句:有覺處必有觀;有觀處,則可能有覺,也可能無覺。本段沒有進一步解釋原因。

名帶來歷

寂寂所成一節依次說:離五蓋名寂寂;又說色界善根、初禪外行,又說禪心從此心生。譬喻是地水生花,名地水花。末句以大歡喜、戲笑、心滿清涼初釋喜。

This passage first asks separately about the characteristic, function, arising, and proximate cause of applied thought and examination, then distinguishes them through many statements and similes.

The Contrasts in Source Order

The first simile is striking a bell: the first sound is applied thought, the following sound examination. The source also separates the mind's object into first and following; seeking jhāna and guarding; recollection and nonrelinquishment; sustaining with a coarse and subtle mind. Seeing a person approach from afar and recognizing man or woman, color, and shape is applied thought; examining virtue, wealth, and rank is examination. A bird mounting the sky and beating its wings is applied thought; gliding and remaining is examination. Initial instruction is applied thought; sustained instruction is examination.

Further pairs concern guarding and investigating, thinking and following thought, not thinking of evil dharmas and sustaining jhāna, the four discriminations, and the mind's understanding. Silent recitation and recollection of meaning state examination alone. 如覺所覺,覺已能知 states applied thought alone, and its internal relations remain unresolved. Every group is retained according to its own source terms.

A Sentence That Prepares What Follows

The answer also says that where applied thought is present, examination is present; where examination is present, applied thought may be present or absent. The passage gives no further reason.

A Name Carries Its Origin

The section on “accomplished through quietude” says in order: seclusion from five hindrances is quietude; again, the wholesome root of the form realm; access to the first jhāna; and the jhāna mind arising from this mind. The simile is a flower born from earth and water and therefore called an earth-and-water flower. The closing sentence begins the explanation of joy with great rejoicing, laughter, and a mind full and cool.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Applied Thought and Examination: Their Qualities and Distinction · Doorway · Summer 2026

喜樂、初禪與五蓋總說Joy, Pleasure, the First Jhāna, and the Five Hindrances

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段料簡喜樂,也列出初禪五枝、五蓋與眠的三種來處。

喜的水譜

喜有六種生處:從欲、從信、從不悔、從寂寂、從定、從菩提分;論文逐一說明各自從何而生,六項各自成句,沒有先後承接語。

喜另分五種:笑喜如細雨沾身毛竪,念念喜如夜雨而生滅不住,流喜如油下流而久灌不遍,越喜如貧人見伏藏而不久便失,滿喜如雷有雨。原文另配外行、曼陀羅方便與安處;其中滿喜生於安處。

喜樂與禪義

喜樂之別:踊躍是喜,柔軟是樂;心猗是樂,心定是喜;麁喜,細樂;喜屬行陰,樂屬受陰。原文又說:有喜必有樂,有樂或有喜或無喜。這些對舉並列成文,不另縮成「動作/質地」的定義。

禪者何義?平等思惟、奮迅五蓋、思惟對治——禪不是軟綿綿的靜,是把五蓋抖落的力。

羅漢也睡覺

眠有三種:從食、從時節、從心。前二是羅漢眠——蓋之辨在來處:從心者是蓋,從食與時節者非蓋(而精進猶能斷之)。阿㝹樓馱自證:盡漏之後,不從心眠。

所治首在心病,不在身相。

This passage analyzes joy and pleasure, and also lists the five factors of the first jhāna, the five hindrances, and the three sources of sleep.

A Water Chart of Joy

Joy has six sources: desire, faith, nonremorse, seclusion, concentration, and the factors of awakening. The treatise explains what each arises from. Each of the six forms its own statement; no wording makes them successive stages.

Joy is also divided into five. Smiling joy is like fine rain touching the body and making the hairs stand up. Moment-by-moment joy is like night rain, arising and ceasing without remaining. Streaming joy is like oil flowing downward, pouring for a long time without pervading the whole body. Leaping joy is like a poor person seeing hidden treasure, yet it is soon lost. Fulfilling joy is like thunder with rain. The source separately assigns access, maṇḍala means, and the place of security; fulfilling joy arises at the place of security.

Joy, Pleasure, and the Meaning of Jhāna

The distinction between joy and pleasure is given as follows: elation is joy and softness is pleasure; tranquillity of mind is pleasure and concentration of mind is joy; joy is coarse and pleasure subtle; joy belongs to the aggregate of formations and pleasure to the aggregate of feeling. The source adds that wherever joy occurs, pleasure occurs, while wherever pleasure occurs, joy may be present or absent. These contrasts stand side by side; they are not reduced here to a single definition of “movement” and “texture.”

What does jhāna mean? Evenly contemplating the matter, vigorously shaking off the five hindrances, and contemplating the antidote. Jhāna is not a limp quiet. It has the force that shakes the five hindrances away.

An Arahant Also Sleeps

Sleep is of three kinds: born of food, born of season, and born of mind. The first two are an arahant's sleep. The distinction of hindrance lies in the source: what is born of mind is a hindrance, while what is born of food and season is not a hindrance, although energy can still abandon it. 阿㝹樓馱 testifies of himself that after exhausting the influxes, his sleep was not born of mind.

What is treated first is an illness of mind, not a bodily appearance.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Joy, Pleasure, the First Jhāna, and the Five Hindrances · Doorway · Summer 2026

睡眠等五蓋釋疑Questions on Sleep and the Five Hindrances

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

五蓋點完名,三個「何故」把名單縫平:眠是身法何故算心數?兩法何故一蓋?細結無數何故只說五?

合蓋與成五

原文分別說:懈怠與睡眠「一事一相,所謂疲懈共為一」;調與悔「其相既等故成一蓋」;何以但說五蓋,總答「以集執取成五」。「集執取」本段未釋,保留原詞;三句所說止於合蓋與攝集。

別說依原次序是:婬欲執著攝一切貪欲,瞋恚執著攝一切不善法,懈怠、睡眠、調悔、疑執著攝一切癡不善法;末句總收五蓋執著能攝一切煩惱。

本經所取之疑與蓋義

疑有四難:疑定、疑慧、疑三寶、以及——疑路名人姓。末一種論文判得乾脆:非法難,本經不取;「於此經中,疑為寂寂難,是可取」。

原文把國城道路、男女名姓之疑稱為「非法難」,並說:「於此經中,疑為寂寂難,是可取。」四種疑之中,本經明取寂寂難。

論文另問蓋的義,依序列「障礙乘義、覆義、煩惱義、縛義」,末說「此無異義」;其中「乘」所指及前後諸語的連屬,在本段仍不確定。

帶走

本段三個答案須各按原詞讀:「一事一相」「其相既等」「以集執取成五」。末句再點五分:覺、觀、喜、樂、一心。

After naming the five hindrances, three questions of “why” stitch the inventory together: if sleep is a bodily quality, why is it counted among mental factors? Why do two qualities form one hindrance? If subtle fetters are countless, why are only five taught?

Combining Hindrances and Arriving at Five

The source separately says that sloth and sleep are “one matter and one characteristic—what is called 疲懈 is together one”; agitation and remorse form one hindrance “because their characteristics are equal”; and, on why there are only five hindrances, gives the general answer, “Through collected grasping, they become five.” 集執取, “collected grasping,” is not explained here, so the source term is retained. The three statements go no further than combining hindrances and gathering them under five.

The particular account preserves this order: attachment through sensual desire encompasses all greed; attachment through ill will encompasses all unwholesome qualities; attachment through sloth, sleep, agitation-and-remorse, and doubt encompasses all unwholesome qualities of delusion. The final sentence gathers them together: attachment through the five hindrances encompasses all defilements.

The Doubt Taken by This Scripture and the Meanings of Hindrance

Doubt has four difficulties: doubt concerning concentration, doubt concerning wisdom, doubt concerning the Three Jewels, and—doubt about roads, names, and surnames. The treatise calls the last “non-Dhamma difficulty,” which this scripture does not take; “In this scripture, doubt is a difficulty concerning quietude; this is what may be taken.”

The source calls doubts about countries, cities, roads, and the names and surnames of men and women “non-Dhamma difficulty,” and says, “In this scripture, doubt is a difficulty concerning quietude; this is what may be taken.” Among the four kinds of doubt, this scripture explicitly takes difficulty concerning quietude.

The treatise also asks the meanings of hindrance. It lists, in order, “the meaning of obstructing the vehicle, the meaning of covering, the meaning of defilement, and the meaning of binding,” and ends, “These do not have different meanings.” What “vehicle” refers to and how these expressions attach to one another remain uncertain in this passage.

Carry This Away

The three answers must each be read in its own words: “one matter and one characteristic,” “their characteristics are equal,” and “through collected grasping, they become five.” The closing sentence names the five factors once more: applied thought, sustained thought, joy, pleasure, and one-pointedness.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Questions on Sleep and the Five Hindrances · Doorway · Summer 2026

初禪五枝的成立The Establishment of the Five Factors of the First Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

禪與枝是一是二?論文一喻裁斷:如依一一車分說車,離分無車;如依軍分說軍,離軍分無軍——離枝無禪

禪是五枝的合稱,不是枝外另一個境界。求禪的人不必在覺觀喜樂一心之外另覓一個叫「禪」的東西:五枝修齊,禪就在;少一枝,禪缺一角。有些名字指物,有些名字指合——認錯了,就會終生去找一個不存在的東西。

執相與兩張表

何故但五枝?答文說「以執著成五」,隨後依次列覺、觀、方便、喜樂、心不亂與得定,末以「如是執著成五」收束。其中「以此四功德」所指哪些項目,本段沒有明列。

五枝另有兩組列法。第一組明說覺於初禪為勝枝、以覺除欲,觀、喜、樂、一心則分別於第二至第五禪「初起」;此前「初蓋對治初禪,乃至五蓋對治五禪」的施受方向未明。第二組明列一心治婬欲、歡喜治嗔恚、覺治懈怠眠、樂治調悔、觀治疑。

兩組都談到欲:一處說「以覺除欲」,一處說「一心是婬欲對治」。論文沒有解釋兩句關係,故兩句並存,關係未決。

Are jhāna and its factors one or two? The treatise decides by a simile: as a cart is spoken of in dependence on each part, and there is no cart apart from its parts; as an army is spoken of in dependence on its divisions, and there is no army apart from those divisions—there is no jhāna apart from its factors.

Jhāna is the collective name for the five factors, not another state beyond them. One who seeks jhāna need not look beyond applied thought, sustained thought, joy, pleasure, and one-pointedness for another thing called “jhāna.” When all five factors have been cultivated, jhāna is there; when one is absent, jhāna lacks a corner. Some names designate a thing; others designate a combination. Mistake one for the other, and a person may spend a lifetime seeking something that does not exist.

Grasping the Characteristic and Two Tables

Why only five factors? The answer says, “Through grasping, they become five,” then lists in order applied thought, sustained thought, means, joy and pleasure, the mind's nondistraction, and the gaining of concentration, concluding, “In this way, through grasping they become five.” Which items “these four qualities” refers to is not explicitly listed in this passage.

The five factors are also given in two arrangements. The first explicitly says that applied thought is the excellent factor in the first jhāna and removes sensual desire, while sustained thought, joy, pleasure, and one-pointedness respectively “first arise” in the second through fifth jhānas. The direction of action in the preceding statement, “The first hindrance is the antidote to the first jhāna, up to the five hindrances being the antidote to the five jhānas,” remains unclear. The second arrangement explicitly lists one-pointedness as the antidote to sensual desire, gladness to ill will, applied thought to sloth-and-torpor, pleasure to agitation-and-remorse, and sustained thought to doubt.

Both arrangements speak of desire. One says, “Applied thought removes sensual desire”; the other, “One-pointedness is the antidote to sensual desire.” The treatise does not explain their relation, so both statements remain and their relation is unresolved.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Establishment of the Five Factors of the First Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

初禪三善、十相與二十五功德Three Kinds of Goodness, Ten Characteristics, and Twenty-Five Qualities of the First Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

初禪收尾,論文交出兩樣:一張帳,一團丸。

地相不是喜樂之因

論文明說地一切入相「非起喜樂因」;其後連寫「離五蓋熱隨性修故,是以法子應起喜樂」。「離五蓋熱」與「隨性修」怎樣切分、彼此如何連屬,以及「法子」確指何人,本段仍不確定。

四禪何以無喜樂?答文依序說:非其處,得第四禪時已斷喜樂;又說初起的喜樂後以方便伏斷,見有過患而貪著最寂寂捨樂。原文沒有再替各句排列深淺。

一張帳

三善:清淨修行為初、捨增長為中、歡喜為後。十相=三加三加四;二十五功德可計者卻只有二十四——五枝、五根、三善加十一具足,差一。論文沒有說明缺少的是哪一項;標數與現存列目須同時保留。

一團丸

佛說:如勤浴師以銅槃盛豆米屑,水和為丸,浸潤內外、相著不散——身心寂寂的比丘,喜樂灌令遍濕,無所不著。

喻中明說:豆米屑以水和攪成丸,浸潤內外、相著不散;身心寂寂所生的喜樂,灌令遍濕、無所不著。可撮要為遍、潤、不散。本段末句只說「如是銅槃一切入相如是可知」,沒有逐物配位。

At the close of the first jhāna, the treatise hands over two things: an account and a ball.

The Earth Sign Is Not the Cause of Joy and Pleasure

The treatise explicitly says that the sign of the earth kasiṇa “is not the cause for the arising of joy and pleasure.” It then writes continuously, “because of leaving the heat of the five hindrances, cultivating according to its nature, the Dhamma-child should give rise to joy and pleasure.” How “leaving the heat of the five hindrances” and “cultivating according to its nature” are segmented and related, and whom “Dhamma-child” precisely designates, remain uncertain here.

Why are joy and pleasure absent from the fourth jhāna? The answer says in order: it is not their place; on attaining the fourth jhāna, joy and pleasure have already been abandoned; and the joy and pleasure that first arose are later subdued and abandoned through means, their danger is seen, and one becomes attached to the pleasure of the most secluded equanimity. The source does not rank these statements by depth.

An Account

The three kinds of goodness are pure practice at the beginning, growth of equanimity in the middle, and gladness at the end. Ten characteristics equal three plus three plus four. Yet the countable items under “twenty-five qualities” number only twenty-four: five factors, five faculties, three kinds of goodness, and eleven fulfillments. The count is short by one. The source does not say which item is missing; both the stated number and the extant list must be retained.

A Ball

The Buddha says: a diligent bath attendant puts bean-and-rice powder in a copper basin and mixes it with water into a ball, moistened within and without, cohering without dispersing. So too, for the bhikkhu whose body and mind are secluded, joy and pleasure pour through until completely moistened, with no place untouched.

The simile explicitly says that bean-and-rice powder mixed and kneaded with water becomes a ball, moistened within and without and cohering without dispersing; and that joy and pleasure born from a secluded body and mind pour through until completely moistened, with no place untouched. Its essentials can be gathered as pervading, moistening, not dispersing. The final sentence says only, “In this way, the copper basin is the sign of the kasiṇa; this is how it may be known.” It does not yet assign each object in the simile.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Kinds of Goodness, Ten Characteristics, and Twenty-Five Qualities of the First Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

浴屑、水與丸喻The Simile of Bath Powder, Water, and the Ball

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

佛給了一團丸,論文把它拆開——喻裡每樣東西,各對應法上的什麼。

配位表

銅槃與一切入相相配:原文列堅、細、光焰,又說成堅生喜、成細清淨故光焰。浴屑與心心數法相配:麁屑不和合而隨風飛散;心心數法離喜樂成麁、離定不和合,與五蓋風共飛。水與喜樂定相配:水令浴屑濕軟為丸,喜樂令心心數法濕軟為定。覺觀在一處合說為手,原文沒有再分配兩者的動作;另一處又說「覺觀如浴屑」,兩種配位並存不齊。所成心心數法喜樂相隨成一丸,不散亂,置於禪事。

麁浴屑與心心數法

論文以乾粗浴屑隨風飛散,說明心心數法離喜樂則麁、離定則不和合;又以水使浴屑濕軟,說喜樂令心心數法濕軟為定。

丸成置盤,從頭至足內外喜樂遍滿,住於不退——即是梵天之住。

本段的未決處

「堅細光焰」「心心數法以成事故」「覺觀如欲使」的連屬,本段仍不確定;覺觀又一處配手、一處配浴屑,兩種說法不可合成一項。

The Buddha offered a ball, and the treatise takes it apart: what does each object in the simile correspond to in the Dhamma?

Table of Correspondences

The copper basin corresponds to the sign of the kasiṇa. The source lists firm, fine, and radiance, and then says becoming firm gives rise to joy, and becoming fine is purity and therefore radiance. Bath powder corresponds to mind and mental factors: coarse powder, uncombined, scatters with the wind; mind and mental factors become coarse apart from joy and pleasure, do not combine apart from concentration, and fly together with the wind of the five hindrances. Water corresponds to the concentration of joy and pleasure: water makes bath powder moist and soft so that it forms a ball, while joy and pleasure make mind and mental factors moist and soft so that they become concentration. In one place, applied and sustained thought are jointly called the hand; the source does not further assign the action of each. Elsewhere it says, “Applied and sustained thought are like bath powder,” so two different correspondences coexist. The mind and mental factors thus formed follow joy and pleasure and become one ball, are not scattered, and are placed in the matter of jhāna.

Coarse Bath Powder and Mind and Mental Factors

The treatise uses dry, coarse bath powder scattering with the wind to describe mind and mental factors becoming coarse apart from joy and pleasure and failing to combine apart from concentration. It then uses water making the powder moist and soft to say that joy and pleasure make mind and mental factors moist and soft so that they become concentration.

The ball is formed and placed in the basin. Joy and pleasure fill the body within and without from head to foot, and one abides without falling back—this is abiding in Brahmā.

What Remains Unresolved

The attachments of “firm, fine, radiance,” “mind and mental factors, because the matter is accomplished,” and “applied and sustained thought are like 欲使” remain uncertain. Applied and sustained thought also correspond in one place to the hand and in another to bath powder; the two accounts cannot be merged into one item.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Simile of Bath Powder, Water, and the Ball · Doorway · Summer 2026

喜樂遍身與初禪四分Joy and Pleasure Pervading the Body and the Four Divisions of the First Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

喜樂既非色法,何以遍身?答文先作「名者依色,色依名色」,再說名成喜則色亦成喜、名成樂則色亦成樂;又另說色從樂生,令身起猗。「色依名色」怎樣解,本段沒有說明。其後的「是故無礙令生梵天功德者」承上還是領下,也仍不確定。

三檔壽命

初禪有下中上:下者生梵天種類,壽一劫三分;中者生梵天,壽半劫;上者生大梵天,壽一劫。中、上判文一字不差,而本段另列不同生處與壽命;兩品的字面差別未能確定。

四分

生梵天功德有四分。退分句列鈍根、放逸與相隨作意;住分句列鈍根、不放逸與得彼法念;勝分句列利根、不放逸、第二禪與無覺作意;達分句列利根、不放逸、毘婆舍那、厭患想作意與隨意無染。

退因另列「樂禪事業、樂話語、樂睡眠,不住精進」;其中「樂禪事業」的意思在本段仍不確定。退法有四說:急疾煩惱、悠悠煩惱、失止、久不修。

If joy and pleasure are not material qualities, how do they pervade the body? The answer first says, “Name depends on form, and form depends on name-and-form,” then that when name becomes joy, form also becomes joy, and when name becomes pleasure, form also becomes pleasure. It separately says that form is born of pleasure and causes tranquillity to arise in the body. How “form depends on name-and-form” is to be understood is not explained here. Nor is it certain whether the following “Therefore, unobstructed, causing the qualities of birth in Brahmā” concludes what precedes or introduces what follows.

Three Lifespan Registers

The first jhāna has lower, middle, and upper grades. The lower leads to birth among a class of Brahmās and a lifespan of “one eon, three parts”; the middle to birth among the Brahmās and half an eon; and the upper to birth as a Great Brahmā and one eon. The criteria for middle and upper are identical word for word, although the passage gives them different destinations and lifespans. Their textual difference cannot be determined here.

Four Divisions

The qualities of birth in Brahmā have four divisions. The sentence on regression lists dull faculties, heedlessness, and accompanying attention. The sentence on stability lists dull faculties, heedfulness, and mindfulness of that Dhamma. The sentence on excellence lists sharp faculties, heedfulness, the second jhāna, and attention without applied thought. The sentence on reaching lists sharp faculties, heedfulness, insight, attention to the perception of danger, and being freely unstained.

Causes of regression are also given as “delighting in the work of jhāna, delighting in talk, delighting in sleep, and not abiding in energy.” The meaning of “the work of jhāna” remains uncertain here. Four further accounts of regression are listed: rapid defilement, lingering defilement, loss of calm, and long nonpractice.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Joy and Pleasure Pervading the Body and the Four Divisions of the First Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

求第二禪與初禪過患Seeking the Second Jhāna and the Faults of the First

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

求二禪,論文先講一頭笨牛。

山犢

山犢想去險遠處吃沒吃過的草、喝沒喝過的水——前足未立復舉後腳,蹉搖不安:新草沒吃到,只得再想依靠往昔飲食。比丘亦然:不修此法、不多學習,便想離覺觀而入二禪,結果既不能入二禪,也不能入初禪。

修初禪令心得自在

因此正文說,應修初禪令心得自在;接著列未食時、食後時、初夜、後夜,又列隨心所樂、隨欲久近、隨意無礙。其後連寫「為起入觀」、兩次「若從一時乃至多時」與「多入多出」;「為起入觀」的切分,以及前後兩組時間各自所連的項目,本段字面不明。在初禪得自在後,正文才說起第二禪而越於初禪。

本段所列的二禪準備

初禪自在後,本段依次說:觀初禪麁、第二禪細;於初禪見過患、於第二禪見功德;然後不作意和合初禪,不作意於覺、於觀,以從定生喜樂自在令心受持。

如是作意,不久覺觀滅;內信、心成一性、無覺無觀,從定生喜樂而入第二禪。

To seek the second jhāna, the treatise first speaks of a foolish calf.

The Mountain Calf

The mountain calf wishes to go to a steep and distant place, eat grass never eaten, and drink water never drunk. Before its front foot is set, it lifts its hind foot and staggers unsteadily. It gets no new grass and can only think of relying again on its former food. The bhikkhu is likewise: without cultivating this Dhamma or studying it much, he seeks to leave applied and sustained thought and enter the second jhāna. The result is that he can enter neither the second nor the first.

Cultivating the First Jhāna to Bring the Mind to Mastery

The body text therefore says that one should cultivate the first jhāna and bring the mind to mastery. It lists the time before eating, after eating, the first watch, and the last watch; then according to what the mind delights in, according to the desired length or brevity, and freely without obstruction. It continues with “for arising-entering-contemplating,” two occurrences of “from one occasion up to many occasions,” and “entering and emerging many times.” The segmentation of “for arising-entering-contemplating” and the item to which each measure of time attaches are unclear. Only after mastery of the first jhāna does the text say to arouse the second and go beyond the first.

The Preparation for the Second Jhāna Listed Here

After mastery of the first, the passage gives this sequence: contemplate the first jhāna as coarse and the second as fine; see faults in the first and qualities in the second; then do not attend to combining the first jhāna, do not attend to applied thought, and do not attend to sustained thought, and through mastery of joy and pleasure born of concentration cause the mind to uphold them.

Attending in this way, applied and sustained thought soon cease. Internal confidence, the mind becoming one in nature, absence of applied and sustained thought, and joy and pleasure born of concentration lead into the second jhāna.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Seeking the Second Jhāna and the Faults of the First · Doorway · Summer 2026

第二禪的內信與心成一性Internal Confidence and the Mind Becoming One in Nature in the Second Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

二禪的喜樂「從定生」。佛喻的池水非四方來、非雨出、無有時節,從泉而出,清冷盈溢。論文自己配位:無外水、無天雨,對應覺觀滅;泉出而滿、不起波浪,對應從定生喜樂令名色身滿而心不亂;冷水遍處,對應喜樂遍滿名色身。

無有兩種

覺觀滅,連根併除。但「無覺無觀」有兩種來歷:不以滅而無(五識、三禪等),與以滅而無(二禪)。同稱無覺無觀,判位要看怎麼沒有的。

內信與心成一性各有四問。內信是不亂為相、寂寂為味、不濁為起、覺觀為處;心成一性是專正為相、寂寂為味、無浪為起、覺觀滅為處。兩個處所依原文分列,不可互換。

浪平則鑑

初禪何以不攝內信、一性二枝?論文以水有風浪、面像不復清淨為喻:覺觀為浪,浪動而濁,所以內信及心一性成不清淨。原文以此說明二枝不為初禪所攝;不再把浪平另解成兩枝自行生起的機制。

二禪三品之果皆以光為名:少光、無量光、光耀。

泉喻所說的止於三件事:覺觀滅、定生喜樂、清涼遍身。喻後已有逐項配位,不另替它補義。

The joy and pleasure of the second jhāna are “born of concentration.” In the Buddha's simile, the water in the pool does not come from the four directions, is not produced by rain, and has no season. It issues from a spring, cool and overflowing. The treatise supplies its own correspondences: no external water and no rain correspond to the cessation of applied and sustained thought; the spring issuing and filling the pool without waves corresponds to joy and pleasure born of concentration filling the body of name-and-form while the mind is undisturbed; and cold water reaching every place corresponds to joy and pleasure filling the body of name-and-form.

Absence Has Two Kinds

Applied and sustained thought cease with their roots removed together. Yet being “without applied or sustained thought” has two origins: absence not through cessation, as with the five consciousnesses and the third jhāna and so forth; and absence through cessation, as with the second jhāna. Both are called being without applied or sustained thought; their position is distinguished by how they are absent.

Internal confidence and the mind becoming one in nature each receive four questions. For internal confidence, nondistraction is the characteristic, seclusion the function, being unclouded the manifestation, and applied and sustained thought the basis. For the mind becoming one in nature, exclusive right focus is the characteristic, seclusion the function, being without waves the manifestation, and the cessation of applied and sustained thought the basis. The two bases are separately stated in the source and cannot be interchanged.

When the Waves Settle, the Image Appears

Why does the first jhāna not include internal confidence and one nature as two factors? The treatise uses the simile of water with waves stirred by wind, in which the image of a face can no longer be seen clearly: applied and sustained thought are waves. Because the moving waves make it turbid, internal confidence and the mind's one nature become impure. The source uses this to explain why the two factors are not included in the first jhāna; it does not further explain the settling of the waves as a mechanism through which those two factors arise on their own.

The results of all three grades of the second jhāna bear names of light: Lesser Light, Measureless Light, and Radiance.

The spring simile is limited to three things: the cessation of applied and sustained thought, joy and pleasure born of concentration, and coolness pervading the body. The passage already assigns each part after the simile; no further meaning is supplied for it.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Internal Confidence and the Mind Becoming One in Nature in the Second Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

求第三禪與捨、念Seeking the Third Jhāna: Equanimity and Mindfulness

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

坐禪人於第二禪得自在,知二禪過患、見三禪功德,起第三禪。

喜滿是本段所列過患

二禪近覺觀這一定怨;與喜滿相應,禪便成麁,心大踊躍,不能起其餘禪枝。

論文在此說:若著於喜是則為失,若知是失則成不失。這句只判本段的著喜與知失,不擴成各禪通用規則。

八種捨與三種捨

捨是護,不退不進,是心平等。論文列八種捨:受捨、精進捨、見捨、菩提覺捨、無量捨、六分捨、禪枝捨、清淨捨;短釋中說五根為受捨、修菩提覺為菩提捨、慈悲喜捨為無量捨、無染故成捨住為禪枝捨、捨念清淨為清淨捨。八種之中,除受捨外,其餘七種說為平等捨。

三捨定檔:相應乘捨近二禪(斷大踊躍),少經營捨近三禪(斷一切踊躍),第三種(列名無經營、釋名無事捨,名目不齊保留)近四禪——經營愈少,所近愈上(論文自排之序)。抽象詞掛上位置,深淺立辨。

踊躍與平等互斥

捨為何等到三禪纔說?喜滿之處心有所著,大踊躍充遍身心時,平等立不起來——「以不滿故」:捨在,但不滿枝格。喜滅著滅,捨纔登枝。

第三禪無喜染、滅相著,因而成起禪枝;原文由此說捨、念、正智。

The meditator gains mastery in the second jhāna, knows its faults, sees the virtues of the third, and arouses the third jhāna.

Fullness of Rapture Is the Fault Listed Here

The second jhāna is near applied and sustained thought, enemies of concentration. Associated with fullness of rapture, it becomes coarse; the mind greatly leaps up and cannot arouse the remaining jhāna factors.

Here the treatise says: If one becomes attached to rapture, this is a loss; if one knows this as a loss, one comes not to lose. This judgment concerns attachment to rapture and knowing the loss in this passage. It is not expanded into a rule universally applicable to every jhāna.

Eight Kinds and Three Kinds of Equanimity

Equanimity is guarding: neither regressing nor advancing, the mind is balanced. The treatise lists eight kinds—受捨, 精進捨, 見捨, 菩提覺捨, 無量捨, 六分捨, 禪枝捨, and 清淨捨. Its short explanations say that the five faculties are 受捨, cultivating the awakening factor is 菩提捨, loving-kindness through equanimity is 無量捨, dwelling in equanimity through unstainedness is 禪枝捨, and purification of equanimity and mindfulness is 清淨捨. Of the eight, the other seven excluding equanimity as feeling are called balanced equanimity.

The three are located by jhāna: equanimity of the corresponding vehicle is near the second and abandons great leaping; equanimity of little undertaking is near the third and abandons every leaping movement; the third—listed as “no undertaking” but explained as “equanimity without affairs,” with the differing names retained—is near the fourth. The less undertaking, the higher what it approaches: this is the sequence arranged by the treatise. An abstract term becomes distinguishable in depth once it is attached to a location.

Leaping and Balance Exclude One Another

Why is equanimity not taught until the third jhāna? Where fullness of rapture remains, the mind is attached; when great leaping fills body and mind, balance cannot stand. The source says “because it is not full”: equanimity is present, but has not reached the standing of a full factor.

In the third jhāna the stain of rapture and attachment to the sign have ceased, and a jhāna factor therefore arises. The source accordingly teaches equanimity, mindfulness, and clear knowing.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Seeking the Third Jhāna: Equanimity and Mindfulness · Doorway · Summer 2026

第三禪的念、正智與身樂Mindfulness, Clear Knowing, and Bodily Pleasure in the Third Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

捨講畢,本段分別問念與智的相、味、起、處。念以隨念為相、不忘為味、守護為起、四念為處;智以不愚癡為相、緣著為味、擇取諸法為起、正作意為處。

此禪的著處

原文逐項說:此禪易起到彼樂處,是「最氣味地」,也「作愚心」,名為著處

四項依原文並列,不補彼此的因果,也不另作前二禪與第三禪的對比。

隨而不捉

喜與樂共為親友。論文先說以念智分別,使無喜有樂而於事成住;接著舉犢子隨母、不捉兩耳而觸突隨母之喻,喻後仍收在無喜有樂、以念智分別而樂得住行處。若不緩分別,便反入於喜,成禪退分。

身受樂與樂根滅

三禪樂根已滅,何以又說「以身受樂」?論文不打圓場,重定名相:身=想、行、識三陰(非血肉之軀),樂=從心觸生之心樂。字字未改,字字換了內涵,兩句聖言並行不悖——弔詭之問,看它給哪個字換內涵。

With equanimity completed, the passage separately asks the characteristic, function, manifestation, and proximate cause of mindfulness and of knowledge. Mindfulness has recollection as its characteristic, not forgetting as its function, guarding as its manifestation, and the four mindfulnesses as its proximate cause. Knowledge has nondelusion as its characteristic, being attached to a condition as its function, selecting phenomena as its manifestation, and right attention as its proximate cause.

This Jhāna’s Place of Attachment

The source lists, item by item, that this jhāna easily arises and reaches that place of pleasure, is the “ground of utmost savor,” also “makes a deluded mind,” and is called a place of attachment.

The four are kept side by side as written. No causal chain among them is supplied, and no new contrast with the first two jhānas is constructed.

Following Without Grasping

Rapture and pleasure are close friends. The treatise first says that mindfulness and knowing distinguish them, so that one is without rapture but has pleasure and accomplishes dwelling with respect to the affair. It then gives the simile of a calf following its mother, not grasping her ears but bumping along after her. After the simile it again returns to no rapture but pleasure, distinction by mindfulness and knowing, and pleasure dwelling in its domain. If the distinguishing is not gentle, one returns to rapture and the jhāna becomes subject to regression.

Experiencing Pleasure with the Body and the Cessation of the Pleasure Faculty

The pleasure faculty has ceased in the third jhāna. Why, then, does the formula say “experiences pleasure with the body”? The treatise does not smooth the difficulty away; it defines the terms again. Body means the three aggregates of perception, formations, and consciousness, not the body of flesh. Pleasure means mental pleasure born from mental contact. The words remain unchanged, but their content changes, and the two noble statements can stand together. When a paradoxical question appears, look for the word to which the treatise gives changed content.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Mindfulness, Clear Knowing, and Bodily Pleasure in the Third Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

第三禪成就與轉入第四禪Accomplishing the Third Jhāna and Turning to the Fourth

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

答文說三禪易起到彼樂處,接著是未決的「彼無受樂」;又說聖者向於樂住,是聖人成就,故聖人說此禪「勝成捨」。「彼無受樂」論文不自釋,不強行解為不著或不受。

從根至首皆滿

蓮華之喻一再寫「從根至首」、「滿潤澤」與「遍滿身心」;喻末又以藕生水中,說「從根至首一切皆滿」。論文於此強調的,是無喜之樂遍滿身心。

本段列出的三禪過患

本段依次寫出近喜為怨、正定以樂枝麁、不能堪忍為得神通、第三禪不成勝分;隨後說見第四禪功德是其對治。

本段前半說聖者向於樂住、此禪「勝成捨」;後半另列第三禪的三項過患,並說第四禪妙、第三禪麁。這兩組話在原文中前後並列;原文沒有再說二者之間另有什麼因果。

四本帳一齊清

斷樂(身樂)、斷苦(身苦)、喜盡(心樂)、憂盡(心苦)——四受以身心兩欄記帳,至四禪門口一齊清訖,賸下不苦不樂、捨念清淨。

The answer says that the third jhāna easily arises and reaches that place of pleasure, followed by the unresolved 彼無受樂. It then says that noble ones incline toward dwelling in pleasure, which is the accomplishment of noble persons, and therefore that this jhāna “supremely accomplishes equanimity.” The treatise does not explain 彼無受樂, so it is not forced into the meaning of nonattachment or nonexperience.

Completely Filled from Root to Crown

Again and again the water-flower simile says “from root to crown,” “filled and moistened,” and “pervades body and mind.” It closes with a lotus root born in water, “completely filled from root to crown.” What the treatise emphasizes here is pleasure free of rapture pervading body and mind.

The Faults of the Third Jhāna Listed Here

The passage writes, in order: near rapture as an enemy; right concentration coarse through the pleasure factor; unable to bear the task of gaining 神通; and the third jhāna not becoming a superior portion. It then says that the virtues of the fourth are their counteragent. The precise referent of 神通 is not explained here.

The first half says that noble ones incline toward dwelling in pleasure and that this jhāna “supremely accomplishes equanimity.” The second half separately lists the faults of the third and says that the fourth is excellent while the third is coarse. The two groups stand one after another in the source; it does not establish another causal link between them.

All Four Accounts Are Cleared Together

Pleasure abandoned as bodily pleasure; pain abandoned as bodily pain; gladness exhausted as mental pleasure; distress exhausted as mental pain. The four feelings are entered in bodily and mental columns and cleared together at the threshold of the fourth jhāna. What remains is neither-pain-nor-pleasure and purification of equanimity and mindfulness.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Accomplishing the Third Jhāna and Turning to the Fourth · Doorway · Summer 2026

第四禪諸根滅與捨念清淨The Cessation of the Faculties and Purification of Equanimity and Mindfulness in the Fourth Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四禪成句說「斷樂斷苦喜憂盡」。本段逐項追問,並說:苦根滅於初禪,憂根滅於第二禪,樂根滅於第三禪。

三段因由各依原文

初禪一段說喜滿故身樂、身樂故苦根滅,並說「以斷對治故」。第二禪一段說久隨覺觀則身懈怠、心懶墯,心懶墯則憂根起;覺觀滅,所以憂根滅。第三禪一段說喜為因,喜滅故樂滅。

那麼四禪為何仍說滅?答文依次說:三禪是四禪道路;不苦不樂受現前作對治;四禪共對治受而收合;捨煩惱現無餘斷。

不苦不樂受與捨念清淨

不苦不樂受以「意不攝受、心不棄捨」界說。其相是中間,味是住中;「除是起喜滅是處」的分界未明,因此不替「起」與「處」指定答語。

捨念清淨:以捨為念,成分明清白。答文所列的理由是捨離一切煩惱、與受相似相應,成不動無經營;無經營與捨相應,所以此念已捨而分明清白。

白疊覆身

第四禪以白疊覆身為喻:從頭至足無處不著,對清白心令滿一切身分;白疊覆身而不寒不熱、時節調和,對入第四禪而不苦不樂。

The fourth-jhāna formula says “pleasure abandoned, pain abandoned, gladness and distress exhausted.” This passage traces each item and states: the pain faculty ceases in the first jhāna, the distress faculty in the second, and the pleasure faculty in the third.

Each Section Keeps Its Own Reasons

The first-jhāna section says that fullness of rapture brings bodily ease, bodily ease brings cessation of pain, and abandonment is the counteragent. The second says that long following applied and sustained thought makes the body weary and mind indolent; indolence brings distress, while cessation of applied and sustained thought brings cessation of distress. The third says that rapture is the cause and pleasure ceases when rapture ceases.

Why, then, does the fourth still speak of cessation? The answer gives, in order: the first three jhānas are the road to the fourth; neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling is present as counteragent; the fourth gathers the common counteraction of feelings; and defilements are relinquished and now abandoned without remainder.

Neither-Painful-nor-Pleasant Feeling and Purification of Equanimity and Mindfulness

Neither-painful-nor-pleasant feeling is defined by “the intention does not receive, the mind does not cast away.” Its characteristic is being in the middle and its function dwelling in the middle. The boundary within 除是起喜滅是處 is unclear, so no answers are assigned from it to manifestation and proximate cause.

Purification of equanimity and mindfulness means taking equanimity as mindfulness and thereby becoming distinct and clear. The reasons listed are that equanimity is free from every defilement and associated through similarity with feeling, becoming unmoving and without undertaking; nonundertaking is associated with equanimity; therefore this mindfulness, having become equanimous, is distinct and clear.

White Cloth Covering the Body

The fourth jhāna is illustrated by white cloth covering the body. From head to foot nowhere is untouched, corresponding to the clear-white mind filling every part. The cloth covers the body neither cold nor hot, with the season balanced; this corresponds to entering the fourth jhāna as neither painful nor pleasant.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Cessation of the Faculties and Purification of Equanimity and Mindfulness in the Fourth Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

越色入無邊空處Going Beyond Form into the Base of Boundless Space

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四禪為何不說下中上果地勝?答文說,前三禪所得有麁有妙,所以說果地勝;第四禪「已到妙枝彼岸」,從此更無妙枝,所以不說勝果地。其後坐禪人念四禪過患,遊虛空定而越於色界。

作意於無邊虛空,地相成失

行者從第四禪定起,除地一切入相,修虛空定;於虛空作無邊作意,不久地相成失。其後原文說,心從地相而起、轉向虛空,以虛空入相而得自在,心得安。這是本段明列的次序;不把地相之失推成一條普遍的取捨法則。

本段說色定麁、虛空定細;又說第四禪依於色事而名為麁,見虛空定功德是其對治。這些麁細之語依本段所列保留。

為何止說越想

為何只說越想、不說受、行、識?答文先說:「若越於想,彼一切皆亦成越」;若不離想,心不得越。又說,世尊欲說越色事,所以說越色想,並以「一切定事皆由想故」收束。原文只立這些依存語句,沒有另說受、行、識與想如何共同運作,也沒有在本單元建立判定一切禪定所屬的通則。成句三動詞各就各位:色相、有對想、種種想不作意——三詞之別論文不釋,是讀者可帶走的問頭。

五百車從迦蘭欝頭藍弗面前去來,不見不聞——「於處滅」的實例。

體本無邊,修令滿之

空者,四大所不觸;「無邊」二釋並陳:一說「是虛空無邊性」,一說「於空正安心令滿無邊」。末後明載命終生虛空天,壽二千劫。

Why are lower, middle, and upper superior resultant grounds not taught for the fourth jhāna? What is gained through the first three is coarse in some cases and subtle in others, the answer says, and therefore superior resultant grounds are taught. The fourth has “reached the far shore of subtle factors.” Beyond it there is no subtler factor, so no superior resultant ground is taught. The meditator then recollects the faults of the fourth, ranges in concentration on space, and goes beyond the form realm.

Attending to Boundless Space, the Earth Sign Is Lost

The practitioner emerges from the fourth jhāna, removes the sign of the earth kasiṇa, and cultivates concentration on space. Attending to space as boundless, before long the earth sign is lost. The source then says that mind arises from the earth sign and turns toward space; by the sign of entry into space it gains mastery and settles. This is the sequence listed here. The loss of the earth sign is not expanded into a universal law of taking and relinquishing.

The passage says that concentration on form is coarse and concentration on space subtle. It also says that the fourth jhāna depends on matters of form and is therefore coarse, and that seeing the virtues of concentration on space is its counteragent. These statements of coarse and subtle are kept with the items to which this passage attaches them.

Why Only Going Beyond Perception Is Taught

Why does the text speak only of going beyond perception, not feeling, formations, or consciousness? The answer first says, “If one goes beyond perception, all the others also come to be gone beyond”; if perception is not left, mind cannot go beyond. It then says that the Blessed One wished to speak of going beyond matters of form and therefore spoke of going beyond perceptions of form, closing with “all matters of concentration depend upon perception.” The source establishes only these dependencies. It does not explain how feeling, formations, consciousness, and perception operate together or establish a universal classification of concentration. The three verbs of the formula each keep their place: signs of form are gone beyond, resistant perceptions cease, and diverse perceptions are not attended to. The treatise does not explain their difference; that remains a question the reader may carry.

Five hundred carts pass before 迦蘭欝頭藍弗 without his seeing or hearing—the example of “cessation at the place.”

Boundless in Nature, Made Full in Cultivation

Space is what the four great elements do not touch. Two explanations of “boundless” stand together: one says “it is the boundless nature of space”; the other, “correctly settling the mind upon space and making it fill boundlessness.” The passage closes by stating that one is reborn in the Heaven of Space for two thousand eons.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Going Beyond Form into the Base of Boundless Space · Doorway · Summer 2026

無邊識處The Base of Boundless Consciousness

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

昨天纔安住的虛空,今天成了要越的粗。虛空定的過患一段連寫「近色為怨」、「是事成麁」、「與有對想種種想不相遠離」與「成彼念著不得勝分」;「是事」所指及末句繫屬都不明,本段不把它拆成已有固定機制的三項。

從虛空處想轉向識處想

本段的操作很具體:「修虛空識令滿作意,令識無邊」;隨後從虛空處想起而越入識處,由識處想而心得安。這只說明此處如何從虛空定轉入無邊識處,不由這一段推出其他普遍規律。

成句依次作「起一切虛空故,思惟無邊識,成就入正受,於一切識處住」;其中「起」如何施受、「故」連接哪些語句,本段不能確定,故不作定解。

「色非色法」句法未決

問句作「色非色法,云何執為無邊?」;其句法論文沒有自釋,這裡保留未決。答語並列三項:唯無色法故成無邊,虛空無邊故說無邊,作無邊意故成無邊;末以「是故不妨識」收束。

結構相近,不強行說作者用意

本段與 08-21 有若干同式句:天處立名之比、心心數法、三分成就,都可以並排核對;但本段沒有說篇幅較短是要讀者回前段補讀。收帳仍按本段明文:識處天,壽四千劫——恰倍於虛空天(後站之數自有其列)。

The space settled in yesterday becomes the coarseness to be gone beyond today. The section on its faults continuously writes “near form as an enemy,” “this affair becomes coarse,” “not far removed from resistant and diverse perceptions,” and “attachment of mindfulness to that is formed, and no superior portion is gained.” What “this affair” denotes and where the final clause attaches are unclear; the passage does not divide them into three established mechanisms.

From Perception of the Base of Space to Perception of the Base of Consciousness

The operation is concrete: “cultivating the consciousness of space and making it fill, thereby making consciousness boundless.” Mind then rises from perception of the base of space and passes into the base of consciousness, settling through perception of the base of consciousness. This explains only how this passage turns from concentration on space to boundless consciousness; no general rule is inferred.

The formula proceeds, “because he arouses all space, he reflects on boundless consciousness, accomplishes entry into attainment, and dwells in the whole base of consciousness.” How 起 governs and which statements 故 joins cannot be determined here and remain unresolved.

The Syntax of 色非色法 Remains Unresolved

The question reads “色非色法,云何執為無邊?” The treatise does not explain its syntax, so it remains unresolved. The answer places three statements side by side: because it is a formless phenomenon it becomes boundless; because space is boundless it is called boundless; because one forms an intention of boundlessness it becomes boundless. It concludes, “Hence it does not obstruct consciousness.”

Structural Parallels Do Not Establish Authorial Intention

This passage and 08-21 contain parallel sentences—the comparison with a heavenly place, mind and mental factors, and three portions accomplished. They can be checked side by side, but the source does not say that the shorter length asks the reader to fill it from the preceding passage. The account closes according to its own words: the Heaven of Consciousness, four thousand eons—precisely twice the Heaven of Space, while later stations give their own numbers.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Base of Boundless Consciousness · Doorway · Summer 2026

無所有處The Base of Nothingness

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先列識處過患:近虛空為怨、識事為麁、思惟無邊想而成念著不得勝分;無所有處功德是其對治。

坐禪人從識處定安詳而起,對彼識不復修行、不復分別,成失彼識;見無所有處相而受持,不久從識處想起,由無所有處想而心得安。逐語之釋再重出三語,添「但見無所有」。

「無所有處者何義?是識無性,是無所有。」其中「識無性」本段不自釋,心要也不替它定義。末後明列無所有天壽六千劫,夾註「無所有定竟」收束。

The passage first lists the faults of the base of consciousness: near space as an enemy, the affair of consciousness coarse, reflection on boundless perception forming attachment and preventing a superior portion. The virtues of the base of nothingness are their counteragent.

The meditator gently emerges from concentration on consciousness. He no longer cultivates or discriminates that consciousness and comes to lose it; he sees and sustains the sign of nothingness, soon rises from perception of consciousness, and settles through perception of nothingness. The lexical explanation repeats the three expressions and adds “seeing only nothingness.”

“What is the meaning of the base of nothingness? 是識無性,是無所有.” This passage does not explain 識無性, and the doorway does not define it. The close states that the Heaven of Nothingness has a lifespan of six thousand eons and ends with the inline note, “the concentration of nothingness is complete.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Base of Nothingness · Doorway · Summer 2026

非想非非想處The Base of Neither-Perception-nor-Non-Perception

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段說無所有定「近識為怨,與分明想共故成麁」;「近識」如何為怨,原文沒有另釋。隨後就本段近文說「見此想是患、是癰、是刺」,又說無想「是政、是寂寂、是妙」。

滅分明想,細想有餘

本段直接解說其名義:滅分明想,所以成於無想;細想有餘,所以成非想非非想。

入正住一節列三分、三種善、十相、二十二功德與修定果報;所生之天是非非想天,壽命八萬四千劫。

何故不成漏盡

答文只列兩個理由:一是「離分明想,不堪得見道」;二是此定最細微、「非非想不能分別」,所以不成漏盡處。

本段在這兩句後即收於「非非想定已竟」。原文沒有另述這一問為何置於段末,也沒有另說何地堪得見道。

The passage says that the concentration of nothingness is “near consciousness as an enemy and becomes coarse because it coexists with distinct perception.” How nearness to consciousness becomes an enemy is not further explained. It then says, with reference to the immediate perception under discussion, that “this perception is an affliction, a boil, and a thorn,” and that nonperception is “政, deeply quiet, and excellent.”

Distinct Perception Ceases; Subtle Perception Remains

The passage directly explains the name: because distinct perception ceases, it becomes nonperception; because subtle perception remains, it becomes neither-perception-nor-non-perception.

The section on entry and correct dwelling lists three portions, three kinds of goodness, ten characteristics, twenty-two virtues, and the result of concentration. The destination is the Heaven of Neither-Non-Perception, with a lifespan of eighty-four thousand eons.

Why It Does Not Accomplish Exhaustion of the Taints

The answer gives only two reasons: first, “Having left distinct perception behind, one is incapable of attaining the path of seeing”; second, this concentration is most subtle and “neither-non-perception cannot discriminate,” so it does not become a base for exhaustion of the taints.

The passage closes immediately after these two statements with “the concentration of neither-non-perception is complete.” The source says nothing further about why the question stands at the end or at which base the path of seeing can be attained.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Base of Neither-Perception-nor-Non-Perception · Doorway · Summer 2026

定處散句Miscellaneous Statements on Concentration

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

聲一目說:「若人入定,聞有音聲,不得言說。」答文又說,這是因為入定者耳識不和合。三項並存,本段沒有解釋如何相合;「聞有音聲」不能刪去。

顛倒一目說,入地一切入時,於非地想而作地想;論文接著問,何故不成顛倒?

答文是:「此四顛倒想不異故,知此地想是其相,是故不成顛倒。」本段據此作出不成顛倒的結論;但「四」的具體所指、「其」的指代,以及兩句間的連屬,都沒有在本段展開。

疑一目另說,未斷貪欲等蓋而住非非想處、說於有餘,如畏毒蛇上樹。譬喻與「說於有餘」依原文並列,不再借此補一套心理次第。

Under sound, the passage says: “If someone who has entered concentration hears a sound, that person cannot speak.” The answer then says that this is because the person’s auditory consciousness is not conjoined. All three statements stand together, and the passage does not explain how they agree; “hears a sound” cannot be removed.

Under inversion, the passage says that, on entering the earth kasiṇa, one forms the perception of earth with regard to what is perceived as not-earth. The treatise then asks why this does not become an inversion.

Its answer is: “Because these four inverted perceptions do not differ, one knows that this perception of earth is its sign; therefore it does not become an inversion.” The passage thus reaches the conclusion that it is not an inversion, but does not unfold the specific referent of “four,” the antecedent of “its,” or the connection between the two clauses.

Under doubt, it separately says that one abides in the sphere of neither-perception-nor-non-perception without having abandoned the hindrances beginning with sensual greed and is said to have a remainder, like someone who climbs a tree out of fear of a venomous snake. The image and the words “having a remainder” are juxtaposed as in the source; they do not warrant adding a further psychological sequence.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Miscellaneous Statements on Concentration · Doorway · Summer 2026

水一切入The Water Kasiṇa

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

水一切入以心緣水相為名,以心住不亂為修;原文又列專意、不除水想、不作二意為相、味、處。問中另有「何起」,答中卻沒有相應解說,保留而不補。

舊人與新人

舊坐禪人於非水處取水相;原文再列井、瓶、池沼、江湖、淮海,接著並列「隨意即見」與「彼分水相得起」,兩節如何相接未自釋。新坐禪人則於作處取相,不能於非作處明修水一切入方便。原文只列兩者的取相差別,沒有說新人必然依某期限變成舊人。

作處與取相

新坐禪人的處所可在寺舍、石室或樹下,須不闇、不受日光曝曬,並且無塵、無風、無蚊蚋等、無諸障礙。鉢或瓫埋在淨地中,與地齊平,周迴一尋,盛水至滿,不雜餘色水。這些是原文逐項給出的規格;各項用途,原文沒有另作因果解說。

在此作意水想,以平等觀、方便、離亂三行取相;其餘之事如地一切入,廣說至非非想處。「兩水/雨水」、「平等觀/等觀」及「離/雜」的差異仍各自保留,尚無定論。

The water kasiṇa is named through the mind’s taking the water sign as its object, and its cultivation through the mind’s abiding without disturbance. The source also identifies one-pointed attention, not removing the perception of water, and not forming a second intention as its characteristic, function, and basis. Although “What is its manifestation?” appears in the question, the answer provides no corresponding explanation. The lack is retained without supplementation.

Experienced and New

An experienced meditator acquires the water sign where there is no water. The source then lists wells, bottles, ponds, marshes, rivers, lakes, the Huai, and the sea, followed by “seen at will” and “the counterpart water sign can arise.” It does not explain how the latter two phrases connect. A new meditator acquires the sign at a prepared place and cannot clearly cultivate the means of the water kasiṇa at an unprepared place. The source states only this difference in acquiring the sign; it does not say that the new inevitably becomes experienced after a specified period.

The Prepared Place and Acquiring the Sign

The new meditator may use a monastery dwelling, a stone chamber, or a place beneath a tree. It is to be neither dark nor scorched by sunlight, and free from dust, wind, mosquitoes, gnats, and other obstructions. A bowl or basin is buried in clean ground, level with the earth, one fathom around, filled with water, and unmixed with water of another color. These are specifications given item by item in the source; it gives no separate causal account of the function of each.

Here one attends to the perception of water and acquires the sign through balanced observation, skillful means, and freedom from disturbance. The remaining matters are as with the earth kasiṇa, explained in full through neither-perception-nor-non-perception. The differences 兩水/雨水, 平等觀/等觀, and 離/雜 are each retained without final determination.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Water Kasiṇa · Doorway · Summer 2026

火一切入The Fire Kasiṇa

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

火一切入的新人作法,先斷柴、聚薪、焚燒作處;取相時不把所見的一切混作火相,而是依原文分出兩項不作意與一項現作火想。

兩遣一取

新人作法的精髓在名單:於草薪不作意、於上生烟火不作意(火/炎二讀並錄不判)、唯於聚焰中現作火想——所遣者二、所取者一。

本段讀法:火一切入的這項作法先列兩個「不作意」,再列一個「現作火想」;因此在本程序中,須把草薪、上生烟火與聚焰分開讀。這個次序只釘本段,不外推為其他取相文的通則。

屋火亦可為初

舊人所見四火是草火、薪火、林火、屋火,並從這些景象開始作觀。其後一句「或自樂不樂,即見彼分火相得起」的句法不明;可確定的只有「彼分火相」會生起,不能由此判作樂境與不樂境都能起相,也不能再推出所緣是否揀擇順逆。

The new meditator’s fire-kasiṇa procedure first cuts wood, piles fuel, and burns it at a prepared place. In acquiring the sign, the source does not treat everything visible as the fire sign; it distinguishes two things not attended to and one thing in which the perception of fire is directly formed.

Discarding Two and Taking One

The precision of the new meditator’s procedure lies in the list: do not attend to the grass or wood; do not attend to the smoke and fire arising above—the readings 火, “fire,” and 炎, “flame,” are both recorded without decision; only within the mass of flame directly form the perception of fire. Two are discarded and one is taken.

How to read this passage: this fire-kasiṇa procedure lists two instances of “does not attend” and then one of “directly forms the perception of fire.” Grass and wood, the smoke and fire arising above, and the mass of flame must therefore be read separately within this procedure. This order anchors only the present passage and is not extended into a rule for other accounts of acquiring a sign.

Even a House Fire Can Be a Beginning

The four fires seen by an experienced meditator are grass fire, wood fire, forest fire, and house fire, and these sights can be a beginning for observation. The syntax of the following statement, “Whether one personally delights or does not delight, one immediately sees the counterpart fire sign arise,” is unclear. What can be established is only that the counterpart fire sign arises; the sentence cannot decide that both pleasing and displeasing objects produce the sign, nor whether the object is selected as agreeable or disagreeable.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Fire Kasiṇa · Doorway · Summer 2026

風一切入The Wind Kasiṇa

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段明列兩種取風相的方法:或見,或觸。兩法各有原文所說的處所與動作;論文沒有另說二法共同由何種難處而生。

二行取相

以見取相:甘蔗園、竹林或多草處受風鼓動;坐禪人見後作風想,再以平等觀、方便、離亂三行取相。以觸取相:隨風來處穿壁作孔,以竹荻為筒,坐在筒口,使風觸身,再作意取風相。

本段只可確定兩種作法:看見三處被風鼓動,或讓筒中之風觸身。二行與三行之關係,論文沒有辨明,本段不能確定,故不強配;也不把這個風門個案推成諸門通則。

舊坐禪人

原文說舊坐禪人於處處分即見風相起;行、住、坐、臥時風觸其身,隨風所動而「於初已作觀」。這裡只保留觸、動與先前作觀的原次序,不補成習慣養成或必然進階。其後「若自樂不樂,即見彼分風相得起」的句法不明,只保留彼分風相得起,不判「若自樂不樂」如何連屬。

四大門畢,色之四門接續。

This passage expressly lists two methods for acquiring the wind sign: either by sight or by touch. Each has the place and action stated in the source; the treatise does not separately say what common difficulty gives rise to the two methods.

Two Modes of Acquiring the Sign

By sight: a sugarcane grove, a bamboo forest, or a place with much grass is stirred by wind. Having seen this, the meditator forms the perception of wind, then acquires the sign through balanced observation, skillful means, and freedom from disturbance. By touch: make a hole in the wall where the wind comes from, place a bamboo-or-reed tube in it, sit at the mouth of the tube, allow the wind to touch the body, and attend to acquire the wind sign.

Only these two procedures can be established here: seeing the three places moved by wind, or allowing the wind in the tube to touch the body. The treatise does not distinguish the relation between the pair of sight and touch and the triad of balanced observation, skillful means, and freedom from disturbance. This passage cannot determine that relation, so it is not forced into a scheme; nor is this particular wind procedure expanded into a universal rule for the other kasiṇas.

The Experienced Meditator

The source says that an experienced meditator sees the wind sign arise in every quarter. While walking, standing, sitting, or lying down, wind touches and moves the body, and “observation has already been made at the beginning.” The original order of touch, movement, and prior observation is preserved without turning it into habituation or inevitable progress. The syntax of “whether one personally delights or does not delight, one immediately sees the counterpart wind sign arise” remains unclear. Only the arising of the counterpart wind sign is retained, without adjudicating the attachment of the unresolved phrase.

The four elemental sections are complete; the four color sections follow.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Wind Kasiṇa · Doorway · Summer 2026

青、黃一切入The Blue-Green and Yellow Kasiṇas

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本單元並列青、黃兩門;兩門作壇時都明說「以異色繞其外」。

青、黃兩壇的共同規格

青門在衣、板或壁上,以阿多思花色之青作曼陀羅花;黃門以迦尼羅花色之黃作曼陀羅花。兩門都許三角或四角,也都明列「異色繞其外」,再作青相或黃相,以三行取相。原文只給規格與次序,沒有說異色必然使所緣有邊或使心安住;因此不補這類因果配義。

五功德與未決分段

青、黃兩門都標「不同五功德」,後面的字句卻沒有清楚分成五項;「淨解脫」「除入」也未在本單元中定義。依原序保留名目與字句,不強配五項,也不另補詞義。

青、黃二門節次相同而字面多處不齊,例如為相/是相、不如/非如、離亂/除亂。這些差異可以直接核出,但本單元不能確定它們是否改變句義。

This unit places the blue-green and yellow sections side by side. In preparing each maṇḍala, both expressly say to “surround its outside with a different color.”

Shared Specifications for the Blue-Green and Yellow Maṇḍalas

For blue-green, a maṇḍala-flower is made on cloth, a board, or a wall with the blue-green color of the 阿多思 flower. For yellow, it is made with the yellow color of the 迦尼羅 flower. Both permit a triangular or quadrangular form and expressly place “a different color around the outside,” then form the blue-green or yellow sign and acquire it through three modes. The source supplies only specifications and sequence. It does not say that the different color necessarily gives the object a boundary or makes the mind abide; no such causal account is added.

Five Benefits and Unresolved Division

Both sections announce “five differing benefits,” but the wording that follows is not clearly divided into five. “Pure liberation” and “overcoming entry” are also not defined in this unit. The names and phrases are retained in their original order, without forcing a fivefold allocation or supplying definitions.

The two sections share a sequence while differing repeatedly in wording: 為相/是相, 不如/非如, and 離亂/除亂, among others. These differences can be checked directly, but this unit cannot determine whether they change the meaning.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Blue-Green and Yellow Kasiṇas · Doorway · Summer 2026

赤、白與光明一切入The Red, White, and Light Kasiṇas

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一氣三門:赤、白、光明。赤門的新人作處可用朱丹;白門的功德列有伏懈怠眠、除闇作明、起天眼;光明門另寫水鉢、曼陀羅與著壁光的取相作法。三門各依本段原列存錄。

水鉢、曼陀羅與著壁光

光明門的新作處有「作東西壁」與「依東西壁」兩讀,兩讀並存;「坐令」怎樣斷讀、怎樣連到「水滿鉢」,原文也未明。其後依次寫鉢中滿水、安置日光所至處、從水光起曼陀羅、從曼陀羅光起著壁光,最後於此見光明相。「水光」「曼陀羅」「曼陀羅光」「著壁光」如何相接,原文沒有解說;只保留句序,不補成反射、投影或成像機制。

月光、日光,兩門重出

白門舊人見月光、日光,光明門舊人也見月光、日光。底本只給兩份名單,沒有說同一月光、日光在兩門中如何分判;因此保留重疊,不為兩門建立本段未說的定義或取相理論。

功德標數與所列不相應:赤門標四而明列三,白門標八而明列五。兩門隨後都指向地一切入,但本段沒有說明指前句如何同各自的標數及所列項目相配。

Three sections proceed in succession: red, white, and light. The prepared place for red may use cinnabar pigment; the white benefits list includes subduing sloth and sleep, removing darkness and producing light, and the arising of the divine eye; the light section separately gives the water-bowl, maṇḍala, and wall-attached-light procedure. Each is retained according to its own list.

The Water Bowl, Maṇḍala, and Wall-Attached Light

The light section’s prepared place has two readings, “make an east-west wall” and “rely on an east-west wall.” Both remain. How 坐令 is divided and connected with “water fills a bowl” is also unclear. The source then gives this order: fill the bowl with water; place it where sunlight reaches; from water-light a maṇḍala arises; from maṇḍala-light arises wall-attached light; there the light sign is seen. It does not explain how “water-light,” “maṇḍala,” “maṇḍala-light,” and “wall-attached light” connect. Only the sentence order is preserved, without adding a mechanism of reflection, projection, or image formation.

Moonlight and Sunlight Repeated in Two Sections

The experienced meditator in the white section sees moonlight and sunlight, and the experienced meditator in the light section also sees moonlight and sunlight. The base text gives two lists but does not say how the same moonlight and sunlight are distinguished between them. The overlap therefore remains, without constructing a definition or a theory of acquiring the sign that is absent from this unit.

The announced counts of benefits do not match the explicit lists: red announces four and lists three; white announces eight and lists five. Both then refer back to the earth kasiṇa, but the passage does not explain how the references relate to the announced numbers and listed items.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Red, White, and Light Kasiṇas · Doorway · Summer 2026

虛空與識一切入The Space and Consciousness Kasiṇas

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十一切入末二門。虛空門詳列二種虛空、功德與取相;識門只出「曰識處定,此謂識一切入,餘如初廣說」兩句。

作圓孔穴

虛空先分二種:離色的以「虛空入處相」說,不離色的以「井穴虛空相」說。後文另舉孔穴、欞窓間、樹枝間及所作圓孔穴為取相例,卻沒有明判這整段例子在二類中的形式歸屬;定義與例子各自保留。

識門只出一答與指前

識門以「識處定」界說識一切入,又以「餘如初廣說」指向前文;「處定」三本作「虛空」,兩讀並錄不判。論文沒有說「餘」具體承接哪一段,也沒有在本段另出修、相、味、處、功德或取相之法。能確定的只有這一答與指前;省文的理由及具體作法,都不增補。

雙重落款:虛空一切入已竟、十一切入已竟——前者收本門,後者明書十一種一切入至此收束。

These are the last two of the eleven kasiṇas. The space section gives two kinds of space, benefits, and acquiring the sign in detail. The consciousness section gives only: “It is said to be the concentration of the consciousness sphere—this is called the consciousness kasiṇa. The remaining matters are as explained in full at the beginning.”

Making a Round Hole

Space is first divided into two kinds. Space separated from form is described through “the sign of the sphere of entry into space,” and space not separated from form through “the space-sign of a well or hole.” The passage later gives a hole, the spaces between lattice windows and tree branches, and a prepared round hole as examples for acquiring the sign, but does not formally classify that entire set under either of the two kinds. The definitions and examples therefore remain separate.

Consciousness Receives Only One Answer and a Reference Back

The consciousness section defines the consciousness kasiṇa through “concentration of the consciousness sphere” and refers back with “the remaining matters are as explained in full at the beginning.” Three witnesses read “consciousness-space” for “consciousness-sphere concentration”; both readings remain unresolved. The treatise does not say which preceding passage “the remaining matters” refers to and gives no separate cultivation, characteristic, function, basis, benefits, or method of acquiring the sign here. Only this answer and reference back can be established; neither a specific practice nor a reason for the abbreviation is supplied.

Two closings follow: the space kasiṇa is concluded, and the eleven kasiṇas are concluded. The first closes one section; the second expressly closes the elevenfold set.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Space and Consciousness Kasiṇas · Doorway · Summer 2026

一切入散句與十六行Miscellaneous Statements on the Kasiṇas and the Sixteen Modes

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

論文以十六行為標,總說「隨所樂處,其所樂定隨意無障」;以下列隨處、隨定、隨時、次第上下、各種增長,以及少、俱諸目。逐釋標頭實見十五且「事少」兩出。

散句先說:一相得自在,其餘諸相隨其作意;在一處一切入的初禪得自在,便堪任其餘一切入而能起第二禪,以下逐次說到第四禪。

四色與十六行

問諸一切入何者最勝,答文稱四色一切入最勝,列出的理由是成解脫、得除入、作光明,並說心得自在。其後十六行依次寫所樂處、所樂禪、所樂時、次第上、次第下、次第上下、兩種增長,以及少、俱諸目;這些原文操作依次保留。

讀法:標語有「分事少」,逐釋卻兩出「事少」而未明說「分事少」;這一不合的由來,本段未載。

The treatise uses “sixteen modes” as its heading and gives the general statement, “At the place one desires, the concentration one desires is freely attained without obstruction.” What follows lists desired place, concentration, and time; ascending and descending sequences; kinds of increase; and items described as less and combined. Fifteen explanatory headings can actually be found, and “less by object” occurs twice.

The miscellany first says that, when mastery of one sign is attained, the remaining signs follow one’s attention. If one has attained mastery of the first jhāna with respect to a kasiṇa in one place, one becomes capable with respect to the remaining kasiṇas and can arouse the second jhāna; the sequence continues through the fourth.

The Four Colors and the Sixteen Modes

Asked which kasiṇas are supreme, the answer calls the four color kasiṇas supreme and gives accomplishment of liberation, attainment of the overcoming entries, and production of light as reasons, adding that the mind attains mastery. The sixteen modes then proceed through desired place, desired jhāna, desired time, ascending sequence, descending sequence, ascending and descending sequence, two kinds of increase, and the items described as less and combined. The source’s operations are retained in their order.

How to read it: the statement contains “less by division and object,” but the explanations give “less by object” twice and never expressly give “less by division and object.” The passage does not say how the mismatch arose.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Miscellaneous Statements on the Kasiṇas and the Sixteen Modes · Doorway · Summer 2026

膖脹想的功德與取相The Swollen-Corpse Perception: Its Qualities and Taking the Sign

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十不淨開卷。膖脹想以隨觀為相、以厭為味、以臭穢不淨作意為處;原文在本段只如此列出,不另解「厭」如何起作用。

逐項隨觀

取相之前,原文列無二行、念不動、不愚癡、諸根內入、心不出外;到彼處後離逆風、不遠不近,又對石、土埵、樹、杌、藤作相作事。其後雖標「十行」,卻只列九個標頭;「以處」無另釋,方字句後的「以光明處」、坑與平等地及「從我」都留有連屬問題。這些字句依原次序保留。坐遍觀一切相之義,原文答作:為不愚癡

死屍起逐,不起心思惟

前文已寫善取、善受持、善自安,末段仍說「見不淨相如在其前,心起驚怖」;其後接「若死屍起逐,不起心思惟,如是已知念正智受持」,再以「如是作意,是名不愚癡」收束。這幾項都在本段,但原文沒有解釋它們彼此如何相關。

讀法:段末依次解說無二行、令念不動、去來道路、離逆風、不取遠近與遍觀一切相;各項只依原答,不推成通則。

The ten impurities open here. For the swollen-corpse perception, contemplation in accordance is its characteristic, revulsion its function, and attention to foul impurity its basis. The source lists only these and does not separately explain how “revulsion” operates.

Contemplating Item by Item

Before taking the sign, the source lists conduct that is not twofold, unmoving mindfulness, absence of delusion, faculties drawn inward, and the mind not going outside. At the place one stays away from the contrary wind, sits neither far nor near, and uses a stone, mound of earth, tree, stump, and vine for making a sign and making an object. The text then says “ten modes” but gives only nine headings. “By place” receives no separate explanation; the place-of-light wording after the statements of direction, the combined depressions and even ground, and “from me” all retain problems of attachment. The expressions remain in source order. The treatise answers the meaning of sitting and contemplating the whole sign everywhere: for not being deluded.

The Corpse Rises and Pursues; Not Arousing the Mind to Contemplate

The preceding text has already spoken of taking well, retaining well, and settling well, yet the final passage still says that when the impure sign appears directly before one, fear arises. It then continues, “if the corpse rises and pursues, not arousing the mind to contemplate, in this way having known, retain it with mindfulness and right wisdom,” and closes, “Attending in this way is called not being deluded.” All these items occur in this passage, but the source does not explain how they relate to one another.

Reading: the final passage explains in sequence conduct that is not twofold, causing mindfulness not to move, the road there and back, staying away from the contrary wind, sitting neither far nor near, and contemplating the whole sign everywhere. Each is kept to its own answer and is not expanded into a general rule.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Swollen-Corpse Perception: Its Qualities and Taking the Sign · Doorway · Summer 2026

膖脹想取相次第與初禪The Sequence for Taking the Swollen-Corpse Sign and the First Jhāna

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

原文說初坐禪人「於此死屍成珍寶想」,隨後是歡喜心得受持、心常修行滅於諸蓋、禪分成起。此前「厭膖脹想為味」與此處珍寶想並存,兩者如何相繫仍未說明。

四當觀與數數現觀

心亂而不淨相不起時,原文列四項當觀:去來道路、坐禪處、遍相、十種取相。如此數數現觀,復更起相,如以眼見。

三答皆收於初禪

不淨行何以只起初禪?原文連下三答:第一答列「未作觀」「成縛處」及常隨覺觀;第二答列色形等、不一行思惟及不能離覺觀的原句;第三答列不可耐事、不能舉心、覺觀方便及「由如臭屎」。三答都以初禪而非餘禪收束,其中未解的詞句仍保留不定義。

不耐事與喜樂

對不可耐之事怎樣起喜樂?答文先說「不耐事非因,為起喜樂」;前半排除不耐事為因,「為起喜樂」如何承接仍未解。其後明列善斷蓋熱、修心自在兩項理由,並以「起喜樂行」收句。

The source says that a beginning meditator “forms the perception of a treasure toward this corpse,” followed by delightful retention, constant cultivation that extinguishes the hindrances, and the arising of the factors of jhāna. The earlier “revulsion toward the swollen-corpse perception is its function” and the present treasure-perception coexist; their relation is not explained.

Four Things to Contemplate and Repeated Direct Contemplation

When the mind is distracted and the impure sign does not arise, the source lists four things to contemplate: the road there and back, the place of meditation, the pervasive sign, and taking the sign in ten modes. Repeatedly contemplating directly in this way, the sign arises again as though seen with the eyes.

Three Answers All Close on the First Jhāna

Why does the practice of impurity arouse only the first jhāna? Three answers follow. The first lists “has not made contemplation,” “becomes a binding-place,” and always following applied and sustained thought. The second gives color and form, not-one-mode contemplation, and the source sentence about inability to be apart from applied and sustained thought. The third gives the unbearable thing, inability to raise the mind, the means of applied and sustained thought, and “由如 foul excrement.” All three close with the first jhāna rather than the remaining jhānas. Their unexplained terms remain undefined.

The Unbearable Thing and Joy and Pleasure

How do joy and pleasure arise toward an unbearable thing? The answer first says, “The unbearable thing is not the cause, for the arising of joy and pleasure.” The first half excludes the unbearable thing as cause; how the latter phrase attaches remains unexplained. It then explicitly lists two reasons—well cutting off the heat of the hindrances and mastery of the cultivated mind—and closes with the arising of the practice of joy and pleasure.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Sequence for Taking the Swollen-Corpse Sign and the First Jhāna · Doorway · Summer 2026

其餘九不淨想The Other Nine Perceptions of Impurity

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段分別說青淤、潰爛、斬斫離散、食噉、棄擲、殺戮棄擲、血塗染、虫臭、骨九門。青淤明記死後一宿或二三宿,潰爛明記二三宿;其餘各門只依本門所見立名,沒有另標宿數。

散了的屍,相怎麼取

九門中,斬斫離散門另立取相之問。答語寫「於兩耳二指作片片想、作斬斫離散想」與「於一二上取其空相」;「二指」與「兩耳」的關係、「一二」所指、「其」所承及各短句分屬都未解,照原詞與次序保留。

白珠之喻

虫臭門說諸虫生滿其身,「猶如白珠,純是虫聚」。本段只給這個譬喻,沒有另說白珠所取的確切方面。

讀法:各門的「如初廣說」「餘如初廣說」都是局部指前語,但原文沒有逐項列明承接範圍,各句依本門保存。棄擲門的聚身分、諸節相離二寸,也只保留為本門明文。

This passage separately treats the livid, decomposed, cut-and-dismembered, devoured, scattered, slain-and-scattered, blood-smeared, worm-infested, and bone practices. Livid explicitly records one night or two or three nights after death, and decomposed two or three nights. The remaining practices are named only from what is seen in their own passages; no number of nights is added.

How Is the Sign of a Dismembered Corpse Taken?

Among the nine, cut-and-dismembered alone gives a separate question about taking the sign. The answer writes “at the two ears two fingers, form the perception of pieces and the cut-and-dismembered perception” and “upon one or two, take its empty sign.” The relation of two fingers to the two ears, the referent of one or two, the antecedent of “its,” and the distribution of the short phrases are all unexplained. The source expressions and order are retained.

The White-Pearl Simile

The worm-infested practice says that worms arise and fill the body, “like white pearls, nothing but a mass of worms.” The passage gives only this simile and does not separately state the exact feature for which white pearls are taken.

Reading: each local “as explained at length in the first practice” and “the remainder is as explained at length in the first practice” is a backward reference, but the source does not enumerate its scope item by item. Each remains within its own practice. Gathering the bodily parts and separating the joints by two inches in the scattered practice likewise remains an explicit instruction for that practice alone.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Other Nine Perceptions of Impurity · Doorway · Summer 2026

十不淨散句Miscellaneous Statements on the Ten Impurities

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十不淨收帳的散句,收的是兩件要緊事。

禁忌與反差

有重煩惱的初學者,對「不種類」不應取相;原文只說「不種類者,如男女身」,不再判定具體規則。慣見不淨之人,不應作意不淨相;原文所給的理由只有「常觀事故不成厭」,不再補說機制或通則。

後列諸句

原文先說:不淨相若以色起,由一切入當觀;後續依次出現以空起、以界當觀、以不淨起、以不淨當觀。「者」字的連屬沒有解說,「界」四本作「男」,都依原文保留。

十之為十

答文先說身失有十種,再說由十人而成十想;十人十想只明列欲人修膖脹、色愛欲人修青淤、「如淨欲人」修壞爛三例,其餘七項以「餘亦可知」省略。末段另列「不淨相不可得故」「一切不淨想欲對治故」及「若欲行人是其所得,彼當取相」;其中未解的連屬與指稱都維持未決。

The miscellaneous statements close the account of the ten impurities with two important matters.

Prohibitions and Contrast

A beginner with heavy defilements should not take the sign with respect to “a kind that is not.” The source says only “a kind that is not, such as a female or male body” and gives no more precise rule. One accustomed to seeing impurity should not attend to the impure sign; the only reason given is “because one constantly sees such things, revulsion is not formed,” with no further mechanism or universal rule.

The Statements That Follow

The source first says that if the impure sign arises through color, one should contemplate by way of the kasiṇa. It then gives in sequence arising through emptiness, contemplating by way of the element, arising through impurity, and contemplating by way of impurity. The attachment of “one who” is unexplained. Four witnesses read “male” instead of “element”; both remain open.

Why Ten Is Ten

The answer first says that the body's losses are ten, then that ten perceptions are formed because of ten kinds of people. Only three pairings are explicit: a person of desire with the swollen-corpse perception, a person who lusts after beauty with the livid perception, and “a 如淨 person of desire” with the decomposed perception. The other seven are omitted under “the remainder may likewise be known.” The final statements about the impure sign not being obtained, desire/counteraction, and “If a person whose practice is desire is what is obtained by it, that person should take the sign” retain their unresolved attachments and referents.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Miscellaneous Statements on the Ten Impurities · Doorway · Summer 2026

十不淨增長釋疑與結偈Why the Ten Impurities Are Not Developed Further, and the Closing Verse

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段問:「何故不令增長?」第一答依次說:樂厭欲者令起自性身想;有自性身想,於想速得厭;增長不淨想則身相得除;自身想已除便不速得厭,所以不應令增長。「彼分故」所指未明,身相與自身想的關係也不另判。

但論文又說:「若得無欲,為修大心,成令增長。」這裡只可確定條件、所為與結句:若得無欲,為修大心,可以令增長。原文不說「得無欲」與前答所說的厭如何相接,也不解釋兩答的心理關係;其為一人先後抑或兩種人,論文不判。

接著引阿毘曇語;「處離欲等,初禪正受住膖脹,及起無量事」的句法承接未明,不強行分句。末引大德摨狗父偈:比丘在怖畏林處修骨想,普令滿此地;我知彼比丘,速當斷欲染。偈中「普令滿此地」同前面哪一答相接,原文不判。

This passage asks, “Why does one not cause development?” The first answer says in sequence: for one who delights in revulsion toward desire, cause the natural perception of the body to arise; with that perception, revulsion is quickly gained; if the impure perception is developed, the bodily sign is removed; once the perception of one's own body is removed, revulsion is not quickly gained; therefore development should not be caused. The referent of “because of that division” remains unclear, as does the relation between bodily sign and perception of one's own body.

Yet the treatise also says: “If freedom from desire has been gained, then for cultivating a great mind, development may be accomplished.” Only the condition, purpose, and conclusion are certain: if freedom from desire has been gained, development may be caused for cultivating a great mind. The source does not say how “gaining freedom from desire” joins the revulsion in the preceding answer, does not explain a psychological relation between the answers, and does not decide whether they describe successive stages of one person or two people.

An Abhidharma statement follows. The syntax of “Place, seclusion from desire and so forth, the attainment of the first jhāna abides in swelling, and arouses immeasurable matters” remains unclear and is not forcibly repunctuated. The closing verse of the Venerable 摨狗父 says that a bhikkhu in a fearful forest place cultivates the bone perception and fills this whole ground with it; “I know that bhikkhu: he will swiftly cut off the stain of desire.” The source does not decide which preceding answer receives “fills this whole ground.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Why the Ten Impurities Are Not Developed Further, and the Closing Verse · Doorway · Summer 2026

念佛功德與修行The Qualities and Cultivation of Recollection of the Buddha

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十念之首是念佛。本段明說「令起佛功德為相」,又說「恭敬為味,增長信為處」。此下二千三百字一段到底,先逐釋十號,再以四種行列本昔因緣、自拔身、得勝法與饒益世間。

十號所列十名,下文逐釋者九:「佛世尊」不別立釋,釋文又以「阿羅漢」當所列的「應供」,保留不強配。四種行依原次第是本昔因緣、起自身、得勝法、作世間饒益;各節分別列多生願行、出家成道、十力十四智十八法與世間饒益。

本單元有五個「當念……」收句,句式相近而用語小異:有的作「以此門、以此行」,有的作「以眾願門」「以眾行門」。這只能用來辨認本單元內的幾段內容,不擴成閱讀一切長段的規則。

本生長列的項目界線多處未明,應依原序保存,不強行分配。其後另以「復次當念猴生」敘見人落坑、慈心拔出、設樹根菓供養、被破頭而仍以慈悲說法。原文沒有說明猴生另起或敘得較長的原因,不以詳略推定論主重意。

功德現念,其心成信;信念自在,心常不亂;不亂則滅蓋禪分起。念佛以信入門,也以信收工。

Recollection of the Buddha is the first of the ten recollections. This passage explicitly says that it has “causing the Buddha's qualities to arise” as its characteristic, “reverence” as its function, and “increase of faith” as its basis. The single passage then runs for more than 2,300 characters: first explaining the ten titles one by one, then using four practices to list former causes and conditions, raising himself up, attaining the supreme Dhamma, and benefiting the world.

Ten titles are listed, but nine are explained below. “Buddha Blessed One” receives no separate explanation, and the exposition uses “Arahant” for the listed “Worthy of Offerings.” The mismatch is preserved rather than forced into correspondence. The four practices, in source order, are former causes and conditions, raising himself up, attaining the supreme Dhamma, and benefiting the world. Their respective sections list aspirations and practices over many births, going forth and awakening, ten powers and fourteen knowledges and eighteen qualities, and benefit to the world.

This unit has five closing formulas of “one should recollect …,” similar in form but slightly different in wording. Some say “by this approach and this practice,” others “through the approach of many aspirations” or “through the approach of many practices.” They can identify the sections within this unit, but they are not expanded into a rule for reading every long passage.

Many item-boundaries in the long former-birth list remain unclear. They should be preserved in source order without forced assignment. A separate “Further, one should recollect the monkey birth” then narrates a person falling into a pit, his compassionate rescue, an offering of tree roots and fruit, the blow to the head, and the compassionate Dhamma teaching that nevertheless follows. The source does not explain why the monkey birth begins separately or receives a longer narrative, and relative length is not used to infer the author's principal concern.

The qualities become present in recollection, and the mind gains faith. Faith and recollection become mastered, and the mind remains undistracted. With non-distraction, the hindrances are extinguished and the jhāna factors arise. Recollection of the Buddha enters through faith and also completes its work in faith.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Qualities and Cultivation of Recollection of the Buddha · Doorway · Summer 2026

念佛釋疑與念法Questions on Recollection of the Buddha and Recollection of the Dhamma

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念佛門結束前有兩道疑。第一問為何念佛「起內行非安」,答文說第一義之事在深智行處,因細微而心不得安;又說憶念不一功德時,心與種種緣、作意共起而不安。第二問功德不一與專一心之難,答文只說:「念佛成一心,是故無過。」又另錄念佛也能起四禪,二說的關係不在此判定。

念法所念的法,原文說是泥洹以及修行至泥洹;又明列心住不亂為修、起功德法為相、擇法為味、解義為處。緊接的「念佛功德等」中,「等」的連接範圍與所指不明,不能據此判成與念佛功德等同。

來見一項說:「汝來我處,見我善法性堪教他。」其中「見我善法性」如何斷開、「堪教他」以誰為主語,原文不明,故仍未確定。其後還列乘相應、智慧人現證可知,以及眼、智、安樂、醍醐乘門、出離、方便、至滅、至醍醐等項;末說濟渡彼岸,是歸依處。

Two questions stand before the end of recollection of the Buddha. The first asks why it “arouses internal practice but not settledness.” The answer says that matters of ultimate meaning are within the field of profound wisdom and that, because they are subtle, the mind does not settle. It also says that when qualities that are not one are recollected, the mind arises together with many kinds of object and attention and is unsettled. The second question challenges the relation of qualities that are not one to a mind concentrated on one. The answer says only, “Recollection of the Buddha becomes one-pointed, therefore there is no fault.” It separately records that the four jhānas may also arise through recollection of the Buddha; the relation of these statements is not determined here.

The Dhamma recollected is said to be Nibbāna and the cultivation that reaches Nibbāna. The source also explicitly gives the mind abiding without distraction as cultivation, arousing the Dhamma's qualities as characteristic, selecting the Dhamma as function, and understanding the meaning as basis. In the appended 念佛功德等, the scope and referent of 等 remain unclear; it cannot be used to decide that these are equal to the qualities of recollection of the Buddha.

Under “come and see,” the source says: “Come to my place; see my good Dhamma-nature, capable of teaching another.” How to divide “see my good Dhamma-nature” and who is capable of teaching another are unclear and remain unresolved. The passage then lists joined with conveyance and directly knowable by a wise person, followed by the eye, knowledge, well-being, doorway of the cream-conveyance, escape, means, arrival at cessation, and arrival at cream. It concludes: carrying one across to the other shore, it is a place of refuge.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Questions on Recollection of the Buddha and Recollection of the Dhamma · Doorway · Summer 2026

念僧Recollection of the Saṅgha

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念僧一門先說僧是「聖人和合」,再列修、相、味、處。修行所念包括隨從軟善、隨從如法、隨從和合、四雙八輩、堪可恭敬供養與合掌、無上世間福田;下文又五次以「名修行隨從」收束各項理由。原文只列這些內容,不把它們排成因果階梯。

「如」一字兩訓:一為八正聖道,一為泥洹——二釋並存而論文不會通,保留。四雙八輩則每一雙都是住道與住果一對;與「如」之二釋字面可對讀,相攝與否論文不言。

本段另列可請、可供養、可施、可恭敬、無上與世間福田,並逐項解說。末後列戒具足、定具足、慧具足、解脫具足、解脫知見具足。這五項依原次序保留,不拿別門作地位比較,也不另說作者為何選列它們。

The practice first says the Saṅgha is “the concord of noble persons,” then gives cultivation, characteristic, function, and basis. What is recollected includes following gentle goodness, following what is true, following concord, the four pairs and eight persons, fitness for reverence and offerings and joined palms, and the unsurpassed field of merit for the world. Five reasons below each close “called following in practice.” The source lists these contents without arranging them as a causal ladder.

One character, 如, receives two explanations: first the noble eightfold path, then Nibbāna. Both coexist without reconciliation and remain so. Each of the four pairs comprises one abiding on a path and one abiding in its fruit. This may be read alongside the two explanations of 如 at the level of wording, but the source does not state whether they include one another.

The passage also lists worthy of invitation, worthy of offerings, worthy of gifts, worthy of reverence, unsurpassed, and field of merit for the world, explaining each. It ends with fulfillment in virtue, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and knowledge and vision of liberation. These five remain in source order; no status comparison with another practice or explanation of why the author selected them is added.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Recollection of the Saṅgha · Doorway · Summer 2026

念戒與念施Recollection of Virtue and Giving

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念戒修行段說「自身戒」,念施修行段說「不亂心自念施」。兩句都明載於本單元;不據此另立十念由外轉內的次第。

戒門以「見過患怖」為味,以「歡喜無過樂」為處;功德列又並列「於細微過患常見憂怖」「從此世怖畏解脫」「彼世怖畏解脫」。原文只列出這幾項,沒有說明它們之間的關係,故各依原列理解。所念之戒相八目:無偏、無穿、無點、無垢、無雜、自在、智慧所嘆、無所觸令起定——末二因各自成句:離戒盜故無所觸、成不退處故令起定;「戒盜」在本單元沒有自釋,保留不解。

念施修行段連用「我有利、我善得利」「我住無慳垢心」「我常施與」。其中明白的對照是:「世人為慳垢所牽,我住無慳垢心。」至於「我常施與」之「我」,四本作「手」,二讀並存。

「多歡喜慈悲心」在功德列,「常樂行施」在修行段;原文沒有說明兩者的因果關係。

The cultivation passage on recollection of virtue says “one’s own virtue,” while the passage on recollection of giving says “with an undistracted mind one recollects one’s own giving.” Both statements occur explicitly in this unit. They do not establish a separate sequence in which the ten recollections move from outward to inward.

The virtue doorway gives “seeing danger and becoming afraid” as its function and “delight in blameless pleasure” as its proximate cause. Its list of virtues also includes “constantly seeing fear in subtle dangers,” “freedom from fear in this world,” and “freedom from fear in the other world.” The source only lists these items; it does not explain their relations, so each remains in its original place. The eight qualities recollected are not partial, not pierced, not stained, not sullied, unmixed, free, praised by the wise, and untouched while arousing concentration. The last two explanatory reasons are separate sentences: separation from 戒盜 is followed by “untouched,” and becoming a place of non-regression is followed by the arousing of concentration. 戒盜 is not explained in this unit and remains unresolved.

The giving passage repeatedly says: “I have gained a benefit; I have gained a benefit well,” “I abide with a mind unstained by stinginess,” and “I always give.” Its explicit contrast is: “People of the world are dragged along by the stain of stinginess; I abide with a mind unstained by stinginess.” In “I always give,” however, the graph 我 is 手 in four witnesses; both readings remain visible.

“Much delight and a compassionate mind” belongs to the list of virtues, while “always delight in giving” belongs to the cultivation passage. The source does not state a causal relation between the two.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Recollection of Virtue and Giving · Doorway · Summer 2026

念天Recollection of Deities

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念天一門開頭說:「依生天功德,念自身功德。」修行段又說:「當念其身、當念諸天。」兩處都把自身與諸天並列。

原文列諸天後說:諸天以信成就而從此生彼,我也這樣有信;接著列戒、聞、施、慧,末說我也這樣有慧。其後重列五法:信、戒、聞、施、慧。信與慧明繫「我復如是」,中間三項不增補同句。

末問何故念天功德而不念人功德,答文先說諸天功德最妙、出生最妙,後接「地成妙處、心於妙處修行成妙」。後兩句如何斷解、以何者為主語,原文不明;只保留這四個「妙」字的原答,不把它們確定分成四項。

The doorway opens by saying: “On the basis of the virtues that lead to birth among deities, one recollects one’s own virtues.” The cultivation passage likewise says: “One should recollect oneself and recollect the deities.” Both passages place oneself and the deities side by side.

After listing the deities, the source says that they accomplished faith and were born from here into those realms, and “I too have faith in this way.” It then lists virtue, learning, giving, and wisdom, and concludes, “I too have wisdom in this way.” The five qualities are subsequently listed again: faith, virtue, learning, giving, and wisdom. Faith and wisdom are explicitly joined to “I too have it in this way”; the same sentence is not supplied for the three intervening qualities.

The final question asks why the virtues of deities are recollected rather than human virtues. The answer first says that the virtues of deities are most excellent and their birth is most excellent, followed by 地成妙處、心於妙處修行成妙. The division and grammatical subject of the latter two clauses remain unclear. The answer’s four occurrences of 妙 are preserved without making them four securely defined items.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Recollection of Deities · Doorway · Summer 2026

念安般總說與取相Mindfulness of Breathing: Overview and Acquiring the Sign

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

安者入,般者出。原文教人把念繫在鼻端或口脣,在息所接觸之處以念觀知;息長如是知長,息短如是知短。鋸喻明說不作意鋸的來去,也說坐禪人不作意入出息之想;其細部操作不再補定。

論文寫「錯」比寫「對」細:作意息之內外,過患;作意最長最短,過患;著於種種相,過患無邊;遲緩精進成懈怠睡眠,利疾精進成起調。如人以鋸觸材,原文明取「不作意鋸去來想」;坐禪人同樣不作意入出息想,而在鼻端口脣以念觀知所觸。鋸喻所能確定的相應止於此,不再補配鋸、木、鋸力與觸處。

相以觸成,不由形色:如抽綿、抽古貝或涼風觸身,入出息風觸鼻口脣,念作風想。煙、霧、塵、碎金、針刺、蟻嚙則依原文列為異相;若不作異意想而念現入息、出息,異相即滅。其後原文依次列相自在、欲、喜、捨,又以捨、欲、喜逆序收束;只保留這一次第,不替三者加上心理階段。

“An” means in; “ban” means out. The source teaches that mindfulness is tethered at the nose-tip or lips and observes and knows the place touched by the breath. A long breath is known as long; a short breath is known as short. The saw simile explicitly says not to attend to the saw’s going and coming, and likewise not to attend to the perception of in-and-out breath. No further operating detail is supplied.

The treatise describes wrong practice in greater detail than right practice: attending to the breath inwardly and outwardly is a fault; attending to the very longest or shortest breath is a fault; becoming attached to diverse signs gives rise to boundless faults; sluggish exertion results in weariness and sleep, while swift exertion produces agitation. As a person touches wood with a saw, the source takes only the correspondence “does not attend to the saw’s going and coming.” The meditator likewise does not attend to the perception of in-and-out breath but observes and knows the contact at the nose-tip or lips with mindfulness. The confirmed scope of the simile stops there; saw, wood, force of the saw, and point of contact receive no additional correspondence.

The sign is constituted by contact, not by shape or color: as drawing out cotton or kapok and a cool breeze touch the body, so the wind of in-and-out breathing touches the nose and lips, and mindfulness forms a perception of wind. Smoke, mist, dust, broken gold, a needle’s prick, and an ant’s bite are separately listed as different signs. If one does not form a different intention or perception but brings in-breath and out-breath to mind, those different signs cease. The source then lists mastery of the sign, desire, rapture, and equanimity, and concludes by reversing the order as equanimity, desire, and rapture. The order is preserved without turning the three into psychological stages.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Mindfulness of Breathing: Overview and Acquiring the Sign · Doorway · Summer 2026

安般四修與知一切身Four Ways of Mindfulness of Breathing and Knowing the Whole Body

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四修各有明說之義與所為:算有從一至十與從一至五兩說,並說「乃至離算」;隨逐是攝算而以念無間逐出入息;安置是在鼻端或脣的觸處令念住;隨觀所列的是相與喜樂等法。原文又分別列出覺滅與出離覺、滅麁覺、斷亂與不動想、受持想與知勝法,不把它們說成逐步拆除的工具。

本段說入出息成細而不可取,又列長息隨觀、相起住、以性作意、時長時短與令分明相起;「性」所連的前句有「智智/智短」異讀,不能由此補成一套定義。知一切身則分無愚癡與以事兩問,明列色身、名身,隨後只作一句判語:「雖有身,無眾生、無命。」

末段列三學,並自釋身行為出入息;再按原次第說細身行修初禪、最細修第二禪、最細修第三禪、滅無餘修第四禪。只存這些明文的名稱與次第,不另立修法交接或自我撤除的理論。

Each of the four ways has an explicit meaning and purpose. Counting has two accounts, one through ten and one through five, and the source also says “until counting is left behind.” Following gathers counting and follows the in-and-out breath with uninterrupted mindfulness. Placing causes mindfulness to remain at the contact point of the nose-tip or lips. Contemplation names the sign and qualities such as rapture and pleasure. The source separately gives cessation of 覺 and attainment of emergence-覺, cessation of coarse 覺, ending distraction and forming an unmoving perception, and sustaining perception and knowing superior qualities. It does not describe the four as tools discarded one after another.

The passage says that in-and-out breathing becomes subtle and cannot be apprehended, then lists contemplation of a long breath, the sign arising and abiding, attention according to “nature,” being sometimes long and sometimes short, and making a clear sign arise. The sentence connected with “nature” has the variants 智智 and 智短 and cannot support an added theory. Knowing the whole body is divided into knowing through non-delusion and through the matter; material body and name-body are named, followed only by the statement, “Although there is a body, there is no being and no life.”

The final passage lists the three trainings and directly defines bodily activity as in-and-out breathing. In source order, subtle bodily activity is joined to the first jhāna, “most subtle” to the second, “most subtle” again to the third, and cessation without remainder to the fourth. Only the stated names and order are retained; no theory of transition between practices or removal of a self is added.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Four Ways of Mindfulness of Breathing and Knowing the Whole Body · Doorway · Summer 2026

安般十六處與止觀The Sixteen Bases of Mindfulness of Breathing and Calm-and-Insight

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先問出入息滅無餘時如何修念安般,答以善取初相,並說出入息滅而其相得起、成修行相。原文未再說相如何接替息,故只保留問答與相起。

十六處中,本段依次說知喜、知樂、知心行、令寂滅心行、知心、令歡喜心、令教化心、令解脫心,以及常見無常、無欲、滅、出離。令解脫心一段另列五組條件與所從解脫者,末加「於事若心不著樂,令著學之」;不替這些名目加心理診斷。總判只說初十二處兼成沙摩他、毘婆舍那,後四處唯成毘婆舍那;這是分類,不另改成程序次第。

本段又把諸項分為修、令起、觀具足、有時見四類,並另列受持地與諸禪地。末分修、滿二種:修如種,滿如花菓,名滿者十六行不減;再依次說念安般滿四念處、四念處滿七菩提分、七菩提分滿明解脫。只存原列與譬喻,不加修證交接或心理勸告。

The unit first asks how mindfulness of breathing is cultivated when the in-and-out breath has ceased without remainder. It answers through well acquiring the initial sign and says that with the breath’s cessation the sign arises and becomes the sign of cultivation. The source does not explain how the sign takes the breath’s place; only the question, answer, and arising of the sign are retained.

Among the sixteen bases, this unit presents in order knowing rapture, pleasure, and mental activity; causing mental activity to cease; knowing, gladdening, training, and liberating the mind; and constantly seeing impermanence, dispassion, cessation, and emergence. The passage on liberating the mind separately lists five conditions and what the mind is liberated from, then adds “if the mind does not attach to and delight in the matter, cause it to attach and train.” No psychological diagnosis is added to these terms. The summary says only that the first twelve accomplish calm and insight, while the last four accomplish insight alone. This is a classification, not an added procedural sequence.

The source also groups items under cultivation, arousing, fulfillment of contemplation, and seeing at times, and separately lists sustaining ground and jhāna grounds. It finally divides cultivation and fulfillment into two: cultivation is like a seed; fulfillment is like flowers and fruit; what is called fulfillment has none of the sixteen practices diminished. It then says in order that mindfulness of breathing fulfills the four establishments, the four establishments fulfill the seven awakening factors, and the seven awakening factors fulfill knowledge-liberation. The source list and similes remain without an added transition theory or psychological exhortation.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Sixteen Bases of Mindfulness of Breathing and Calm-and-Insight · Doorway · Summer 2026

安般滿四念處、七覺分與明解脫Mindfulness of Breathing Fulfilling the Four Establishments, Seven Awakening Factors, and Knowledge-Liberation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段列四個念處的配對,保留「所初」「知起」的疑義;又依次列念、擇法、精進、喜、猗、定、捨。喜、猗、定三句明用「由」,其餘分別用「如是」等語承接,不能一概說成每項都由前項造成。末說多修七覺分,於剎那道明滿、於剎那果解脫滿;只存原句的次序與明文因由。

末問何以唯說念安般除覺,答文先說不住是禪障礙,繼列「何故於風樂觸」「心樂/樂心著如覺」與乾闥婆聞聲隨著,末列「如行堤塘,以心專念倚不動故」。前兩句的句法及堤塘之喻如何對應都未明,只保留諸語,不補成樂觸牽心或堤塘使心不動的機制。夾註「念安般已竟」明標本門結束。

The unit gives four correspondences for the establishments of mindfulness while retaining the uncertainties in 所初 and 知起. It then lists mindfulness, investigation of qualities, energy, rapture, tranquillity, concentration, and equanimity in that order. Only the sentences on rapture, tranquillity, and concentration explicitly use “through”; the other connections use “thus” or different wording. The seven cannot all be described as each caused by the preceding one. The passage concludes that repeated cultivation of the seven fulfills knowledge at the momentary path and liberation at the momentary fruit. Only the source order and explicit reasons are retained.

The final question asks why mindfulness of breathing alone is said to remove 覺. The answer first says that non-abiding is an obstruction to jhāna, then gives the unresolved phrases 何故於風樂觸 and 心樂/樂心著如覺, together with Qiantupo (乾闥婆) hearing a sound and following it. It ends with 如行堤塘 and “because the mind is concentrated in mindfulness and 倚 unmoving.” The grammar of the first two clauses and the correspondence of the embankment simile remain unclear. They are not turned into mechanisms in which pleasant contact draws the mind or an embankment immobilizes it. The inline closure “Mindfulness of breathing is finished” marks the end of the doorway.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Mindfulness of Breathing Fulfilling the Four Establishments, Seven Awakening Factors, and Knowledge-Liberation · Doorway · Summer 2026

念死總說與八種修法Mindfulness of Death: Overview and Eight Modes of Practice

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念死一門,先要分辨哪一種念可修。同樣對著死起的念有四種:喪愛子是憂,悲念童子突然命終是驚,闍維人念離生是中(「中」的意思,論文沒有解釋),常觀世間生厭患是智——前三種不應修行,唯智相應能除過患。

而後逐層列出三種死(等死、斷死、念念死——諸行念念在滅)與二種死(時節與不時節——連無因緣的中間死也在帳上),把念死所對的種類逐一列清。

功德由日用到臨終:不放逸居首,三想成滿,末句說「臨命將終,心不謬誤」。本單元又列八行之名:兇惡人逐、無因緣、本取、身多屬、壽命無力、久遠分別、無相、剎那,並只明說這八行為「先師所說」;不由此補出其他性質或作者用意。

The doorway on mindfulness of death first distinguishes which kind is to be cultivated. Four kinds can arise in relation to death: loss of a beloved child is grief; sorrow at a child’s sudden violent death is alarm; the recollection of separation from birth by a 闍維 person is intermediate, though “intermediate” is not explained; constant contemplation of the world that gives rise to revulsion is associated with wisdom. The first three are not to be cultivated. Only the wisdom-associated kind can remove faults.

The source then successively lists three deaths—equal death, severance death, moment-by-moment death, with activities ceasing every moment—and two deaths—timely and untimely, the latter including intermediate death without a cause. It keeps the categories distinct rather than explaining how the lists fit together.

The virtues run from everyday life to the end of life: heedfulness comes first, the three perceptions are fulfilled, and the final clause says that when life is about to end the mind is not mistaken. This unit also gives only the names of eight modes: pursuit by a violent man, absence of a cause, former taking, the body belonging to many, life span without power, long-distant differentiation, absence of a sign, and the moment. It says only that the former teachers taught them; no additional nature or authorial intention is inferred.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Mindfulness of Death: Overview and Eight Modes of Practice · Doorway · Summer 2026

兇惡逐、無因緣與本取Pursuit by a Violent Man, No Means, and Taking the Former

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念死八行的前三行,在本段各有一問一答,不把三段另併成一套例外分類。

兇惡逐一段說被殺人赴殺處、兇惡人拔刀隨後,問何時當死、哪一步當死;又列去必死、住必死、坐必死、眠必死,末說當修念死。

無因緣一段說,生者不能藉任何因緣或方法免死;又舉日月出而無因緣、無方便能令不沒,末說如是修念死。原句「以生」與「能令」的連屬未明;「能」四本又作「能念」,句法與異讀並錄不判。

本取一段依次列王、仙人、聲聞、緣覺、如來皆入死法,最後問:「何況於我少時壽命,不當入死法?」前三列出若干人名,後兩列只出類名;原文不說詳略的原因,所以只存名單、共同收語與反問。

三行各按自身問答成立,不另補共同心理機制。

The first three of the eight modes each receive their own question and answer. They are not merged into a separate classification of exceptions.

The violent-pursuit passage describes a condemned person going to the place of killing, a violent man following with a drawn sword, the questions “when shall I die?” and “on which step shall I die?”, and four certainties: if I go, stand, sit, or sleep, I will die. It concludes that mindfulness of death should be cultivated.

The absence-of-means passage says that one who has been born cannot escape death through any cause or means and gives the sun and moon, which cannot be made not to set after rising. The attachment of 以生 to 能令 is unclear, and four witnesses read 能念 for 能. Syntax and variant remain undecided.

The “taking the former” passage successively lists kings, sages, disciples, independently awakened persons, and Tathāgatas as all entering the law of death, then asks: “How much more shall I, whose life span is brief, not enter the law of death?” The first three groups include personal names; the last two only class names. The source does not explain the difference in detail, so only the lists, shared conclusion, and final question remain.

Each mode stands by its own question and answer. No common psychological mechanism is added.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Pursuit by a Violent Man, No Means, and Taking the Former · Doorway · Summer 2026

身多屬、壽無力與遠分別The Body’s Many Dependencies, the Powerlessness of Life, and Distant Discernment

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段以三問修念死。

身多屬,列的是能使此身成於或成入死法的多種條件:風痰、虫種、飲食、毒蛇等物、師子等獸,以及人與非人。論文列畢,只以「多所屬」收束。

壽無力,分成處無力與依無力。處無力以水泡、芭蕉、水沫共同說此身無自性、無有真實;依無力列出入息、四大、飲食、四威儀與「緩」五個「所縛」。

遠分別,先說現在世不過百年,再連問日夜、一日、半日、少時、一食、半食、「四五揣」,直至入息能否到出息、出息能否到入息。「詎能」始終是問句;「四五揣」與插入其間的「世尊諸法我得大恩」仍依原文保留,不替它們定解。

三問都把修念死繫在本段明列的條件、分支與問句上;讀到最後,問題已落在一呼一吸之間。

This passage cultivates mindfulness of death through three questions.

The body’s many dependencies are the many conditions through which this body may result in or enter the condition of death: wind and phlegm, kinds of worms, food, venomous snakes and other creatures, lions and other beasts, and humans and nonhumans. When the list is complete, the treatise concludes only with “subject to many things.”

The powerlessness of life divides into the powerlessness of its basis and of what it depends on. The first uses water bubble, plantain, and water foam together to say that the body has no own-nature and no reality. The second lists five things to which it is “bound”: inhalation and exhalation, the four great elements, food, the four postures, and 緩.

Distant discernment first says that life in the present world does not exceed a hundred years, then asks about day and night, one day, half a day, a short while, one meal, half a meal, “four or five 揣,” and finally whether inhalation can reach exhalation and exhalation reach inhalation. 詎能 remains a question throughout. 四五揣 and the inserted statement “From the Blessed One’s dhammas I have received great benefit” remain as the source gives them, without a settled explanation.

All three questions tie mindfulness of death to the conditions, branches, and questions explicitly listed here. By the end, the question has come down to the interval of a single breath.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Body’s Many Dependencies, the Powerlessness of Life, and Distant Discernment · Doorway · Summer 2026

無相、剎那與念死收束Signlessness, the Moment, and the Conclusion of Mindfulness of Death

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念死八行的最後兩行,一說無相,一說剎那。

無相的答語只有「無有相,死無有時」,隨即說以無相修念死。「相」與「時」的關係,本段沒有另作定義,故依原詞保留。

剎那一行先說不數過去未來、但數現在緣,再說眾生壽命於一念時住,從彼無二念住,一切眾生於剎那心沒。阿毘曇所列的過去、未來、現在三組,次序不一;八項作「無」,只有現在心剎那末項作「有現生」。偈再列壽命、身性、苦樂與所有同一心相應,並依次說剎那速生起、於未生無生、於現在有生、心斷故世死、已說世盡。

收句按次序寫:起其厭患,念自在,心不亂,諸蓋滅,禪分成,起外行禪得住。末問又分無常想與念死:一者是陰生滅事,一者是念諸根壞;其餘結果也依原文分列,不把二者併成一門。

The final two of the eight modes of mindfulness of death concern signlessness and the moment.

The answer on signlessness consists only of “there is no sign; death has no fixed time,” immediately followed by the statement that one cultivates mindfulness of death through signlessness. The passage gives no separate definition of the relation between “sign” and “time,” so the source terms are retained.

The mode of the moment first says that one does not count past or future but counts only present conditions. It then says that the lifespan of living beings abides for the time of one thought, from there does not abide for a second thought, and that every living being disappears in a moment of mind. The three groups for past, future, and present listed by the Abhidhamma do not have the same order. Eight items are stated negatively; only the final item for the present moment of mind says that there “is present arising.” The verse then lists lifespan, the nature of the body, pain and pleasure, and all that is possessed as corresponding with one mind, and states in sequence: swiftly arising in a moment; for what has not arisen, no arising; in the present, arising; because mind is cut off, the world dies; it has been said that the world is exhausted.

The conclusion gives this order: arousing disaffection, mastery of mindfulness, an undistracted mind, destruction of the hindrances, formation of the factors of meditation, and arousing access meditation and attaining abiding. The final question then distinguishes the perception of impermanence from mindfulness of death. One concerns the arising and cessation of the aggregates; the other concerns the destruction of the faculties. Their remaining results are likewise listed separately in the source, without combining the two into a single doorway.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Signlessness, the Moment, and the Conclusion of Mindfulness of Death · Doorway · Summer 2026

念身總說與三十二行General Account of Mindfulness of the Body and the Thirty-Two Items

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

念身一門先列定義與功德,再列髮、毛、爪、齒、皮等身中諸物。觀法先說「應常說常觀」,其後說「唯以心當覺」;兩句依原次序保留,彼此關係本段未釋。

功德也依原次序列:堪耐怖畏寒熱,四想成滿,隨意得四禪,分明諸法、修令滿足,向於善趣、向於醍醐。

三種覺作色、厭、空。後面三個作意條件句則是色一切入、不淨、界;三種禪依一切入、不淨事、界事而起;三種行人又分別以色、厭、界起相或作意。第三項由「空」轉作「界」,本段沒有說兩詞等同,也沒有再說明各組之間的關係。

本段另有三處標數與所列不合:三十二對二十五、四對五、十三對十四。原數、原列與重出的「以處」都保留,不強行刪補。

The doorway of mindfulness of the body first gives its definition and benefits, then lists hair of the head, body hair, nails, teeth, skin, and the other things within the body. Its method first says “one should constantly recite and constantly observe,” and later “one should apprehend with mind alone.” The two statements are retained in their original order; this passage does not explain their relation.

The benefits likewise remain in their original order: endurance of fear, cold, and heat; fulfillment of four perceptions; obtaining the four meditations at will; clearly discerning dhammas and completing cultivation; proceeding toward a good destination and toward cream.

The three kinds of apprehension are color, aversion, and emptiness. The three conditional statements that follow instead concern the color kasiṇa, foulness, and elements; three kinds of meditation depend on kasiṇa, an object of foulness, and an object of elements; and three kinds of practitioners arouse signs or attend through color, aversion, and elements. The third item changes from “emptiness” to “elements.” The passage does not say that the two are identical and does not further explain the relation among the groups.

The passage also has three places where a stated number does not match the list: thirty-two against twenty-five, four against five, and thirteen against fourteen. The original numbers, the original lists, and the repeated “by place” are all retained without forced deletion or supplementation.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · General Account of Mindfulness of the Body and the Thirty-Two Items · Doorway · Summer 2026

身之生起與次第The Body’s Arising and Sequence

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十三行的前六行依次說種、處、緣、流與次第形:如毒種所生,此身從父母不淨生;它不從三種花生,而於母腹迫迮處生;它不靠金銀、栴檀等增長,胎內與出生後都由臭而不淨的流液增長;又如盛滿屎尿的多孔皮囊,種種不淨從九孔流溢,並以多穿、不成滿兩項為由。

而後是次第形之列:原文以「此身以初業次第立」領起,從初七日迦羅邏一路列到二十九七日身分具足;十九七日另有「業所生風遍處處」。序列在「九七日及十七日」及「二十七日/二十五七日」處不連貫,保留保留。

「復說」另列七七日與四十二七日,不與前一序列會通;四十二七日由業所生風轉脚向上、頭向下向產門。論文本段只寫「此時生世,說假名人」;「假名」何義,沒有再解釋。

The first six of the thirteen modes speak in order of seed, place, conditions, flow, and sequential formation. As what grows from poisonous seed, this body arises from the impurities of father and mother. It does not arise from three kinds of flowers, but in the constrained place of the mother’s womb. It does not grow through gold, silver, or sandalwood; both in the womb and after birth it grows through a foul flow of food and liquid. Like a many-holed leather bag filled with feces and urine, various impurities overflow from the nine apertures; the text gives two reasons, many openings and not becoming full.

Next comes the list of sequential formation. “This body is established in sequence through initial action” introduces the source’s series from 迦羅邏 in the first seven-day period through completion of the body’s parts at twenty-nine seven-days. At nineteen seven-days, it separately says that “wind produced by action pervades every place.” The order is discontinuous at “nine seven-days and ten seven-days” and again at “twenty seven-days / twenty-five seven-days.” Both discontinuities are retained.

“It is further said” gives another account with seven and forty-two seven-days, without reconciling it with the first. At forty-two seven-days, wind produced by action turns the feet upward and head downward toward the birth passage. This passage says only, “At this time it is born into the world and is called a person by designation.” It gives no further explanation of “designation.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Body’s Arising and Sequence · Doorway · Summer 2026

身中蟲種Kinds of Worms within the Body

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

正文總說:「此身八萬戶虫之所食噉。」以下逐處列出所依部位與蟲名:依髮者名髮鐵,依腦者名顛狂下,依目者名舐眼;骨、筋、胃、熟藏各列四種,另及膽、唾、汗、脂、強、彊根與下二孔。多數名稱只作音譯,本段不釋其義;骨與髓的名列中另保留三處反切註音。

近末一項明說依身前、後、左、右者各食其處,但「五種虫」只配四個方位,名列又有五名並帶「等」字,正文沒有逐一分派。八萬總標與下列名數也沒有會通。

問句說「以虫種當念身性」,結句改說「如是以虫居止當念身性」。本段由食噉總標、所依名列到虫居止而止;兩種用詞的差別及各音譯名的所指,都沒有再解釋。

The source first states, “This body is eaten by eighty thousand households of worms.” It then lists, place by place, the body parts on which the worms depend and their names: the one associated with hair is 髮鐵, the one associated with the brain 顛狂下, and the one associated with the eyes 舐眼. Bones, sinews, stomach, and the mature repository each have four kinds; the list also includes bile, spittle, sweat, grease, 強, 彊根, and the two lower apertures. Most names are phonetic forms whose meanings this passage does not explain. Three fanqie pronunciation notes are retained in the lists for bones and marrow.

Near the end, the text expressly says that those associated with the front, back, left, and right of the body each eat their respective place. Yet “five kinds of worms” is matched with only four directions, while five names plus “and so on” are given. The source does not allocate them one by one. Nor does it reconcile the general total of eighty thousand with the number of names actually listed.

The question says “one should recollect the nature of the body by kinds of worms,” while the conclusion changes to “thus one should recollect the nature of the body through the worms’ dwelling.” The passage proceeds from the general statement about eating, through the names and their dependent places, to the worms’ dwelling, and stops. It gives no further explanation of the difference between the two expressions or of what each phonetic name denotes.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Kinds of Worms within the Body · Doorway · Summer 2026

身體安聚與諸過患The Body’s Arrangement, Aggregation, and Dangers

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

安一段依原序列十組骨名與「安住」;首句將「於」放在足骨之前,後九句則將「於」放在前一骨名之後,所示方向不齊,本段未解釋。其後說骨節纏裹,以皮覆上,成此穢身。聚一段列九頭骨、兩頰骨、三十二齒骨等十一項,合成三百骨,又列八百節、九百筋纏、九百肉丸、一萬七千湊等,最後說「唯是屎聚屎集名身」;「如二聚」的所指未釋。

憎一段列花香、衣飾、床帳、臥具、飲食與供養,只明說「心生愛重後成憎惡」,主客仍省略。不清淨一段說衣物可再浣治,因其性清淨;身以香塗、香水洗仍不能令淨,因其性不淨。處一段列眼耳鼻舌等痛與多種疾患,說此身有無邊過患。不知恩一段說最勝飲食、洗浴摩香與衣帔莊嚴之後,毒樹身仍向老、向病、向死,如不知恩的親友。有邊一段列闍維、噉食、破壞、磨滅四種可能。

收語依次說念自在、慧自在、不亂心、諸蓋滅、禪分起,最後作「隨其所樂成得勝」。「所樂」在本段沒有解釋,故心要只保存原詞,不另定其義。

The paragraph on arrangement lists ten pairs of bone names and “abide” in their received order. In the first, “at” precedes the foot bones; in the following nine, “at” follows the preceding bone name. The directions indicated do not agree, and the passage does not explain them. It then says that the bones and joints are wrapped together, skin covers them above, and this impure body forms. The paragraph on aggregation lists eleven items beginning with nine skull bones, two cheek bones, and thirty-two tooth bones. They total three hundred bones. It then lists eight hundred joints, nine hundred sinew-entwinings, nine hundred balls of flesh, seventeen thousand 湊, and more, finally saying, “only an aggregate of feces, a collection of feces, is called body.” The referent of “like two aggregates” remains unexplained.

The paragraph on repulsion lists flowers and fragrances, clothing, beds, canopies, bedding, food, and offerings, but expressly says only, “the mind gives rise to cherishing; afterward repulsion forms”; subject and object remain omitted. The paragraph on impurity says clothing can be washed again because its nature is clean, whereas fragrance and scented bathing cannot make the body clean because its nature is impure. The paragraph on place lists pains of eyes, ears, nose, and tongue and many illnesses, saying the body has boundless dangers. The paragraph on ingratitude says that even after the finest food, bathing, fragrant rubbing, and adornment with clothing, the poisonous-tree body still proceeds toward aging, illness, and death, like an ungrateful friend. The paragraph on having a boundary lists four possibilities: cremation, being eaten, destruction, and being worn away.

The conclusion gives in order mastery of mindfulness, mastery of wisdom, an undistracted mind, destruction of the hindrances, and arising of the factors of meditation. It ends, “achieves excellence according to what one delights in.” This passage does not explain “what one delights in,” so only the received expression is preserved.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Body’s Arrangement, Aggregation, and Dangers · Doorway · Summer 2026

念寂寂與十念散句Recollection of Quietude and Miscellaneous Statements on the Ten Recollections

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

十念收官之門,逐項念「滅」。入初禪念諸蓋滅,二禪念覺觀滅,三禪念喜滅,四禪念樂滅;其後各定與四果,也各有論文明列的所滅。末句收作:「若入泥洹,以寂寂念,一切皆滅。」只按所入、所得與所滅逐項讀。

修法段先列諸根寂寂的比丘,又列戒、定、慧、解脫、解脫知見具足;接著依次說見、聞、往、視供養、念、隨出家與恩。原文再問「何故」,另說聞其說法而得身、心二離憒閙;前後如何逐項連屬並未拆明,照兩組明文分別保留。

念寂寂末由信、念自在而至心不亂,並以「寂寂已竟」「十念已竟」收束。隨後「於十念處,此散句」另列念佛、緣覺功德、法、僧、戒、施與天的語句;這一標語不是後文的項數。「受施未施」的主體與連屬未明,「有五法當修念天」也只標數而不列名,均依原文保留。

The doorway that closes the ten recollections recollects “cessation” item by item. Entering the first meditation, one recollects cessation of the hindrances; in the second, cessation of initial and sustained thought; in the third, cessation of joy; in the fourth, cessation of pleasure. Each of the later concentrations and four fruits likewise has something expressly stated as ceased. The final sentence gathers them up: “If he enters nibbāna, through recollection of quietude, everything has ceased.” Read only the condition entered or attained and what that source sentence says has ceased.

The method first presents a bhikkhu whose faculties are quiet and then one complete in discipline, concentration, wisdom, liberation, and knowledge and vision of liberation. Seeing, hearing, going, 視供養, recollecting, following into renunciation, and statements about benefit then occur in order. The source next asks “Why?” and separately states that hearing his teaching produces bodily and mental separation from commotion. How the two groups attach item by item is not unpacked; each explicit group is retained separately.

Recollection of quietude ends through mastery of faith and mindfulness and an undistracted mind, with the main text “Quietude is concluded” and the inline note “The ten recollections are concluded.” “Within the ten recollections, these are miscellaneous statements” then separately gives statements on Buddhas, independently awakened persons, Dhamma, Sangha, discipline, giving, and devas. The heading is not a number for the statements that follow. The subject and attachment of 受施未施 remain unclear, while “five dhammas should be used to cultivate recollection of devas” gives only the number and not the names. Both are retained as stated.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Recollection of Quietude and Miscellaneous Statements on the Ten Recollections · Doorway · Summer 2026

慈心總說與忿恨過患General Account of Loving-Kindness and the Dangers of Anger

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四無量開卷第一門是慈。父母見獨子而起慈、起饒益心;把慈心與饒益心推及一切眾生,原文便稱為慈。功德共十一項,從安眠、安覺、不見惡夢,列到命終不亂與生梵世。修行段接著明說:先觀忿恨過患與忍辱功德,心應受持忍辱。

忿恨初起,先焚燒慈心,使心混濁;其後八次以「從此增長」領起:面目嚬蹙、口說惡語、觀於四方、手捉刀杖、嗔忿吐血、散擲財物、打壞諸物、或殺他或自殺。八項依原來次序保存。

自省段依次列樂浴還入不淨、醫師自患霍亂、畫瓶內盛不淨、有智故食雜毒四喻。其後先說被毒蛇咬而有藥不服的人「樂苦、不樂樂」,再以同一句話說忿恨起而不速制伏的比丘。末後九失依原序是:怨家所笑、親友慚愧、深德被輕賤、貴重翻輕易、稱譽被譏毀、求樂成苦、不動成令動、有眼成盲、聰明成無智。

The first doorway at the opening of the four immeasurables is loving-kindness. Parents see their only child and arouse loving-kindness and a mind seeking the child's benefit; extending a mind of loving-kindness and benefit to all beings is what the source calls loving-kindness. Its benefits number eleven, beginning with peaceful sleeping, peaceful waking, and having no bad dreams, and ending with death without confusion and birth in the Brahmā world. The section on practice then states directly: first contemplate the dangers of anger and the qualities of patience, and cause the mind to receive and retain patience.

When anger first arises, it burns up loving-kindness and makes the mind turbid. Eight clauses then begin with “from this it grows”: the face frowns, the mouth speaks evil words, one looks in the four directions, the hand grasps a blade or cudgel, one vomits blood through anger, one scatters one's wealth, one smashes objects, and one kills another or oneself. All eight remain in their source order.

The self-reflection section gives in sequence four similes: one who delights in bathing returns into filth; a physician himself contracts cholera; a painted vessel contains filth; and a wise person knowingly eats mixed poison. It then first says that a person bitten by a poisonous snake who has medicine but refuses to take it “delights in suffering and does not delight in happiness,” and uses the same words for a bhikkhu who does not quickly subdue anger after it arises. The final nine losses, in source order, are: being laughed at by enemies; causing friends to feel ashamed; being despised despite deep virtue; turning from honored to lightly regarded; having one's praise subjected to slander; seeking happiness and obtaining suffering; changing from unmoving to moved; changing from sighted to blind; and changing from intelligent to foolish.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · General Account of Loving-Kindness and the Dangers of Anger · Doorway · Summer 2026

忍辱功德與次第修慈The Qualities of Patience and the Graduated Cultivation of Loving-Kindness

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先說忍辱是力、是鎧,能護身、能除忿恨;再逐句列出剃頭、受國施、持聖形飾、有瞋恚、名聲聞、檀越施物、有信、有智慧、有忿恨毒九項自陳。末句明說「此忍辱是我却毒藥」,與前段「自有毒藥而不肯服」相接;除此以外,不把九句另併為一套身分類目或共同機制。

初修疑句列出怨家、中人、惡人、無功德人、亡人,但「從初不能修慈」的轄域與末語「起慈」的連屬未決,不能斷成五個禁止起點。下一句清楚指定所貴重人為初修之處;其後依次是愛中人、中人、怨家,最後遍滿一切眾生。修所貴重人時,念他的功德與饒益,再依次發願:從無怨無瞋、功德善利,到安眠安覺、身命安樂,又願不善不生或滅斷、善法生起或增長。

於中人處慈不行時,原文先說「當作厭患」並列一段自陳;若這樣厭患而瞋恚仍不滅,才說為修慈「不應精進」,應以其他方便修行,為那個人除去瞋恚。除此先後,本段沒有再立一條心力診斷。

The passage first says that patience is strength and armor, protecting the body and removing anger. It then gives nine statements: shaving the head, receiving 國施, bearing 聖形飾, having anger, being called a disciple, receiving a donor's gifts, having faith, having wisdom, and having the poison of anger. The last explicitly says, “This patience is my 却毒藥,” connecting with the preceding passage's person who “possesses an antidote but refuses to take it.” Beyond that explicit connection, the nine statements are not recast as a single taxonomy or common mechanism.

The uncertain initial sentence lists an enemy, a neutral person, a bad person, a person without qualities, and a dead person. But the scope of “cannot at first cultivate loving-kindness” and the attachment of the final “arouse loving-kindness” remain unresolved; the five cannot be made into five forbidden starting objects. The next sentence clearly identifies the esteemed person as the beginning. Then come, in order, a dear person, a neutral person, an enemy, and finally all beings. Toward the esteemed person one recollects qualities and benefits, then forms aspirations ranging from freedom from enmity and anger and the gaining of qualities and benefits to peaceful sleep, peaceful waking, and bodily well-being; one further aspires that unwholesome dhammas not arise or cease, and that wholesome dhammas arise or increase.

When loving-kindness does not operate toward a neutral person, the source first says to “become disenchanted” and gives a statement to oneself. Only if anger still does not cease after that does it say that one “should not exert” for the cultivation of loving-kindness, but should employ another means to remove anger toward that person. Beyond that sequence, the passage gives no general diagnosis of mental capacity.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Qualities of Patience and the Graduated Cultivation of Loving-Kindness · Doorway · Summer 2026

除瞋方便與廣修慈心Means of Removing Anger and Extending Loving-Kindness Widely

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

前段說慈於中人處不行、瞋恚不滅時,應以其他方便除瞋;本段下釋十二項:功德、恩、自業所作、負債解脫、親族、自身罪過、不應作意、苦、自性、念滅、和合、空。十二項依次並列,論文沒有替它們排淺深,也沒有規定一項不效便換下一項。此前另列攝受四事:隨宜施與、隨宜取與、善語、隨從;明載結果是彼此瞋恚成滅。

思惟功德如水有草時「除草取水」;若對方無功德,則因他將向惡趣而起慈。其後各項保留原來所說的觀、想與當觀。世尊偈說:苦樂之觸非從自他燒,而是依煩惱得觸;若無煩惱心,便問「誰能觸細滑?」

瞋滅之後,慈想由住處而村、而國、而方、而四維上下。三種令安禪分別總攝眾生、村田、方:眾生由一至眾多,村田由一至多村,方由一至四方。若只依一個眾生修慈,那個眾生死時,其事成失、不堪起慈;論文因此說應廣修,並明列成妙修行、成大果、成大功德,沒有進一步保證廣修之後所緣永不會失。

The preceding passage says that when loving-kindness does not operate toward a neutral person and anger remains, another means should remove the anger. This passage explains twelve items: qualities, beneficence, one's own action, release from debt, kinship, one's own fault, non-attention, suffering, nature, cessation in a thought, combination, and emptiness. They stand side by side; the treatise neither ranks them nor says to replace one with the next when it fails. Before them it lists four acts of embracing: appropriate giving, appropriate receiving, good speech, and following what the other does. The stated result is the cessation of anger on both sides.

Contemplating qualities is like “removing grass and taking the water.” If the other has no qualities, loving-kindness arises because the person is heading toward a bad destination. The later items retain their own contemplations and perceptions. The Blessed One's verse says that contact with suffering and pleasure does not come 從自他燒 but is obtained in dependence on defilements; if the mind has no defilements, it asks, “Who can touch 細滑?”

After anger ceases, loving-kindness extends from dwelling-place to village, country, direction, and the intermediate directions, above and below. Three ways of establishing jhāna respectively comprehend beings, village-fields, and directions: beings from one to many, villages from one to many, and directions from one to four. If cultivation depends on only one being, the death of that being makes the object lost and unable to arouse loving-kindness. The text therefore directs wide cultivation and expressly names excellent cultivation, great fruit, and great merit; it does not additionally guarantee that no object can ever be lost after expansion.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Means of Removing Anger and Extending Loving-Kindness Widely · Doorway · Summer 2026

慈心根事與十波羅蜜The Roots and Object of Loving-Kindness and the Ten Perfections

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

慈門收卷,從五個小問答到佛地。慈之根列不貪、不嗔恚、不癡、欲與正作意;慈具足時除瞋恚、除不善愛,使身口意業清淨。失慈明標二因,但「自朋生怨」「對治生怨」的主客與兩個「以」字的連屬未決,不把它改成親疏對象的診斷。第一義中眾生不可得,慈緣什麼?論主只答一句:依諸根種,於世假說眾生。

接著說菩薩摩訶薩修慈流,遍滿十波羅蜜。十段依次列檀、戒、出、般若、精進、忍辱、實諦、受持、慈、捨;前八段反覆出現行慈與饒益,第九、第十段起式不同。只按各段內容與收名讀,不把十波羅蜜合說成一件事,也不把慈另定義為十度的共同本體。

其後依次配列十波羅蜜與四受持、四受持與奢摩他及毘婆舍那;再列一切禪、解脫、定、正受、雙變定、大悲定、一切神通、辯、力、無畏、自然智、一切智,末說「次第令滿佛地」。(慈已竟)

The loving-kindness practice closes by moving from five short questions to the Buddha-ground. Its roots are non-greed, non-anger, non-delusion, desire, and right attention. When fulfilled, loving-kindness removes anger and unwholesome affection and purifies bodily, verbal, and mental action. Its loss has two stated causes, but the subjects and objects of 自朋生怨 and 對治生怨 and the attachment of the two phrases introduced by 以 remain unresolved; they are not turned into a diagnosis based on close and distant persons. Although no being can be found in ultimate meaning, the author's answer is one sentence: in dependence on 諸根種, beings are conventionally spoken of in the world.

The bodhisattva great being then cultivates 慈流, pervading the ten perfections. The ten sections list, in order, giving, virtue, 出, prajñā, energy, patience, true truth, sustaining, loving-kindness, and equanimity. The first eight repeatedly mention practicing loving-kindness and benefit; the ninth and tenth have different openings. Each section is read by its own content and closing name. The ten are not collapsed into one thing, and loving-kindness is not newly defined as their common essence.

The text then aligns the ten perfections with four sustainments and those sustainments with calm and insight. It next lists all jhānas, liberations, concentrations, attainments, the concentrations of twin transformation and great compassion, all supernormal powers, analytical knowledge, powers, fearlessnesses, natural knowledge, and omniscience, before closing, “fulfills the Buddha-ground in sequence.” (Loving-kindness is finished.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Roots and Object of Loving-Kindness and the Ten Perfections · Doorway · Summer 2026

悲心修行與具足The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Compassion

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

悲以父母見獨子受苦為喻;父母心起悲惱,說「苦哉如是」。論文接著明定:對一切眾生起慈憐愍,這叫作悲;悲住不亂叫作修,不現非饒益為相,樂為味,不害為起,功德則「與慈等功德」。

修法列三類所見:病、老、貧;顛倒、被煩惱纏縛而入無明,或有功德而不修學;與不善法及不可愛法相應,而與善法及可愛法不相應。三類都由若見若聞而作意眾生受苦,以及如何使他從苦得脫。原文只把三類依次並列,未另加等級或用法分派。

悲具足時,除殺害、不起憂惱、除不善愛;失悲則列二因緣,但「自親」「對治」的主客與後兩個「以」字的連屬未決。苦並非一切眾生、一切時都有,如何遍修悲?論文先答眾生已得苦,善取其相便成一切處修悲;再答生死之苦是一切眾生共有,由此成一切處修行。(悲已竟)

Compassion is illustrated by parents seeing their only child suffer. Distressed with compassion, they say, “Alas, such suffering!” The treatise then expressly defines compassion as arousing loving care and pity toward all beings. For compassion to remain undistracted is called cultivation; its characteristic is that what brings no benefit does not appear; its flavor is happiness; its arising is non-harming; and its merits are “equal to those of loving-kindness.”

The cultivation sets out three kinds of what is seen: illness, aging, and poverty; inversion, being bound by the entanglements of the defilements and entering ignorance, or having merit without training; and association with unwholesome and unlovely qualities while not being associated with wholesome and lovely qualities. In all three cases, whether one sees or hears, one attends to the being’s suffering and to how that being might be delivered from suffering. The original merely places the three kinds in sequence; it assigns them no separate grades or applications.

When compassion is fulfilled, killing is removed, distress does not arise, and unwholesome affection is removed. Its loss is stated under two causes, but the subjects and objects of “one’s own intimates” and “the counteragent,” and the attachment of the two latter phrases beginning with “through,” remain unresolved. Since suffering is not present in every being or at every time, how can compassion be cultivated universally? The treatise first answers that beings have already undergone suffering, and that by grasping its sign well one can cultivate compassion everywhere. It then answers that the suffering of birth and death is shared by all beings, and on that basis cultivation becomes possible everywhere. (The section on compassion is concluded.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Compassion · Doorway · Summer 2026

喜心修行與具足The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Appreciative Joy

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

論文以獨子得樂為喻:父母見孩子得到安樂,心生歡喜,讚歎「善哉如是」;對一切眾生也這樣生起歡喜心,便名為喜。喜住不亂是修,欣悅為相,無怖為味;至於「除無樂為喜」為何不作「為起」,底本沒有解說,仍照原句保留。

修法有兩重。第一重見聞所敬重的人得到安樂;第二重那句三次使用「與」,接前接後尚未可定。兩重都以「若見若聞」起,都以「善哉善哉!願彼眾生長得歡喜」收。

多修以後,心成和軟,堪能受持;再依次修向中人、怨人,乃至遍滿四方。成就處列除不樂、不起不善愛、除綺語;失喜處列兩因,原句把「自親生怨/戲笑起行」與「對治生怨/不樂起」分作兩組,並未再解釋組內關係。(喜已竟)

The treatise illustrates appreciative joy through the happiness of an only child. Seeing the child gain happiness, the parents become joyful and praise it, saying, “Excellent—so it is.” Becoming joyful in this way toward all beings is called appreciative joy. Its remaining without distraction is cultivation; gladness is its characteristic and fearlessness its flavor. As for why 除無樂為喜, “removing the absence of happiness is appreciative joy,” does not say “is its arising,” the base text gives no explanation, so the original wording remains intact.

The cultivation has two parts. The first concerns seeing or hearing that a person one esteems has gained happiness. In the second sentence, occurs three times, and whether each instance attaches backward or forward cannot yet be determined. Both parts begin with “whether seeing or hearing” and end with “Excellent, excellent! May this being long continue to gain joy.”

After repeated cultivation, the mind becomes gentle and capable of sustaining it. Cultivation then proceeds in sequence toward a neutral person and an enemy until it fills the four directions. Fulfillment lists removal of unhappiness, nonarising of unwholesome affection, and removal of frivolous speech. Loss of appreciative joy is stated under two causes: the original groups “enmity arises through one’s own intimates / action arises through play and laughter” and “enmity arises through the counteragent / unhappiness arises,” without further explaining the relations within the groups. (The section on appreciative joy is concluded.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Appreciative Joy · Doorway · Summer 2026

捨心修行與具足The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Equanimity

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本門先依慈、悲、喜而起第三禪,再見慈悲喜的過患與捨的功德,最後起與捨俱起的第四禪。過患處原文連列「愛恚近故」「與戲俱起」「與踊躍歡喜共起」,卻沒有把三項固定分配給慈、悲、喜;這個附著關係仍留未決。

定義以父母面對一子為喻,說「非可念非不可念成捨」,又以無所著為相、平等為味、伏恚愛為起。修行次第則先取非可愛念非不可愛念的人,再到怨人、親友人,乃至四方。原文只排出這個次序,沒有說哪一位較易或較難。

作意以久別親友為喻:初見時心生喜樂,共住以後心成中;同樣地,住慈悲喜久後成捨攝受。具足處列「殺除瞋愛、不起無明」,失捨處列兩因;本段沒有把無明另解作某種心理狀態。(捨已竟)

This doorway first gives rise to the third jhāna in dependence on loving-kindness, compassion, and appreciative joy. It then sees the drawbacks of those three and the merits of equanimity, and finally gives rise to the fourth jhāna arisen together with equanimity. In the statement of drawbacks, the original lists “because affection and anger are near,” “arising together with play,” and “arising together with leaping gladness,” but does not assign these three in fixed correspondence to loving-kindness, compassion, and appreciative joy. That attachment remains unresolved.

The definition uses parents facing their one child as a simile: they regard the child as “neither to be cherished nor not to be cherished” and accomplish equanimity. Nonattachment is its characteristic, equality its flavor, and subduing anger and affection its arising. The cultivation first takes a person regarded as neither worthy nor unworthy of affection, then proceeds to an enemy, a friend, and the four directions. The original provides only this order; it does not say which person is easier or harder.

The mode of attention uses the simile of friends long separated: on first meeting, joy and happiness arise in the heart; after living together, the heart becomes balanced. In the same way, after dwelling long in loving-kindness, compassion, and appreciative joy, one comes to be embraced by equanimity. Fulfillment lists 殺除瞋愛、不起無明, “killing—removing anger and affection; ignorance does not arise,” and loss of equanimity is stated under two causes. The passage does not reinterpret ignorance as a particular psychological state. (The section on equanimity is concluded.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Cultivation and Fulfillment of Equanimity · Doorway · Summer 2026

四無量散句與禪地Miscellaneous Statements on the Four Immeasurables and Their Jhāna Grounds

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先問慈、悲、喜為什麼生於第三禪而非第四禪。答文說,以與喜俱生的心修慈、悲、喜,所以第三禪生、第四禪不生;捨地則由受捨、法中捨二捨成就而是第四禪。其後又以「復說」記四無量在四禪中生起。兩說並存,本段沒有判定哪一說為是。

為什麼恰是四門?答文列出瞋恚、害、無樂、瞋愛與對治,卻沒有在這一句中逐項配門。又一說稱「此四唯慈」。四無量一性,同時又有種種相;成一相與成種種相兩列各可數三項理由,原文沒有以數詞標出「三」,兩邊並存。

壓軸是四配:慈於清淨第一、悲於虛空第一、喜於識處第一、捨於無所有處第一。原文只以「由依彼近故」總答,再逐段反覆寫「現令作意」「以小方便」「心得安」;它沒有把四心定義成四種性向,也沒有以入定費力與否作診斷。(散句已竟)

The passage first asks why loving-kindness, compassion, and appreciative joy arise with the third jhāna rather than the fourth. Its answer says that these three are cultivated with a mind arisen together with joy, so the third jhāna arises and the fourth does not; the ground of equanimity, accomplished through equanimity as feeling and equanimity within phenomena, is the fourth jhāna. It then introduces another account with “It is further said”: the four immeasurables arise in the four jhānas. Both accounts coexist, and the passage does not decide which is correct.

Why are there exactly four doorways? The answer lists anger, harming, absence of happiness, anger-and-affection, and their countering, but does not pair the four items one by one with the four doorways in this sentence. Another account says, “These four are only loving-kindness.” The four immeasurables have one nature and at the same time various characteristics. The list of reasons for forming one characteristic and the list of reasons for forming various characteristics can each be counted as three, but the original does not mark either list with the number “three.” Both remain present.

The culmination is the fourfold correspondence: loving-kindness is foremost in the base of purity, compassion in the base of space, appreciative joy in the base of consciousness, and equanimity in the base of nothingness. The original answers generally only that “each depends on what is near it,” then repeatedly writes “bring to appear in attention,” “with little effort,” and “the mind settles” in the four respective paragraphs. It does not define the four minds as four dispositions or diagnose them by whether concentration is effortless. (The miscellaneous statements are concluded.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Miscellaneous Statements on the Four Immeasurables and Their Jhāna Grounds · Doorway · Summer 2026

觀四大總說與略廣取界Contemplating the Four Elements: Overview and Brief and Detailed Grasping of the Elements

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

觀四大的修是「彼心住不亂」,相是隨觀四大,味是通達空,起是除眾生想。略取開頭明說坐禪人入寂寂坐、攝一切心、不亂心。共同結語三次出現:唯有界,無眾生、無命。

取諸大有略、廣二行。略取第一說以濕、水,熱、火,持、地,動、風四性配界;「復有說」則依膜、肉、脈、骨四行分別,再知堅、濕、熱、動四性。廣取列地、水、火、風四界:地界原標二十而實列二十一,水十二、火四、風六,所以論文總標四十二,若依實列相加卻是四十三,兩數並存。

功德標八,但依底本標點只可分七目;「能堪恐怖樂不樂」是否拆二未決。末引先師「以十行當觀四大」,實列語言義、事、聚、散、無所著、緣、相、種類非種類、一義種種義九目。此處只記正文的書寫次序與配數不合。

The cultivation of contemplation of the four elements is that “the mind remains without distraction”; its characteristic is continual contemplation of the four elements; its flavor is penetrating emptiness; and its arising is removing the perception of a being. At the beginning of the brief grasping, the text expressly says that the meditator enters a secluded place, sits, gathers the whole mind, and keeps it undistracted. The shared conclusion occurs three times: there are only elements, no being and no life.

The great elements are grasped in two ways, briefly and in detail. In the first account of brief grasping, moisture is paired with water, heat with fire, sustaining with earth, and motion with wind. “Another account” discerns through four modes relying on the membrane, flesh, vessels, and bones, then knows the four natures of hardness, moisture, heat, and motion. Detailed grasping lists the four elements of earth, water, fire, and wind. The earth list is headed as twenty but actually contains twenty-one items; water has twelve, fire four, and wind six. Thus the treatise’s total heading is forty-two, while adding the actually listed items gives forty-three. Both numbers remain present.

The merits are headed as eight, but the base punctuation divides the list into only seven discernible items; whether 能堪恐怖樂不樂 should be divided into two remains unresolved. The end cites the elder masters: “the four elements should be contemplated through ten modes,” but then actually lists nine—verbal meaning, matter, aggregation, dispersal, nonattachment, condition, characteristic, same kind and different kind, and one meaning and various meanings. This account records the source order and the mismatched counts without repair.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Contemplating the Four Elements: Overview and Brief and Detailed Grasping of the Elements · Doorway · Summer 2026

四大語言與名義The Four Great Elements: Language and Meaning

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先列同言與勝言:「四大」名為同言,「地界、水界、火界、風界」名為勝言;首句「二界語言同」的句讀仍未決。

「大」連列三說:大生名大、非實義令現實義而名大、鬼等形名大。第一說引偈列地、水、風之數與火段的七日;第二說並列非男非女、非長非短、非樹非山與相應的「可見」,但連屬未決;第三說的「四行」與實列三組、獨言火界的總起與下列四界,也都不相當。

四界名義依次是廣大、可飲守護、令光明、去來;「界」以持自相為義。末列地六性、水八性、火六性、風六性;喜性、結著性只照原名保存,不另配心理義,也不由「持自相」補出永遠、固定或不變。全文收在「以語言義應觀界」。

The passage first gives common and distinctive designations: “the four great elements” is common, while “earth element, water element, fire element, and wind element” are distinctive. The division of the opening phrase 二界語言同 remains unresolved.

Three accounts of “great” are juxtaposed: great arising, not-real-meaning making real meaning manifest, and shapes of ghosts and the like. The first cites a verse giving quantities for earth, water, and wind and 七日 in the fire section. The second places neither male nor female, neither long nor short, and neither tree nor mountain beside corresponding visibility clauses, whose attachment is unresolved. The third states four activities but gives three groups, while its introduction names only fire and the following list names all four elements. Every mismatch remains.

The meanings of earth, water, fire, and wind are vastness, drinkable and protective, giving light, and going and coming. “Element” means “holding its own characteristic.” The lists then contain six earth natures, eight water natures, six fire natures, and six wind natures. Joy and binding remain source names in the water list and receive no psychological explanation; “holding its own characteristic” does not add everlastingness, fixity, or invariability. The close is “contemplate the elements through linguistic meaning.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Great Elements: Language and Meaning · Doorway · Summer 2026

四大事、聚、散與不離The Four Great Elements by Function, Grouping, Dispersion, and Non-Separation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

事門先列兩組四界之事,再列八句「二界近故」。八句依次接舉初步、舉後步、初坐臥、後行立、初懈怠睡眠、後精進勇猛、初重、後輕;每一句都沒有指出是哪兩界,故八處都保留未決。

聚門以四界和色、香、味、觸合為八法,列地聚、水聚、火聚、風聚各一多三少。散門先說地界從最細隣空微塵生,水和故不散、火熟故不臭、風持而成轉;先師另說人身地界碎為塵是一斛二升,與水和合後是六升五合,續以火熟、風轉。兩個量的所屬都依原句保存。

不相離門逐一列地、水、火、風與其餘三界,最後收在「四界依展轉成住不散」與「以不離觀諸界」。問作「不相離」,結作「不離」,兩種門名一併保存。

The function doorway first gives two sets of four functions and then eight sentences with “because two elements are near.” The results are raising the initial step, raising the later step, initial sitting and lying, later walking and standing, initial sloth and sleep, later energy and vigor, initial heaviness, and later lightness. None of the eight names the two elements; all remain unresolved.

The grouping doorway combines the four elements with color, odor, taste, and touch as eight qualities, and gives earth-, water-, fire-, and wind-groups, each with one greatest and three least. The dispersion doorway first says earth arises from the finest space-adjacent mote, is combined by water without dispersing, matured by fire without becoming putrid, and sustained by wind so that it turns. The former teachers separately say that the bodily earth element pulverized into dust amounts to one hu and two sheng, and after combination with water to six sheng and five ge, followed by fire’s maturing and wind’s turning. The quantities retain their distinct subjects and source units.

The non-separation doorway gives earth, water, fire, and wind each in relation to the other three, then closes with “the four elements depend reciprocally upon one another and come to abide without dispersing” and contemplation through non-separation. The question uses “non-separation,” while the conclusion uses the shorter form “non-separated”; both remain.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Great Elements by Function, Grouping, Dispersion, and Non-Separation · Doorway · Summer 2026

四大緣相與同異The Four Great Elements: Conditions, Characteristics, Similarity, and Difference

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

緣門先標「四因、四緣為起諸界」,下列業、心、時、食四項;九處明標數目的緣列都與所列相符。末又說地界為餘界作住處緣,水界作結著緣,火界作熟緣,風界作持緣。相門則列堅地、濕水、熱火、冷風四個配對。

類非類門先依重輕說地水一類、火風一類,再依水滅火燥、地障風行說非類;末後依展轉緣說四界展轉種類,依自相說展轉非種類。兩種判斷各有所據。

一性種種性門說:四界同從業生,故為一性;相各不同,故為種種性。六項一性是同為界、大、法、無常、苦、無我;種種性則列相、事、業、心、時、食、地、生、趣,中間另有一句無所繫名目的「以種種性,成種種性」,照原文保留。

The conditions doorway first states that “four causes and four conditions give rise to the elements,” then lists action, mind, time, and food. All nine condition-lists with explicit numbers agree with the items given. It finally says earth serves as a dwelling-place condition for the other elements, water as a binding condition, fire as a maturing condition, and wind as a sustaining condition. The characteristics doorway gives the four pairings hardness-earth, moisture-water, heat-fire, and cold-wind.

The class doorway first groups earth-water through heaviness and fire-wind through lightness. It then distinguishes water-fire through extinguishing and drying, and earth-wind through obstruction and movement. Finally, through reciprocal condition the four elements are reciprocally of one class; through own-characteristic they are reciprocally unlike. The judgments stand on different grounds.

The one-nature-and-diverse-natures doorway says that the four elements are one insofar as they are born of action and diverse in their characteristics. Six aspects of one nature are being elements, great, qualities, impermanent, suffering, and not-self. Diverse natures are listed through characteristic, function, action, mind, time, food, place, birth, and destination. Between them stands the unnamed sentence “through diverse nature, they become diverse in nature.” It remains without an assigned category.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Great Elements: Conditions, Characteristics, Similarity, and Difference · Doorway · Summer 2026

界隷觀與四諦The Element-Puppet Contemplation and the Four Truths

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段先說木偶,再說名為身的界隷。木偶由巧隷師以木材製作,內繩外泥、形色如人、寶衣莊嚴,牽繩便行舞倚坐;界隷身則由初煩惱隷師造作,以筋為繩、肉為泥、皮為色、虛空為孔,並由心事與風界牽動。兩段有重複詞語與相近結構,卻不是正文列出的固定數目配對;「材木作人」沒有明說的合喻對項,「虛空為孔」也只見於界隷身一側。

界隷與識界共生,因憂惱而有憂悲苦惱,也有笑戲與相拍肩等情狀。飲食支持它,命根受持它,命終便分散;若仍有業與煩惱,又會生起新的界隷,其初與其後都不可知。

觀身唯是界隷、無眾生也無壽命,正文接著列界事與受想行識,再明說已觀名色;其後依次說苦、苦集、苦滅與「苦滅具足」,並觀苦的無常苦無我、滅的寂寂妙離。末句作「正安於根力覺分,從行相心起證醍醐界」;「從」「行相」「心起」「證」如何連屬未決。(觀四大已竟)

The passage first describes a puppet and then the element-puppet called “body.” The puppet is made by a skilled craftsperson from wood, with cords inside, clay outside, a human appearance, precious garments, and movements when its cords are pulled. The element-body is made with initial defilement as puppet-maker, sinews as cords, flesh as clay, skin as color, space as openings, and movement through 心事 and the wind element. The two passages share terms and structures but are not a fixed numbered correspondence. No matching item for “wood” is stated on the element-body side, while “space as openings” occurs only there.

The element-puppet co-arises with the consciousness element, experiences sorrow, lamentation, pain, distress, laughter, play, and shoulder-patting. Food supports it, the life faculty sustains it, and at life’s end it disperses. If action and defilements remain, a new element-puppet arises; its beginning and end are unknown.

Contemplating the body only as an element-puppet, without a being or life, the passage next mentions affairs of the elements and lists feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness, then explicitly says name-and-form has been contemplated. It proceeds through suffering, the arising of suffering, the cessation of suffering, and “fulfillment of the cessation of suffering”; then through impermanence, suffering, and not-self as faults of suffering and deep quiet and wondrous separation as virtues of cessation. The final sentence reads: “Rightly established in the faculties, powers, and awakening factors, 從行相心起證醍醐界.” The attachments of 從, 行相, 心起, and 證 remain unresolved. (Contemplation of the four great elements is complete.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Element-Puppet Contemplation and the Four Truths · Doorway · Summer 2026

食不耐想總說與經營The Perception of Repulsiveness in Food: Overview and Procurement

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

食不耐想的第一行叫「經營」,而經營與入身不淨兩面並看:世人為飲食行殺、盜、乞索、欺誑、詐現精進,隨即說飲食為因而有不清淨屎尿流溢;出家人為食離開清淨山林、歷寒熱泥雨而乞食,隨即也說飲食不淨、屎尿流出。取得負擔與身內不淨都是厭患所緣。

總說先列百味經營、清淨人所貴重、色香具足、所堪大貴,隨後明說飲食入身變成不淨、成不耐、成臭腐、成可憎惡。經營段列完眾生所行與所受後,原文明說「見食如是,令起厭患」;列完出家人住處與乞食所經後,又明說「彼見如是心起厭患」。心要只並置本段兩面及兩處明文,不另推導厭患的心理成因。

若將本段明載內容作編輯性摘要,可以分為三方面:飲食如何取得、出家人為取得飲食經歷何種艱難、飲食入身後成為何物。這三方面只整理經文已有材料;本段正式列出的修法是「以經營修行食不耐想」,功德則以前文八項為準。

The first mode of the perception of repulsiveness in food is procurement, and procurement is viewed together with impurity after food enters the body. Worldly people kill, steal, beg, deceive, and falsely display energy for food; the source immediately says that food is a cause for impure excrement and urine to overflow. Renunciants leave pure mountain forests, undergo cold, heat, mud, and rain, and gather alms; the source immediately says again that food is impure and excrement and urine flow out. The burden of obtaining food and its impurity in the body are both objects of repugnance.

The general account first lists many flavors obtained through procurement, esteem by pure people, fullness of color and fragrance, and high value. It then expressly says that food entering the body changes into impurity and becomes repulsive, putrid, and loathsome. After listing what beings do and undergo in procurement, the text states “seeing food thus, he arouses repugnance”; after listing renunciants’ dwellings and journeys for alms, it states “seeing this, he arouses repugnance.” This doorway places the two aspects and the two explicit statements side by side without adding a psychological cause.

As an editorial summary, the received material can be grouped under three aspects: how food is obtained, what hardship renunciants encounter in obtaining it, and what food becomes after entering the body. These headings only arrange what the source already contains. The formal practice named here is “cultivating the food-repulsiveness perception through procurement,” and the virtues remain the eight stated in the opening.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Perception of Repulsiveness in Food: Overview and Procurement · Doorway · Summer 2026

食不耐想散用至聚The Perception of Repulsiveness in Food: Dispersed Use through Aggregation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一段依次寫散用、處、流、聚:入口和合、吞入腹中、周流全身、形成身分或起病惱。前三行各繫一喻;散用以手為簸、口為臼、齒為杵、舌作翻轉,隨後以「如狗嘔吐」說前述和合物最可厭惡。這是原文明列的譬喻。

處如嘔吐置不淨器,流如酒置破杯。論文接著把食流列成五分:一分虫噉、一分火銷、一分支持身、一分成尿、一分「成體」;五項逐一照見,而「成體」的確切意思,本段沒有解說。下一聚行另說流食形成身、髮、毛、爪等;這是另一句總說,不替前面的未決詞代下判語。

聚行以一對數目收束:流食形成身、髮、毛、爪等,令百一身分生起;若不成流,令百一病惱生起。前句說「此流食」,後句以「若不成流」起;兩句同用「百一」,分列身分與病惱。其後先說安住厭食,再作「以厭自在心,成不亂」;這句如何分句與連屬未決。下句另說心若不亂,則諸蓋滅、禪分起、外行禪成住。(不耐食想已竟)

This passage proceeds through dispersed use, place, flow, and aggregation: mixture in the mouth, swallowing into the belly, circulation through the body, and formation of bodily parts or the arising of illness. Each of the first three modes has a simile. In dispersed use the hand serves as a winnowing basket, the mouth as a mortar, and the teeth as a pestle, after which the mixture is described as “like a dog’s vomit, unfit to be seen.” These are the source’s own similes.

Place is like vomit in an unclean vessel; flow is like wine in a broken cup. The source then divides flowing food into five portions: eaten by worms, consumed by fire, supporting the body, becoming urine, and “becoming 體.” All five are retained, while the precise meaning of 成體 is not explained here. The following aggregation mode separately says that flowing food forms the body, head-hair, body-hair, nails, and so forth; that separate sentence does not settle the earlier unresolved expression.

Aggregation closes with a paired number: flowing food forms the body, head-hair, body-hair, nails, and so forth and causes one hundred and one bodily parts to arise; if it does not become a flow, it causes one hundred and one illnesses and afflictions to arise. The first clause says “this flowing food,” while the second begins “if it does not become a flow.” After the meditator comes to abide in repugnance toward food, the source reads “through repugnance, 自在 mind, becomes undistracted”; its division and attachment remain unresolved. The next sentence separately says that if the mind is undistracted, the hindrances cease, the jhāna factors arise, and access jhāna comes to abide. (The perception of repulsiveness in food is complete.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Perception of Repulsiveness in Food: Dispersed Use through Aggregation · Doorway · Summer 2026

無所有處、非非想處與品結The Bases of Nothingness and Neither-Perception-nor-Non-Perception, and the Chapter Conclusion

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

無所有處與非非想處,本段只以「如初地一切入門所說」一句前指,不再立問答。其後六行結偈,以「坐禪人行處」起,以「解脫道行處」收。

偈中「略」與「廣」、「前」與「後」兩兩相對,又明載「恒觀」「如法當分別」。但「面形」「波利弗多國」「如非如」三詞都不由本偈自釋;它們的確切意思仍未決,不能從本偈確定為概要、地名故事或一套觀法。

末註作「三十八行品已竟」;品題〈行門品〉與此名並存,大正本作「三」,四本作「四」。字面與結構可以確定,三個難詞的意思仍未決。

For the base of nothingness and the base of neither-perception-nor-non-perception, this passage gives only the backward reference “as taught in the kasiṇa doorway of the first ground” and raises no further question and answer. Six lines of concluding verse follow, beginning with “the meditator’s field of practice” and ending with “the fields of practice in the Path of Freedom.”

The verse sets “brief” against “extensive” and “before” against “after,” and expressly states “constantly contemplate” and “should be distinguished in accordance with the Dhamma.” Yet 面形, 波利弗多國, and 如非如 are not explained by the verse itself. Their exact meanings remain unresolved; this verse cannot establish that they mean an outline, a story about a place, or a particular method of contemplation.

The final note reads “The Chapter of Thirty-Eight Practices is complete.” The title Chapter on the Doorways of Practice and this closing name coexist. The Taishō text has 三, “three,” while four witnesses have 四, “four.” The literal wording and structure can be established; the meanings of the three difficult expressions remain unresolved.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Bases of Nothingness and Neither-Perception-nor-Non-Perception, and the Chapter Conclusion · Doorway · Summer 2026

五通總標與變類The Five Direct Knowledges and the Classes of Transformation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

五通品開卷不從神通說起,從門檻說起:定已作自在、住於第四禪,然後五通可起。神通在本論裡不是第六件功夫,是定修到自在以後的用;它被安放在行門品之後、分別慧品之前——在定的盡頭,不在慧的起頭。

然後論文開了一張很寬的清單。變有三種:變數量、變形狀、變出第二具身。又有七種:智、定、聖、業報所生、功德人、明術所造、方便。這七目不能切成「前三/後四」:排在最後的方便變仍以出離、羅漢道斷煩惱;業報所生、功德人、明術所造三目,才把清單帶到會飛的天與鳥、有福報的王與長者、讀誦明術而現種種軍的人。一部說解脫道的論,把飛鳥與咒師也寫了進去。

為什麼?因為論文一開頭就把通釋成「變義」,不是釋成「聖」。既然通就是變,凡能變的都得入列,沒有一道「必須是聖者」的門。

但清單之外,論文另問了一次:誰修變辯?答案只有一種人——一切入以作第四禪自在的坐禪人。寬的是名相,窄的是門檻;兩問分開,人就不會把「能飛」當成「已修」。

還有一個記號可以自己數:全段「斷」字六見,只落在智變、定辯、方便變三目,其餘四目一字不及;而第一目與第七目收在同一句「斷一切煩惱」上,把中間五目圈在裡面。這張清單不按能力大小排,按憑什麼變排。

所以讀能力清單,先讀它的「以」字。有「以」某道某定的,是走出來的;只舉一群人的,是路上撿到的。

The Chapter on the Five Direct Knowledges begins not with power but with its threshold: concentration has been brought to mastery; the meditator abides in the fourth jhāna; only then can the five direct knowledges arise. In this treatise, they are not a sixth practice alongside concentration. They are what concentration can do once mastered. Their place—after the Chapter on Fields of Practice and before the Chapter on the Analysis of Wisdom—puts them at the end of concentration, not the beginning of wisdom.

The treatise then opens a remarkably wide inventory. Transformation is first divided into three: changing number, changing form, and producing a second body. It is then divided into seven: wisdom, concentration, the noble, karmic result, persons of merit, spells, and skillful means. These cannot be divided into a simple “first three and last four.” The final item still abandons defilements through renunciation and the path of arahantship, while the middle items bring in flying devas and birds, meritorious kings and householders, and spell-holders who manifest armies. A treatise on the path to freedom has made room for birds and sorcerers.

Why? Because its first explanation takes “direct knowledge” in the sense of “transformation,” not in the sense of “noble.” Whatever can transform must therefore enter the list; there is no added gate saying that the agent must be a noble disciple.

Outside the inventory, however, the treatise asks again: Who cultivates transformative discernment? Here the answer names only the meditator who has gained mastery of the fourth jhāna through the kasiṇas. The range of the term is broad; the threshold of practice is narrow. By keeping the two questions apart, the text prevents the reader from mistaking “can fly” for “has cultivated.”

One more mark can be counted directly. The character 斷, “abandon,” occurs six times in the passage and only under three items—wisdom, concentration, and skillful means. The first and seventh items close with the same phrase, “abandon all defilements,” enclosing the five items between them. The inventory is ordered not by the magnitude of an ability, but by what the transformation depends on.

When reading an inventory of abilities, begin with its “through.” Where the text says “through” a path or an attainment, the ability has been cultivated. Where it merely names a group, the ability is something found by birth, acquisition, or learning.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Five Direct Knowledges and the Classes of Transformation · Doorway · Summer 2026

起變與四如意足Bringing Forth Transformation and the Four Bases of Power

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四如意足在這一段不是四種並列的法,是一張按出問題先後排下來的病歷。

欲定起手——不想變的人根本不動。精進定接手——動起來會「或退或住」。心定再接手——不退不住之後還會遲、還會退、還會驚怖,三病三藥各對一味:心遲作速相意,心退作定心,心驚怖作捨相。分別定殿後——連驚怖都過了,剩下的問題是時機:此時當修,此法此時不當修。標舉時第四作「慧定」,逐修時第四作「分別定」,字面不一而照錄;「分別」二字恰恰說出它在做什麼。

論文拆零件的手法也值得學。欲、定、勝行三個字,它自己給了釋義;「成就」下面那句「唯彼三法為滿,語言六分成就」,三法六分一個字也沒有;「以初義修者」的「初義」,也不釋。自釋的照它自釋的用,不釋的留白不猜——留白不是懶,是不替古人動筆。

最要緊的是收尾。一段教人起神通的文字,末尾五分之一在講不要走遠。何故?論文自答:來作觀時會起怖畏,一怖畏禪就退——而人正在空中。風險不在做不到,在做到之後嚇著自己。

所以次第樸素到近乎掃興:最初離地一尺,漸漸往上看;再依那個相,精進到一尋。前面才說身增長可至梵世,這裡只准一尺。

In this passage the four bases of power are not four parallel practices. They form a case history ordered by the problems that arise.

Desire-concentration begins the work: without the wish to transform, nothing moves. Energy-concentration takes over when practice “falls back or remains still.” Mind-concentration meets what comes next—slowness, regression, and fear—with three medicines for three illnesses: a sign of speed for a slow mind, concentration for a regressing mind, and a sign of equanimity for a frightened mind. Discernment-concentration comes last. Once even fear has passed, the remaining question is timing: this is the time to cultivate; this quality is not to be cultivated now. The opening list calls the fourth “wisdom-concentration,” while the sequential practice calls it “discernment-concentration.” The wording differs and is preserved; “discernment” nevertheless describes precisely what the fourth base does.

The treatise also models a discipline of reading. It explains desire, concentration, and dominant effort. But in “only when those three qualities are fulfilled; in words, the six parts are accomplished,” it never identifies the three qualities or six parts. Nor does it explain the “initial meaning.” What the text explains may be used. What it leaves open should not be completed on its behalf.

Most striking is the ending. A passage teaching supernormal transformation devotes its final fifth to a warning: do not travel far too quickly. Why? On turning to observe, the beginner may become afraid. Fear makes jhāna fall away—and the practitioner is already in the air. The danger is not merely failing to rise, but succeeding and then frightening oneself.

The prescribed sequence is almost plain: rise one chi, observe gradually upward, then exert oneself to one xun. The preceding unit spoke of a body reaching the Brahmā world. Here the beginning is only one chi off the ground.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Bringing Forth Transformation and the Four Bases of Power · Doorway · Summer 2026

受持變的行用The Applications of Determination-Transformation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

一門講飛的功夫,第一句話卻在問摔:從虛空退了,會不會翻下來?答語不從空中說,從坐處說——他是從先坐處起的,退則還至先坐處,見自身如先坐。所依者自始至終是那個坐處。本論教神通,開口先講怎麼不出事。

然後是總舉:以一成多、以多成一、徹過壁牆山、於地出沒、於水上行、行如飛鳥、手摸日月,乃至梵世。八件事、四個「猶如」,句法一露底就知道是同一件事的八種說法——在甲處作乙處用。

真正的門道在配屬。要在地上像在水裡出沒,修的是水一切入;要在水上像走地一樣,修的是地一切入。想在甲處作乙處用,就修乙處的一切入。不是把地變軟、把水變硬,是把地受持成水、把水受持成地。原句作「性水」「性地」;「性」字本身不釋,只能照錄,不能拿「本有」等近義詞代換。

四節的骨架完全一樣:入第四禪、安詳出、以智受持、此當成某某。既然都一樣,何必各寫一遍?因為分寫四遍,才看得出整門的變數只有一個——受持什麼相。前面的定力是共法,變化不從那裡來。

手摸日月一節最見分寸:受持「此當成近手」之後,那人是或坐或臥摸捫日月的。受持的是「近」,不是位移。

所以讀本論說某種能力,先找它的「此當成…」句。那是動手處;而動的永遠是相,不是物。

A teaching on flight begins by asking about falling. If the practitioner falls away from jhāna while in space, will he tumble to the ground? The answer speaks not from the air but from the sitting place: he rose from his earlier seat; when he falls away he returns to it and sees his body sitting as before. From first to last, the earlier sitting place remains the support. Before this treatise teaches supernormal action, it speaks of how not to come to harm.

It then gives the inventory: making one many and many one; passing through walls, enclosures, and mountains; sinking into the earth; walking on water; traveling like a bird; touching the sun and moon; reaching the Brahmā world. Four items use “as though” or “like.” Their grammar discloses a single operation: making one domain function as another.

The assignment of practices shows the method. To sink into earth as into water, cultivate the water kasiṇa. To walk on water as on earth, cultivate the earth kasiṇa. To make A function as B, cultivate the kasiṇa of B. It is not a matter of softening earth or hardening water, but of resolving earth as water and water as earth. The source closes the two sections with “the nature of water” and “the nature of earth.” It does not define “nature,” so the word is preserved rather than replaced with “inherent” or “real.”

Four operations share the same frame: enter the fourth jhāna, emerge calmly, resolve with knowledge, “Let this become …” Repetition exposes the only variable—which sign is determined. Concentration is the common preparation; the variation does not occur there.

Touching the sun and moon reveals the restraint of the account. After resolving, “Let this come within reach of my hand,” the practitioner touches them while sitting or lying down. What has been determined is nearness, not bodily displacement.

So when this treatise describes an ability, first find its sentence, “Let this become …” That is where the operation occurs, and what changes is always the determined sign, not a claim about transforming an external thing.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Applications of Determination-Transformation · Doorway · Summer 2026

作變、意所造變與散句Form-Transformation, Mind-Produced Transformation, and Miscellaneous Statements

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

受持變一門很長,作變一門也長;二者的差別,論文只給一句話:受持變不捨形色,作變捨形色。不是能力大小,不是所緣廣狹——是那個身還在不在。意所造變再進一步:身內先空出來,猶如空瓶,然後在那個空裡另造一位;造出來的與神通人並存,你逍遙他也逍遙。一個身變樣、一個身換樣、一個身之外多一個身:三條界,一句話一條。

論文只為受持變與作變設「何差別」之問,不為作變與意所造變設。因為意所造變另有一個所化身在場,界線自明;受持變與作變則都只在一身上用功,共用同式的修身心前行,混起來極容易。它設問之處,就是它預判你會弄錯之處。

所化人寫得極細:身分具足,諸根不少;神通人坐臥他也坐臥,出煙焰他也出煙焰,問他也問、答他也答。像到這個地步,是不是一個眾生?

論文的答案在散句裡,六個字:「於化人,無壽命根」。語氣輕得像順便一提,卻把前面所有的「亦…亦…」壓在一條界線之下。身分是造的,諸根是造的,坐臥問答是隨的;命不是造得出來的東西。

同一件事還有一個說法:所造之色,到時作分別它就不現,不作分別則念念不現。所造之物沒有自己的壽命。

Determination-transformation receives a long treatment, and so does form-transformation. Yet the treatise gives their difference in one sentence: determination-transformation does not relinquish the form; form-transformation does. The distinction is not the magnitude of the ability or breadth of its object, but whether that body remains. Mind-produced transformation adds another step: the meditator first makes an empty space within the body, like an empty vessel, then produces another person there. The produced person coexists with the practitioner: when the practitioner strolls, it strolls. One body changes in number; one body exchanges its form; beside one body another body appears. Three boundaries, each drawn in one sentence.

The treatise asks explicitly for the difference only between determination- and form-transformation. It does not ask for the difference between form- and mind-produced transformation. The reason is visible in the text. Mind-produced transformation places another body on the scene, so its boundary is already plain. The first two both operate with one body and share a parallel preparation of body and mind; they are easy to confuse. Where the treatise asks “what is the difference?” is where it expects the reader to make a mistake.

The produced person is described minutely: all bodily parts complete, no faculty lacking; when the practitioner sits or lies down, it does the same; when he emits smoke and flame or asks and answers, it follows. At that degree of resemblance, is it a living being?

The answer appears quietly among the miscellaneous statements: “the produced person has no life faculty.” Bodily parts are made, faculties are made, sitting and speaking are followed; life is not something the transformation can produce.

The same boundary appears another way. The produced form ceases to appear in relation to discrimination; it has no duration belonging to itself.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Form-Transformation, Mind-Produced Transformation, and Miscellaneous Statements · Doorway · Summer 2026

天耳通的能起與修法Who Brings Forth the Divine Ear, and How It Is Cultivated

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一門短,卻藏著本品最有意思的一處編排:同一件事,論文給了兩個方向相反的次第,一個字的判語也不加。

先師說:先聞自身眾生的聲,再聞身外的,再聞依所住處的——由近而遠。緊接著「復說」:初坐禪人不能先聞自身的聲,因為那是細聲,自性耳不是它的境界;所以要從遠處螺鼓等大聲起手——由遠而近。

兩說掉頭相對。可直接核實的是:第二說明言自身聲細、非自性耳境界,所以先取遠螺鼓等聲;第一說只列自身聲、身外聲、依所住處聲的次第,沒有把「近」說成較易。論文不判二說,本編也不替它們補上一個共同的難易原則。

這一門講的是「過人耳」,本段卻四次明出「自性耳」:從自性耳起天耳界、依自性耳界而修、所取的螺鼓聲依自性耳;末了一句更直白——若失自性耳,天耳界也失。

所以本段能確定的是:天耳界的起、修、所取與失都繫於自性耳。至於二者在體性上如何成立,本文沒有另作界說。兩個次第也只按各自明言的起點與理由分列,不代為調和。

本門的誡只一句:不應作意於最可畏。理由是可受的聲勾欲愛、可畏的聲勾驚怖——新開的耳,兩頭都容易被聲音拉走。與前門「不當速遠行」是同一個道理:不是那些東西壞,是新得的能力還托不住強的所緣。

This method is short, yet it contains one of the chapter’s most revealing arrangements. The treatise gives two opposite sequences for the same practice and adds no verdict.

The former teachers say: first hear the sounds of beings within one’s own body, then those outside the body, then those in the place where one lives—from near to far. Immediately afterward comes a further account: a beginner cannot first hear sounds within the body because they are subtle and not the object of the natural ear. Begin instead with the distant sound of a conch or drum—from far to near.

The two accounts face opposite ways. What can be verified is limited. The second explicitly says that sounds within the body are subtle and not the natural ear’s object, and therefore begins with a distant conch or drum. The first merely states its sequence; it does not say that what is near is easier. The treatise does not adjudicate, so this edition does not invent a common law of difficulty to reconcile them.

Although this knowledge is defined as surpassing the human ear, the passage names the “natural ear” four times: the divine-ear element arises from it, practice relies upon it, the sound of the conch and drum depends upon it, and if it is lost the divine-ear element is lost as well.

The passage therefore establishes that the arising, cultivation, object, and loss of the divine-ear element are all tied to the natural ear. It does not define their relationship in terms of essence, and that question remains open.

One warning governs the method: do not attend to what is most frightening. A receivable sound may draw sensual desire; a frightening sound may draw fear. Like the earlier warning not to travel far too quickly, the point is not that the object is evil, but that a newly opened capacity may not yet carry a powerful object without being pulled away.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Who Brings Forth the Divine Ear, and How It Is Cultivated · Doorway · Summer 2026

他心智的能起與修法Who Brings Forth Knowledge of Others’ Minds, and How It Is Cultivated

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

讀別人的心,這一門卻不從心下手,從色下手。

以光一切入入第四禪,出定後先以光令滿自己的身,以天眼看自己的「心意色」。然後把心與色的對照排出來:喜根相應的意色如酪酥,憂根如紫,捨根如蜜;愛欲如黃,瞋恚如黑,無明如濁,信與智相應則如清。七種心,七種色。

先在自己身上把這張表練熟——「以自身變分別色變」——然後才以光令滿他人的身,以天眼見他人的心意色,由色之變分別心之變。

為什麼要先在自己身上練?因為自身是可以反覆核對的樣本:起什麼心自己知道,現什麼色自己看得見,對錯當場可校。他身沒有這個條件。先立表,再讀人。

最要緊的是下一句:「起他心智除色變分別。唯取心事。」——他心智一旦起了,就把色變的分別撤掉,只取心事。七色是梯子,上去了就抽掉;留著它,看見的還是色不是心。

於是最後的驗相樸素到極點:有愛心知有愛心、無愛心知無愛心,有瞋恚知有瞋恚、無瞋恚知無瞋恚。沒有顏色,沒有光,只有知與不知。

而論文同時劃了界:無漏的他心不是凡夫境界;無色處眾生的心,唯是佛的境界。梯子撤了,能到的地方仍然有邊。

This method reads another person’s mind, yet it does not begin with mind. It begins with color.

Entering the fourth jhāna through the light kasiṇa, the meditator emerges and first fills his own body with light, then uses the divine eye to see “the form of his own mind and intention.” He then lays out the correspondence between mind and color: the form associated with the faculty of joy is like curds or ghee, that associated with the faculty of grief is purple, and that associated with the faculty of equanimity is like honey; sensual desire is yellow, ill will black, ignorance turbid, and faith or knowledge clear. Seven kinds of mind, seven colors.

First practice this table on one’s own body until it is familiar—“discern changes in form through changes in oneself”—and only then fill another person’s body with light, use the divine eye to see the form of that person’s mind and intention, and discern changes in mind through changes in form.

Why practice first on oneself? Because one’s own body is a sample that can be checked repeatedly: one knows which mind has arisen, sees which color appears, and can check at once whether the correspondence is right or wrong. Another person’s body does not offer that condition. First establish the table; then read another person.

The most important sentence is the next: “Once knowledge of others’ minds has arisen, remove discernment through changes in form. Take only the object of mind.” Once knowledge of others’ minds has arisen, discernment through changes in form is withdrawn and only the object of mind is taken. The seven colors are a ladder: once one has climbed it, pull it away; if it remains, what one sees is still form, not mind.

The final sign is therefore utterly plain: if there is a mind with desire, know a mind with desire; if there is no desire, know a mind without desire; if there is a mind with ill will, know a mind with ill will; if there is no ill will, know a mind without ill will. There is no color, no light—only knowing and not knowing.

At the same time, the treatise draws a boundary: another’s undefiled mind is not within an ordinary person’s range; the mind of a being in the formless realm is within the Buddha’s range alone. Even when the ladder has been removed, there are still limits to how far one can go.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Who Brings Forth Knowledge of Others’ Minds, and How It Is Cultivated · Doorway · Summer 2026

憶宿命智的種類與修法The Kinds and Cultivation of Knowledge Recollecting Past Lives

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

五通之中,這一門是唯一倒著走的。

其餘四門都往外推:聽更遠的聲、知別人的心、見別的世間。這一門往回退,而且起點極近——「從現坐處」。就是此刻坐著的這個地方。從這裡起,憶這一日所作的身、口、意;再憶昨夜;再一日、二日、一月、二月、一年、二年三年百年;一路退到最初出生時所作的事。

倒著走的次第之所以要一段一段來,是因為所憑的不是記性,是心心數法的相續:依最初的心心數法而得生,以心相續生,現觀因緣,憶識流轉,兩俱不斷。斷了就接不上——所以不能跳。

最耐人尋味的是憶不起來時的處理。論文不教人更用力去想,它說:不應捨精進,而要「更重令起禪」;起了禪,好好令它自在——「如磨鏡法」。

問題不在記憶力,在鏡子髒了。憶宿命所憑的是定的清淨;照不清楚,該做的是回去磨鏡,不是把眼睛瞪得更大。這一句可以推到本論許多地方:修行卡住時,本論開的藥方多半不是加強本項,是回到前行。

論文也劃了不可憶之處:畜生生、無色生不可憶,無想生不可想——因為它是無想性的。

而憶之遠近,這一門排得最長:外道四十劫(過此不能憶,身無力故)、聖聲聞一萬劫、最大聲聞、最大緣覺、如來正遍覺。五通之中唯此一門把外道也列了進來——記得久,本身不是聖者的憑據。

Of the five direct knowledges, this is the only method that walks backward.

The other methods expand outward: hearing more distant sounds, knowing another’s mind, seeing other worlds. This one retreats, and its starting point is astonishingly near—“the present sitting place.” From where one sits now, recollect the bodily, verbal, and mental acts of this day; then the previous night; then one day, two days, one month, two months, one year, two years, three years, a hundred years, all the way back to one’s first birth.

The passage moves segment by segment because its support is not memory in the ordinary sense, but the continuity of mind and mental factors: mind arises in continuity, conditions are presently observed, recollective consciousness flows, and the line remains unbroken. If a segment cannot be joined, one cannot simply leap over it.

Most revealing is what to do when recollection fails. The treatise does not say to think harder. It says not to abandon energy, but to bring forth jhāna again; once it has arisen, make it masterful, “like polishing a mirror.”

The problem is not the strength of memory, but a clouded mirror. Recollection depends on the clarity of concentration. When it does not reflect, polish concentration rather than stare harder at the object. The instruction reaches beyond this method: when a practice stalls, the treatise often sends the practitioner back to its preparation.

The text also names what cannot be recollected: birth as an animal, birth in the formless realm, and birth without perception—the last cannot be conceived because it is without perception.

Its scale of reach is the chapter’s longest: a non-Buddhist practitioner remembers forty eons, a noble disciple ten thousand, then a chief disciple, a chief solitary buddha, and a Fully Awakened One. This alone among the five methods places non-Buddhist practitioners on its scale. Remembering for a long time is therefore not itself evidence of nobility.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Kinds and Cultivation of Knowledge Recollecting Past Lives · Doorway · Summer 2026

天眼通與五通散句The Divine Eye and Miscellaneous Statements on the Five Direct Knowledges

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

天眼一門的修法,走到一半忽然剎住。

先修四如意足,入第四禪,作意光想與日想而受持:此日如夜、此夜如日。心無礙無所著,於是修行的心成為有光明——沒有闇的障礙,過於日光。再以光明令滿於內,作意色形,以智令滿光明。

一路寫到這裡,光已經圓滿了。然後論文說了一句:「彼非天眼。」

那個還不是天眼。要「以智見內光明色」,這才叫天眼。光是被見的對象,不是能見;把光修出來只是把燈打亮,見還沒有發生。這一句是全門的樞紐——修出來的境界不等於功夫。它也是本論一貫的手法:先讓你以為到了,再告訴你還差一步。

接著是一張很長的應斷清單:疑、不正憶、懈怠、睡眠、慢、邪喜、惡口、急疾精進、遲緩精進、多語、種種想、最觀色。論文不出其總數。而它的厲害處在下一句:這些煩惱只要成就其中任何一項,天眼要起時定就會退;定退,光明失,見色也失。一根針就能把整張網戳破。

定即使不退,若不得自在,天眼也只是「小」——小定、小眼、知少光明、見小色。世尊自己的話擺在這裡:無量三昧,才有無量天眼。能見多遠,量的是定,不是眼。

末段的散句更把界線收緊:五神通是世間神通、有漏、色界繫、凡夫所共,而且不於無色界生。〈五通品〉用了卷九的大半篇幅講神通,收尾一句把它放回原處——它了不起,但它是世間的。

Halfway through the method of the divine eye, the treatise suddenly stops.

The meditator cultivates the four bases of power, enters the fourth jhāna, attends to the perceptions of light and sun, and determines, “This day is as night; this night is as day.” With the mind unobstructed and unattached, luminosity arises, free of darkness and brighter than sunlight. He fills the interior with light, attends to visible form, and fills the light through knowledge.

At this point the light is complete. Then the treatise says: “That is not yet the divine eye.”

Only seeing the internally luminous forms through knowledge is called the divine eye. Light is what is seen, not the seeing. Producing light merely lights the lamp; vision has not yet occurred. The distinction governs the method: a cultivated experience is not identical with the capacity that knows it.

Next comes a long list of defilements to abandon. The decisive sentence says that any single one is enough to make concentration fall away. When concentration falls, light is lost; when light is lost, seeing form is lost. One needle can puncture the entire net.

Even if the defilements are gone, the divine eye remains small when concentration lacks mastery: small concentration, small eye, little light, small forms. The Blessed One’s own contrast makes the measure plain: immeasurable samādhi, immeasurable divine eye. What measures the range of seeing is concentration, not the eye.

The final miscellaneous statements tighten the boundary further. The five direct knowledges are worldly, tainted, bound to the form realm, shared with ordinary people, and do not arise in the formless realm. After devoting most of fascicle nine to supernormal knowledge, the chapter’s last line returns it to its proper place: extraordinary, but still worldly.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Divine Eye and Miscellaneous Statements on the Five Direct Knowledges · Doorway · Summer 2026

慧的總說與功德偈A General Account of Wisdom and the Verse on Its Qualities

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別慧品〉開卷,一口氣問了九個問題:云何慧、何相、何味、何起、何處、何功德、慧者何義、幾功德為得波若、幾種波若。而這一段只答到第六個為止;後面三問要到下一段才接。問滿再答、答不完就留著,是本論的老規矩:先把地圖攤開,再一格一格走。

答的部分給了三重界說,一重比一重不像定義。第一重六個字:「意事如見」。第二重換一個角度:作意饒益與不饒益、作意莊嚴。第三重乾脆引《阿毘曇》,一口氣排出十幾個名字——慧、智、擇法妙相隨觀、聰明、曉了分別、思惟見大、易悟、牽正智,然後是一串以「慧」為頭的詞:慧鉤、慧根、慧力、慧仗、慧殿、慧光、慧明、慧燈、慧實。

這一串不是定義,是同義的堆疊。鉤是拉住的,根是長出來的,力是使得動的,仗是靠得住的,殿是住得下的,光明燈是照得見的,實是結得出的。一個字配一個譬,九個「慧」字排下來,慧的用處就自己顯了出來——論文不必再解釋。

相味起處也是二說並存:一說「如達為相,擇為味,不愚癡為起,四諦為處」,一說「了義光明為相,入正法為味,除無明闇為起,四辯為處」。論文不擇一。

功德則不論說,逕以一偈略聞。而偈的第一句就把慧放回全書的位置上:「以慧淨諸戒,入禪亦二慧」——戒要慧來淨,禪要慧來入。前面九卷講戒講定,到這裡才說:那些也都靠慧。

The Chapter on the Analysis of Wisdom opens by asking nine questions in one breath: what wisdom is, its characteristic, function, manifestation, basis, and qualities; what the word means; how many qualities lead to paññā; and how many kinds there are. This passage answers only the first six. The remaining three wait for the next unit. Ask the whole map, answer what fits, and leave the rest open: the treatise first spreads out the route, then crosses it square by square.

The answer gives three accounts, each less like a definition than the last. The first is only “the matter of mind as seen.” The second turns to attending to what is beneficial and unbeneficial, and to adornment. The third cites the Abhidhamma and pours out a long series: wisdom, knowledge, selection of qualities, intelligence, discernment, reflection, great seeing, easy comprehension, and right knowledge—then nine expressions beginning with “wisdom”: hook, faculty, power, staff, hall, light, brightness, lamp, fruit.

The series is not a single definition but an accumulation of likenesses. A hook catches, a root grows, power moves, a staff supports, a hall shelters, light and lamp reveal, fruit ripens. One concrete image follows another until the use of wisdom becomes visible without a formal definition.

Two accounts of characteristic, function, manifestation, and basis remain side by side. One has reaching, selection, nondelusion, and the Four Truths; the other illumination, entry into the true Dhamma, removal of ignorance, and the four discriminations. The treatise chooses neither.

For qualities, prose gives way to a verse. Its first line returns wisdom to the whole work: “Through wisdom all virtues are purified; entry into jhāna is likewise two wisdoms.” Virtue is purified through wisdom; jhāna is entered through wisdom. After nine fascicles on virtue and concentration, the text now says that both were already being upheld by wisdom.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · A General Account of Wisdom and the Verse on Its Qualities · Doorway · Summer 2026

慧義、得慧功德與分類The Meaning of Wisdom, Qualities for Its Attainment, and Its Classifications

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

問慧有幾種,論文答得極簡:二種、三種、四種。

然後它排出十一組:二種一組,三種三組,四種七組。各組依標數列二、三或四目;七組「四種慧」也各換一套分類名目。欲界色界無色界無繫是一組四,法智比智他心智等智是另一組四,義辯法辯辭辯樂說辯又是一組四。「四種」不是一個分類本身,而是七組都採用的列目數。

所以遇到「復次」領起的同數之列,不要先當作補漏;本段多次以它換一組分類或重釋。七組「四種慧」各自列目,本文也沒有把七組合成一張總表;讀者應先保留各組的分類界線。

最耐看的是四辯那一組。它一連給了五個解釋:於義智/於因果智/於苦及滅智/九分教之知法/於眼智。義辯、法辯、辭辯三個在五釋之間換來換去——一會兒義辯繫於苦滅,一會兒繫於因果;法辯一會兒繫於集道,一會兒繫於九分教。

而樂說辯五釋全同:「於智智」。四樣東西裡三樣都在換所繫,唯獨這一樣五次不動。

還有一處也值得記著:二種慧那一組,世慧列九目、出世慧列九目,一一相對——有漏對無漏、有結對無結,一路對到有煩惱對無煩惱。後列沿用前列九個詞幹,以「無」逐目對翻前列的「有」或「是」;不是在每一目原字面上單純添一個字。

Asked how many kinds of wisdom there are, the treatise answers with striking brevity: two, three, and four.

It then gives eleven groups: one twofold, three threefold, and seven fourfold. Each group contains the announced number of items, but each of the seven fourfold groups uses a different classification. Sense-realm, form-realm, formless-realm, and unbound wisdom form one four; Dhamma knowledge, inferential knowledge, knowledge of others’ minds, and equal knowledge another; the four discriminations yet another. “Four kinds” is not one classification. It is the number of cuts shared by seven distinct classifications.

Therefore, when “further” introduces another list of the same size, do not assume it fills an omission in the preceding list. Here it repeatedly changes the classificatory axis or supplies a fresh explanation. The seven fourfold groups keep their own boundaries; the treatise never merges them into one table.

The most revealing group is the four discriminations. Five explanations follow. Across them, meaning, Dhamma, and language repeatedly change what they are attached to—meaning may concern suffering and cessation or cause and result; Dhamma may concern origin and path or the ninefold teaching.

Only the fourth remains word-for-word unchanged in all five explanations: “knowledge concerning knowledge” is discrimination of eloquence. Three move; one stays still.

The twofold group offers another exact pattern. Worldly and supramundane wisdom each have nine entries corresponding one by one—with influxes / without influxes, with fetters / without fetters, all the way through defilement / no defilement. The second list reuses the nine stems and reverses each through “without.”


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Meaning of Wisdom, Qualities for Its Attainment, and Its Classifications · Doorway · Summer 2026

五方便總標與色陰General Outline of the Five Means and the Aggregate of Form

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈五方便品〉開卷第一句,先連下五個「樂」字,然後標出五處方便:陰、入、界、因緣、聖諦。這五個名目一標完,整品的目次就定了——後文五段各講一項,五項講完,品也就完了。

標完綱,論文立刻開講第一項的第一陰:色陰。四大先出,地水火風各一句,以「云何」發問、以「此謂」收句,四問四答一個模子,不出一個譬。然後是所造色的長列。

這份長列最值得記住的一件事是:它自報的數,在標列上數不出來。

末句說「二十六所造色及四大,成三十色」。可是回到前面那一串頓號逐目去數,只有二十四目。缺的兩目不在別處——標列裡「無常揣食處色」六個字,逐釋處是分成三目講的:色無常、氣味揣食、界處色。二十四減一加三,才是二十六。

所以本段教的讀法很簡單:提綱可以擠、可以連寫,逐釋不能。一目一句落實過去的那一長串以「此謂」領起的收句,才是清單的實體;前面那一列只是它的影子。數影子會少,數實體才準。而兩邊數不齊時,不必替原文補頓號,把兩個數並排記著就好。

同一種錯開,本段不只一處。標列作「增長色」,逐釋作「色聚」;標列作「眠色」,四本作「眼色」,而逐釋作「睡眠色」。還有更奇的一處:釋「色輕」與釋「色軟」的兩句,底本都作「是色輕性」——同一個詞釋了兩個名,而四本在後一句作「軟性」。這些都照原樣錄下、誌其異讀,不代為改齊。

五內入的講法另有可觀:每一目都講兩遍。第一遍立其用——所知之境、有對、依之而某識起;第二遍說其身——所依之處、形量之譬、初業所成、某大最多。眼如半芥子、如蟣子頭,耳如青豆莖,鼻如拘毘陀羅形,舌如欝波羅花形;身入無形可狀,就改用減法,除毛髮爪齒與所餘不受的部分。五目各偏一大:眼火、耳空、鼻風、舌水、身地。

還有一處值得停下來的:論文講到一半,插了一句「如說觀四大」,叫人回去看前面。回去看的是品八的觀四大門,而那裡同一個句式作「取諸大」,這裡作「取諸蓋」——一字之差。範圍內沒有校記,各本也不分歧;分歧的是本論的兩處自身。這種地方,記下來就是了,不必代它判。

The first sentence of the Chapter on Five Means repeats “aspires” five times, then names five fields of method: aggregates, sense bases, elements, conditionality, and noble truths. Once these five are named, the chapter’s entire table of contents is in place. The five later sections treat them one by one, and when the fifth closes, the chapter closes.

Having stated the outline, the treatise immediately begins the first aggregate under the first means: form. The four great elements come first. Earth, water, fire, and wind each receive one question and one answer, beginning with “what is” and closing with “this is called.” Four answers use one pattern and not one simile. Then comes the long inventory of derived form.

The most memorable fact about the inventory is this: its reported total cannot be counted from its heading list.

The final sentence says that twenty-six derived forms together with the four great elements make thirty. Yet the preceding punctuated list contains only twenty-four items. The two missing items are not elsewhere. The single string “impermanence-bolus-food-domain form” becomes three entries in the definitions: impermanence of form, flavor as morsel food, and form as the domain of the elements. Twenty-four minus one plus three makes twenty-six.

The reading practice is simple: a heading can compress and run items together; individual explanations cannot. The chain of definitions, each landing in its own closure, is the body of the inventory; the earlier list is its shadow. Counting the shadow yields too few. Where the two totals differ, one need not repair the source with new punctuation. Keep both numbers visible.

The same half-step displacement occurs elsewhere. The heading has “growth of form,” while the definition has “cluster of form.” The heading has “sleep form,” all four witnesses have “eye form,” and the explanation again has “sleep form.” Stranger still, the base uses “the nature of lightness” to define both lightness and softness; all four witnesses read “softness” in the second definition. Each form is retained and the differences are recorded without making them uniform.

The five internal bases follow another exact design. Each is explained twice. First comes function: its object, resistance, and the consciousness arising dependent on it. Then comes body: location, a simile of shape, production by the first kamma, and the predominant element. The eye is compared to half a mustard seed and a louse’s head; the ear to a green-bean stem; the nose to a kovidāra; the tongue to an utpala. Because bodily sensitivity has no single shape, it is described by subtraction, excluding hair, nails, teeth, and unreceptive parts. Their predominant elements are assigned in turn: fire for the eye, space for the ear, wind for the nose, water for the tongue, and earth for the body.

One final place deserves a pause. The treatise interrupts itself with “as explained in contemplating the four great elements,” directing the reader to Chapter Eight. There the parallel sentence says “apprehends the great elements,” while here it says “apprehends the hindrances”—one character apart in Chinese. There is no critical note, and the witnesses do not differ. The discrepancy lies between two passages of the treatise itself. Such a place should remain visible; it need not be decided on the reader’s behalf.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · General Outline of the Five Means and the Aggregate of Form · Doorway · Summer 2026

色法差別、令起與聚Differences among Forms, Their Arising, and Clusters

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四大與所造色差在哪裡?論文只用一個「依」字分開:四大彼此互依而共生,所造色依四大而生;反過來,所造色既不撐四大,也不撐別的所造色。

然後給了一個喻,而且一個喻用了兩層:三根杖互相支著才立得住,這是四大;三根杖的影子也彼此相倚,可是影子不撐影子,影子撐在杖上——這是所造色。同一個物象,杖一層、影一層,而影的全部結構都是杖給的。

這個喻定了整段的工作:既然影全由杖出,要看清影,就得追它從哪裡來、跟哪些影綁在一起。追來處叫「令起」,看綁在一起的叫「聚」。

令起是六個箱子:九色從業來,二色從心來,一色從時節心來,四色從時心食來,十二色從四因緣來,二色無所從來。九加二加一加四加十二加二,正好三十——上一單元清點出來的那三十色,一個不多、一個不少。

聚是二十七個箱子:業所起九、心所起九、時節所起六、食所起三。

讀這一段,先要記住一件事:名字後面那個數,是內容,不是位置。眼十不是第十,是那一聚有十個法共生不相離;命根九是九個法;清淨八是八個法。把它讀成序號,整段就散了。

九聚之中論文只詳講一個:眼十。而這一段是全段最深的。眼十到老時生第二眼十,第二眼十到老時生第三眼十——然後論文說,初十正在壞、第二十正在老、第三十正在起,三者合起來才算一個剎那。不是三個剎那接成串,是一剎那裡同時有三重。

接著是很老實的一句:這中間的接縫看不見,因為剎那太快,世間之知照不到。看不見怎麼辦?論文不給顯微鏡,改給兩個譬:如江流、如燈焰。看得見的是相續,看不見的是一段一段。

還有一處值得停下來。心所起九聚裡有一目作「清淨口作七」,而同列其餘各目是九、十、十一;校記記著四本都作「十」。可以照四本改嗎?不可以。照著改,就把一處並存的兩讀變成一個唯一的定讀,讀者從此看不見這裡曾經分歧過。所以本編從底本作「七」,把四本之讀並記著。

How do the four great elements differ from their derived forms? The treatise separates them through one word: dependence. The elements arise together in mutual dependence; derived form arises dependent on them. Derived form supports neither the elements nor other derived form.

Then one simile works at two levels. Three sticks stand only by supporting one another: the four great elements. Their shadows also appear to lean together, but shadows do not support shadows; all their structure comes from the sticks. One image holds two levels—sticks and shadows.

That image determines the work of the passage. To understand a shadow, trace where it comes from and what remains bound with it. Tracing its source is “what brings it forth”; seeing what stays bound is “cluster.”

The first way has six boxes: nine forms come from kamma, two from mind, one from mind at a time, four from time, mind, and food, twelve from four conditions, and two from nothing that brings them forth. Nine plus two plus one plus four plus twelve plus two is thirty—the same thirty forms inventoried in the preceding unit.

The second way has twenty-seven boxes: nine clusters from kamma, nine from mind, six from time, and three from food.

One rule is indispensable: the number after a name is its content, not its position. Eye-ten is not the tenth item; it contains ten inseparable qualities. Life-faculty-nine contains nine; pure-eight contains eight. Read them as ordinals and the whole passage dissolves.

Only one of the nine kamma-born clusters is explained in detail: eye-ten. When one eye-ten ages it gives rise to a second, and when the second ages it gives rise to a third. The treatise then says that the first is breaking, the second aging, and the third arising, and all three together make one moment. They are not three successive moments but three levels within one.

The seam cannot be seen because a moment is too light and swift for worldly knowledge. In place of a microscope, the treatise gives two images: river flow and lamp flame. Continuity is visible; its joints are not.

One reading must remain unsettled. The base names “pure-verbal-intimation-seven,” while all four witnesses read “ten,” matching the neighboring nine, ten, and eleven. Correcting it would erase the fact that two readings exist. The body therefore keeps seven and the apparatus keeps ten beside it.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Differences among Forms, Their Arising, and Clusters · Doorway · Summer 2026

色法之生、種種與一種The Birth, Varieties, and Unity of Form

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

色陰講到這裡,五行走完最後三件:以生、以種種、以一種。

以生是一張出生時的清單。受生那一剎那起幾個色?胎生的男女三十,不男不女二十,欲界化生而諸根具足的七十;生盲的減眼十,生聾的減耳十,盲又聾的減兩聚;梵天四十九,無想天九。十二個位排下來,多的多、少的少,論文一句評語也沒有,只說「如是以生可知」。

以種種是六把刀。粗與細、內與外、根與非根、受與非受與有壞、可見有對與不可見有對與不可見無對、自性與形與相與分別。六把刀的刀口全不相同,切的卻是同一塊料——而每切一次,論文都報數。

於是這一段提供了多組可以直接驗算的數列:十二加十八、五加二十五、八加二十二、九加九加十二、一加十一加十八、十九加七加三加一——六次都是三十。前面十二個受生位的數,也一樣逐聚加得出來。

所以讀這一段有個很實在的辦法:看見一組「幾色幾色」,就把它加起來對總數。加得攏,說明壓縮的地方你讀對了;加不攏,就回查是否有一串字被當成了一個目。本段就有現成的例子——「十九自性色」逐目數來只得十六,差的三目藏在「水界揣食處色」六個字裡。這已經是本論第三次這樣壓縮了。

還有一個小陷阱不是壓縮,是標點:「九色不受」列到「老色」就打了句號,剩下的「無常及眠」在下一句。七加二才是九,目數跨過了一個句號。

最後一行忽然變臉。以一種不報數、不分支,只有一串判語連下:非因非無因、有緣有為、有漏有縛有結有流有厄有蓋、無記無事、非心數、非學非非學、非見所斷非思惟所斷。前面兩行把三十色拆開來看,這一行把它們合起來看;合起來時,共有的是一長串「非」與「不」。

然後一句「此謂色陰」收住。從三十色的清冊算起,色陰用了三個單元;而五方便的第一項「陰方便」,這才講完第一陰。

The final three of five ways complete the aggregate of form: birth, varieties, and unity.

Birth is a rebirth inventory. How many forms arise at that moment? Womb-born male or female has thirty; one neither male nor female, twenty; a complete spontaneous birth in the sense realm, seventy. Blindness removes eye-ten, deafness ear-ten, and both remove two clusters. Brahmā has forty-nine; a being in the heaven of nonperception has nine. Twelve positions are listed without evaluation, and every total can be reconstructed from its clusters.

Varieties uses six knives: gross/subtle, internal/external, faculty/nonfaculty, received/unreceived/vulnerable, three divisions by visibility and resistance, and intrinsic/shaped/characteristic/differentiating. The cutting edges differ, but each divides the same material—and each division reports numbers.

This yields six directly testable sums: twelve plus eighteen; five plus twenty-five; eight plus twenty-two; nine plus nine plus twelve; one plus eleven plus eighteen; and nineteen plus seven plus three plus one. Every sum is thirty. The twelve rebirth positions are equally checkable.

The practical method is therefore: whenever a distribution reports “so many forms,” add its branches and compare them with the total. If the sum fails, look for several items compressed into one string. Here “water-element-morsel-food-domain form” conceals three items. This is already the third such compression in the chapter.

A smaller trap is punctuation. The nine unreceived forms reach only seven before a period; “impermanence and sleep” begin the next sentence. The inventory crosses the stop.

Unity then changes the procedure. It gives no totals and no branches, only a long chain of common predicates: not a cause and not without cause, conditioned and worldly, with influxes and bonds, indeterminate and nonmental, neither in training nor not in training, and not abandoned by seeing or cultivation. The preceding ways divide thirty forms; this one gathers them, and their common description is largely a chain of “not.”

Finally, “this is called the aggregate of form” closes the section. The aggregate has occupied three units; only the first aggregate under the first of the five means is now complete.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Birth, Varieties, and Unity of Form · Doorway · Summer 2026

受陰與想陰The Aggregates of Feeling and Perception

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

色陰講了三個單元,受陰與想陰合用一段。兩段架的是同一把梯子——從一到七,一級一個準繩。

受陰的七級是:以相分成一,以處分成二(身受、意受),以自性分成三(樂、苦、不苦不樂),以法分成四,以根分成五,以黑白分成六(三受各配有漏無漏),以門分成七。七把刀,切出來的數恰好就是刀的序位。

七級之後跳到一百八。這個數不是拿來背的,論文把算式寫在收句裡:六目各冠一個「六」,六六三十六,三時各一個三十六——一百八。見大數先找算式,算得攏就讀對了。

想陰的梯子表面也是一到七,實際卻排出九組:三與四這兩級各出了兩組。而多出來的兩重不是隨手加的——想陰第二級立的正是「顛倒想、不顛倒想」,往下三與四那兩重就一重顛倒、一重不顛倒:不善三想對善三想(欲對出離、瞋恚對不瞋恚、害對不害),不知義四想對知義四想(於不淨作淨、於苦作樂、於無常作常、於無我作我,對上不淨、苦、無常、無我)。

想陰用自己的梯子,把自己在第二級立下的那一對,走了兩遍。

第五級又換了配法:淨與不淨兩兩相配得四句,再加一個疑想成五。同一組詞,配法卻與上面兩重都不同。

最後留一處給讀者自己看。受陰「由門七受」標的是七,句子裡卻只列到第六個就打了句號,第七目在句號的另一邊;而想陰同一級的七目,在一句之內列得整整齊齊。兩處都沒有校記。同一級、同一組門、同樣標七,為什麼一處斷、一處不斷?本段答不了,本編也不代它答——照原字錄下,讓這個問題留在該留的地方。

Form occupied three units; feeling and perception share one. Both erect the same ladder from one through seven, each level using a new criterion.

Feeling divides into one by characteristic, two by locus, three by intrinsic nature, four by quality, five by faculty, six by dark and bright, and seven by door. Seven knives produce totals matching their positions.

After seven comes one hundred eight. The number need not be memorized without understanding: six groups each contain six, making thirty-six, and the three times each contain thirty-six. The equation is written into the closure.

Perception seems to use the same one-to-seven ladder but actually gives nine groups. Levels three and four each appear twice. This repetition develops the pair announced at level two—“inverted and uninverted perception.” The unwholesome three faces the wholesome three; the four perceptions that see impurity as purity, suffering as pleasure, impermanence as permanent, and nonself as self face the four that state impurity, suffering, impermanence, and nonself directly.

Perception uses its own ladder to traverse its second-level pair twice.

At level five, pure and impure are combined in four possible ways and doubt is added as a fifth. The same vocabulary serves a new arrangement.

One unresolved punctuation remains visible. The seven feelings reach only the sixth item before a period, placing mind-consciousness-element contact after it. The seven perceptions remain together in one sentence. Same level, same doors, same announced seven—but one list breaks and the other does not. With no critical note, neither is silently regularized.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Aggregates of Feeling and Perception · Doorway · Summer 2026

行陰諸法Qualities of the Aggregate of Formations

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

行陰的界說是一句遮遣:除掉受與想,一切心數法都是行陰。論文不報總數,只把名目一列,然後逐目講。

逐目的講法是一個模子灌到底——一義、一譬、一足處

念,是心守護;如持油鉢;足處是四念處。定,是心專一;如殿裏的燈;足處是四禪。慧,是心見;如人有眼;足處是四聖諦。三十二目,一目不缺。

這三段各答一個問題,而讀者常只讀第一段。

第一段答「它是什麼」,一律以「是心」領起——心觸事、心動、心歡喜、心舉、心退。三十二個心數法,全被安置在心的某一種動作上。

第二段答「它像什麼」。譬幾乎全取日常之物:日光觸壁、作宅、誦經、人得物、人執秤、人執柂、夏天熱的人洗冷水澡;不善那邊是沸水、瞋毒蛇、蛇藏蟄、盲人摸象、惡王。沒有一個譬借天界或神變。

第三段答「它立在哪裡」,資訊最密卻最容易跳過。念立在四念處、定立在四禪、慧立在四聖諦、不瞋立在四無量、欲立在四如意足——這一欄等於把行陰諸法一一接回本論前面講過的法門。不善那邊也各有來歷:無明立在四顛倒,見立在從他聞聲、不正憶,疑立在不正作意,懈怠立在八懶處。

模子上有兩處破口。一處在最前面:三十二目都以「足處」收,唯獨第一目「觸」作「是其想處」,少一個「足」字;而校記正落在這裡——明本於此有「足」字。體例整齊是個很誘人的理由,但它證明不了文字,所以本編從底本、把明本之讀並記著。另一處是足處的說法有兩式,或以「彼」領起、或以「是其」領起,並用而不齊。

還有一件事值得自己去看。三十二目的定義都以「心」為主語,而這三十二目之中,有一目自己就叫「心」——「心者,是心清」。同一個字,一次是眾目共同的主語,一次是眾目之中的一員。這是同一個心嗎?論文不說,本編也不替它分。

(順帶記著:標列逐目只二十九詞,逐釋卻是三十二目——「喜心」「精進念」「調戲」三串各含兩目;而末一串的後半,標作「戲」而釋作「悔」。)

(還有一件該記著的:本段校記十五條,其中「柂」「墯」二字是校本已改了正文——大正原作「施」「墮」;本文從校本所呈之字。而同一行的「執」字,校本只記麗本作「報」而未改正文,本文仍作「執」。記與改,是兩個動作。)

The aggregate of formations is defined by exclusion: apart from feeling and perception, all mental factors belong to the aggregate of formations. The treatise gives no total; it simply lists the names and then explains them one by one.

Every individual explanation is poured from a single mold—one meaning, one simile, one basis.

Mindfulness is the mind’s protection; it is like carrying an oil bowl; its basis is the four establishments of mindfulness. Concentration is the mind’s unification; it is like a lamp in a hall; its basis is the four jhānas. Wisdom is the mind’s seeing; it is like a person with eyes; its basis is the four noble truths. Thirty-two items, not one omitted.

These three parts each answer one question, but readers often read only the first.

The first answers “What is it?” Every definition begins with “the mind”: the mind touches an object, the mind moves, the mind rejoices, the mind rises, the mind retreats. All thirty-two mental factors are cast as some activity of the mind.

The second answers “What does it resemble?” Almost all the similes draw on everyday things: sunlight touching a wall, building a house, reciting a scripture, a person obtaining something, a person holding scales, a person holding a rudder, and someone hot in summer bathing in cold water. On the unwholesome side there are boiling water, an angry venomous snake, a hibernating snake, blind people touching an elephant, and an evil king. Not one simile draws on a heavenly realm or supernormal powers.

The third answers “Where does it stand?” It carries the densest information, yet is the easiest to skip. Mindfulness stands on the four establishments of mindfulness, concentration on the four jhānas, wisdom on the four noble truths, non-hatred on the four immeasurables, and desire on the four bases of power—this column reconnects the qualities of the aggregate of formations, one by one, to methods already taught earlier in the treatise. The unwholesome side likewise has its own origins: ignorance stands on the four inversions, view on hearing another’s voice and incorrect recollection, doubt on improper attention, and laziness on eight fields of indolence.

The mold has two breaks. The first occurs at the very beginning: all thirty-two items close with “basis,” except the first, “contact,” which reads “its place is perception,” lacking the character for “basis.” The critical note falls precisely here—the Ming witness has that character. Regularity of form is a tempting reason, but it cannot prove the wording, so this edition follows the base text and records the Ming reading alongside it. The other break is that the basis formula takes two forms, beginning either with “that” or with “this is its”; both are used without being made uniform.

There is one more thing worth seeing for oneself. All thirty-two definitions take “mind” as their subject, yet among those thirty-two items one is itself called “mind”—“Mind is the mind’s clarity.” The same character serves once as the common subject of all the items and once as one member among them. Is it the same mind? The treatise does not say, and this edition does not distinguish them on its behalf.

(Keep this in mind as well: the heading list contains only twenty-nine expressions, but the individual explanations contain thirty-two items—the three strings “joy-mind,” “energy-mindfulness,” and “agitation-play” each contain two items; in the last string, moreover, the second half is listed as “play” but explained as “remorse.”)

(One further point should be remembered: this passage has fifteen critical notes. In two cases, the critical text has already changed the displayed body: it shows “柂” and “墯,” where the Taishō originally reads “施” and “墮”; the text here follows the characters displayed by the critical text. On the same line, however, the critical text merely records that the Korean witness reads “報” for “執” and does not alter the body, so the text here retains “執.” Recording and changing are two different acts.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Qualities of the Aggregate of Formations · Doorway · Summer 2026

識陰三門Three Approaches to the Aggregate of Consciousness

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

識陰是五陰的最後一陰。到這裡,論文的做法忽然變了。

前面四陰,愈講名目愈多——色陰列到三十色,行陰列到三十二目。到識陰,只有七個名字,一次列完,其後一個也不再添。

七個名字之後,論文換了三副眼睛,把這同一批看三遍:從處與事看、從事看、從法看。名不增而看法增。

前五個名字用同一個式子出五次:依眼緣色而生識,是謂眼識;依耳緣聲,依鼻緣香,依舌緣味,依身緣觸。模子完好。而第六、第七個一入手,收句就換了字——前五個一律「是謂」,後兩個一律「此謂」。論文不說為什麼,可是分組已經在用字裡了。

意識界的界說是一句遮遣:除掉那六個,剩下的心就是。這一手上一段剛用過——行陰的界說也是除掉受、想,剩下的都是。連著兩段,同一種立界法。

七這個數也不是這裡才有的。受陰早有「由門七受」,想陰早有「以由門七想」,兩處都已經把意分作意界與意識界而成七。識陰只是第一次把這一列叫作七識。數目字是接榫:讀到一個數,回頭找它上一次在哪裡,段與段就接上了。同一個接榫再往下走,還會連著遞增——識陰三行、五陰四行、十二入五行。

三門之中,第一門最難讀。那一句連寫成串的話,其實是一張三欄表:三個主語各配法、處、事三項;而還原的憑據就在上一句——意界五事、意識界六事,數目對得上,欄位就對得上。連寫不是抄漏,是本論行文的常態;本品這已是第五次。

第二門的句勢是先說不能、再說何以能:六句一律先立一個「不」,隨後給出解。而解只用兩個詞,其中「迅速」二字全論只出現四次,四次都在這幾行裡。讀這一門容易誤以為在講心的無能,其實重心全在後半。

第三門的骨頭是一個「設」字,五行之內出現十四次。五識是定的,意界稍活,意識界最活——愈往後愈不能一口咬定,於是這個字愈密。七識之間的差別,這裡不靠說明,靠一個字出現的疏密就顯出來了。

有一處值得自己去停。「六識」這個詞本段出現九次,只有第一次自帶界說(除掉這六識,剩下的心是意識界,故其六是七減意識界)。其後八次,論文一次也沒有再說是哪六個。這是本論的一種習慣:一個詞第一次出現時自帶界說,其後便一路使用而不回頭。第一處沒接住,後面就只能猜。

末了一句收兩事:既收識陰,又收五陰。五陰之答自色陰起,到這一句才算走完。

(順帶記著:三門的收句並不畫一,前二門作「可知」而第三門作「勝可知」,多一個字。又:上一段一目一譬、三十二目無一缺,本段一譬不立——相鄰兩段的疏密落差如此。)

The aggregate of consciousness is the last of the five aggregates. At this point, the treatise suddenly changes its approach.

In the preceding four aggregates, the farther the discussion proceeds, the more named items there are—the aggregate of form lists thirty forms, and the aggregate of formations lists thirty-two items. With the aggregate of consciousness, there are only seven names, listed once in full, and not one more is added afterward.

After those seven names, the treatise looks through three pairs of eyes at the same set three times: by locus and object, by object, and by quality. Names do not increase; viewpoints do.

The first five names use the same formula five times: dependent on the eye and conditioned by visible form, consciousness arises—this is called eye-consciousness; dependent on the ear and conditioned by sound; dependent on the nose and conditioned by odor; dependent on the tongue and conditioned by taste; dependent on the body and conditioned by touch. The mold remains intact. Yet as soon as the sixth and seventh are taken up, the closing wording changes—the first five consistently use one version of “this is called,” while the last two consistently use another. The treatise does not say why, but the grouping is already present in its choice of words.

The mind-consciousness element is defined in a single act of exclusion: remove those six, and the remaining mind is the mind-consciousness element. The preceding passage has just used the same move—the aggregate of formations is likewise defined by removing feeling and perception and taking everything else as formations. Across two consecutive passages, the same method draws the boundary.

Seven is not new here either. The aggregate of feeling already has “seven feelings by way of the doors,” and the aggregate of perception already has “seven perceptions by way of the doors.” In both places, mind has already been divided into the mind element and the mind-consciousness element, making seven. The aggregate of consciousness is merely the first to call this list the seven consciousnesses. Numbers are joints: when you encounter a number, look back for where it last appeared, and one passage joins to another. Following the same joint onward reveals an ascending sequence—three approaches for the aggregate of consciousness, four for the five aggregates, and five for the twelve sense bases.

Of the three approaches, the first is the hardest to read. Its continuous string is really a three-column table: each of three subjects is paired with quality, locus, and object. The key to reconstructing it lies in the preceding sentence—five objects for the mind element and six for the mind-consciousness element. Once the numbers line up, the columns line up. Running the words together is not an omission in copying; it is this treatise’s normal manner of writing, and this is already the fifth instance in this chapter.

The sentences of the second approach first say what cannot happen and then how it can: each of the six sentences begins with a “does not” and then supplies the resolution. The resolutions use only two terms. Among them, the two-character term for “rapidity” occurs only four times in the entire treatise, all four in these few lines. It is easy to misread this approach as describing the mind’s incapacity; in fact, all the weight lies in the latter half.

The backbone of the third approach is the conditional “may,” which occurs fourteen times within five lines. The treatment of the five sense consciousnesses is fixed, that of the mind element somewhat more flexible, and that of the mind-consciousness element most flexible—the farther the passage proceeds, the less it can state categorically, so this word grows denser. Here the differences among the seven consciousnesses emerge not through explanation but through the changing density of a single word.

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The phrase “six consciousnesses” occurs nine times in this passage, and only the first occurrence carries its own definition (remove these six consciousnesses, and the remaining mind is the mind-consciousness element; therefore, the six are the seven minus the mind-consciousness element). In the next eight occurrences, the treatise never again says which six they are. This is one of its habits: a term carries its definition when it first appears and is then used all the way onward without looking back. If you miss that first occurrence, all you can do afterward is guess.

The final sentence closes two things: it closes the aggregate of consciousness and the five aggregates. The answer concerning the five aggregates began with the aggregate of form and only reaches completion in this sentence.

(Keep two further details in mind: the closing formulas of the three approaches are not uniform. The first two read “can be known,” while the third reads “can be distinctly known,” adding one word. And the preceding passage gives one simile for each item, omitting none of its thirty-two items, while this passage establishes not a single simile—that is how sharp the difference in density is between two adjacent passages.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Approaches to the Aggregate of Consciousness · Doorway · Summer 2026

五陰的句義、相、分別與攝Phrase-Meaning, Characteristic, Classification, and Inclusion of the Five Aggregates

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本品開卷說,坐禪人要在五個地方起方便——陰、入、界、因緣、聖諦。五個名字一次列定。

從那裡到這一段,論文一直在講第一個。色、受、想、行、識五陰逐一講完,識陰末尾一句把五陰收住了。而「陰方便」這扇門還沒關。

本段就是關門的那一下。

關門之前,論文回頭把五陰再看四遍:從句義看、從相看、從分別看、從攝看。四門重看,不添一個新名。

四門各用一種體例,一種也不重複。第一門是界說——某字是某義;第二門是一相、一譬、一足處的三段式;第三門三種列目;第四門通篇以「所攝」繫屬。先認體例,再讀內容:認了體例,第二門的譬才不會被當成閒筆,第四門的重複才不會被讀成囉唆。

第二門的三段式並不是新的。上上一段的行陰,三十二目一律如此。隔了一個一譬不立的識陰段,它在這裡回來,用在五目上。而五個足處之中,受、想、行三者的足處都是觸——中間三陰同源,兩頭二陰各有所依。論文不解釋,本編也不代會通。

到第四門的末尾,事情變了。

前三門各以一句自收,三句一個模子。第四門不用那個收語,改作「如是以行,於陰知分別方便。此謂陰方便」——收語一破,全局隨之收住。因為它收的已經不是這一門,是整個陰方便。隨後一行夾註:陰方便已竟。

這句「已竟」不是孤例。全論之中同樣的收語共五處,正是品首那五個名字各一:陰竟於此,入、界、因緣、聖諦各竟於其處。讀本品若把這五個收語標出來,全品的骨架一眼就明白。

有一處值得自己去停。第一門問的是五陰的句義,答文卻列了六目——五陰之外,又多解了一個「陰」字自身。而且這一目不在五目之前作總標,是擺在五目之後。若在前,那是先立總名再分目;在後,倒像是講完五個之後才回頭補一句:這五個為什麼都叫陰。為什麼要多解這一個?論文不說,本編照錄不代刪。

(順帶記著:第四門開頭「三種攝」的三個名字被斷句拆散了,靠下文入、界、諦的次第才還原得出來;而四句分別裡,泥洹既是諦所攝而非陰所攝,「三諦」那個三就只能是苦、習、道而不含滅——論文不明說,四句自身把它逼了出來。)

The chapter opens by saying that the meditator should arouse a method in five fields—the aggregates, sense bases, elements, conditionality, and noble truths. All five names are set down at once.

From there to this passage, the treatise has remained with the first. It has explained the five aggregates—form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—one by one, and the final sentence of the consciousness aggregate has brought the five aggregates to a close. But the door of the “aggregate method” has not yet closed.

This passage is the moment that door closes.

Before closing it, the treatise turns back and looks at the five aggregates four more times: by phrase-meaning, by characteristic, by classification, and by inclusion. Four approaches reexamine them without adding a single new name.

Each of the four approaches uses a different form, and none repeats another. The first consists of definitions—one word has a certain meaning; the second follows a three-part pattern of one characteristic, one simile, and one basis; the third sets out three classifications; the fourth links everything throughout through “is included in.” Recognize the form first, then read the content: once the form is recognized, the similes in the second approach will not be mistaken for idle embellishment, and the repetition in the fourth will not be read as needless wordiness.

The three-part pattern of the second approach is not new. Two passages earlier, all thirty-two entries under the aggregate of formations use it. After an intervening consciousness-aggregate passage that sets out not a single simile, it returns here and is applied to five entries. Among the five bases, the bases for feeling, perception, and formations are all contact—the three middle aggregates share one source, while the two at the ends each have their own basis. The treatise does not explain this, and this edition does not supply a reconciliation.

At the end of the fourth approach, something changes.

The first three approaches each close themselves with a sentence, and all three sentences follow one pattern. The fourth does not use that closing formula. It says instead, “Thus through these approaches one knows the method of distinguishing aggregates. This is the method concerning aggregates”—once the closing formula breaks, the whole structure closes with it. What it closes is no longer this one approach, but the entire aggregate method. An inline note follows on the next line: the method concerning aggregates is complete.

This “is complete” is not an isolated case. The same closing formula appears five times in the treatise, exactly once for each of the five names at the chapter’s opening: the aggregate method ends here, while the sense bases, elements, conditionality, and noble truths each end in their own place. If you mark these five closing formulas while reading the chapter, the whole chapter’s skeleton becomes clear at a glance.

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The first approach asks for the phrase-meanings of the five aggregates, yet the answer lists six entries: beyond the five aggregates, it also explains the word “aggregate” itself. Nor does this entry stand before the other five as a general heading; it comes after them. If it stood first, the collective name would be established before its members were divided; coming last, it is as though the treatise turns back after explaining all five to add one sentence: why are all five called aggregates? Why explain this additional item? The treatise does not say; this edition records it as it stands and does not delete it.

(Also remember: at the opening of the fourth approach, punctuation has broken apart the three names under “threefold inclusion,” and they can be recovered only from the ensuing order of sense base, element, and truth; in the four alternatives, since Nibbāna is included in truth but not in aggregates, the “three” in “three truths” can only mean suffering, origin, and path, excluding cessation—the treatise does not say this explicitly, but the four alternatives themselves compel it.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Phrase-Meaning, Characteristic, Classification, and Inclusion of the Five Aggregates · Doorway · Summer 2026

十二入的句義、境界與緣Phrase-Meaning, Domain, and Conditions of the Twelve Sense Bases

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

第二扇門開了——入方便。

十二入先立定:眼入色入、耳入聲入、鼻入香入、舌入味入、身入觸入、意入法入。十二個名目排成六對,對內不斷、對間才斷;內外相配的形,在斷句上就看得見。

五個根入用同一個式子出五次,一字不易:是界的清淨,以此見色、以此聞聲、以此嗅香、以此知味、以此觸細滑。五個境入就不那麼齊——色入與香入少了一個「是」字。照錄不代齊。

意入是七識界。那個七,正是識陰段的「此七識」,也正是陰方便說的「識陰七界所攝」。同一個七,三段各出一次,論文一次也不說明。

然後論文說:這十二入要從五個方面看。可是它把五個名字寫成了四段——「以境界」與「以緣」中間沒有斷。

這裡有一把工具,本品從頭到尾都用得上:遇自報之數,先數它連寫的名對不對得上。論文自報五行,那就照五去拆:句義、境界、緣、夾勝心起、攝,正得五。

到緣門,這把工具派上大用場。那一段看去是一團看不出斷處的字,可是每一句都自報了數——四、三、三、二。照數去拆:眼是初生、依、根、有緣(四);色是初生、事、有緣(三);光是初生、依、有緣(三);作意是次第、非有緣(二)。四個數,四組名,一個不多一個不少。

更巧的是,同一段末尾論文又把同一組東西分列寫了一遍,還把末項的兩個名字直接寫出來。同一段之內,連寫與分列並見;先讀後面那一半,前面那一團就不難了。

而全段最該停的地方,在境界門。

答文立了一個判:眼、耳不到境界,鼻、舌、身到境界,意是俱境界。按體例,接下來該收了。

可是沒有。接下來是「又有人說:耳是到境界的」——理由是近處有障礙才聽不見聲。再接下來是「又說:眼在自己的境界上是到境界的」——理由是牆壁之外看不見。

看清楚這兩則的分布:答文排除的是眼與耳,兩則異說一則救耳、一則救眼,恰好一一對應。而論文給了理由,沒有裁斷,隨即收語作結。

可核的是:兩則異說各撤回一根,而論文皆不裁。這裡不是在陳述一個由論文裁定的結論,而是把兩個異說原樣交出來。本編照錄不代裁。

(順帶記著:兩則異說之所以看得出是理由,全靠「何故」二字——本段只出現兩次,兩次都緊接在異說之後。看見它,就知道下面是理由,不是新主張。)

(還有一件該記著的:第一門問十二入的句義,十二目各給一義,末了卻給「入」字自身一連三個義。上一段的「陰」字只多一義——同一手法而其量不同。為什麼?論文不說。)

The second door opens—the method concerning the sense bases.

The twelve sense bases are established first: eye base and form base, ear base and sound base, nose base and odor base, tongue base and taste base, body base and touch base, mind base and Dhamma base. The twelve names form six pairs: there is no break within a pair, only between pairs. The pattern of matching internal and external bases can be seen in the punctuation itself.

The five faculty bases use the same formula five times without changing a word: each is purity of the element; through it form is seen, through it sound is heard, through it odor is smelled, through it taste is known, and through it 細滑 is touched. The five object bases are less uniform—the form base and odor base each lack one “is.” This edition records them as they stand and does not make them uniform.

The mind base is the seven consciousness elements. That seven is precisely the “these seven consciousnesses” of the passage on the aggregate of consciousness, and precisely the “consciousness aggregate is included in seven elements” of the method concerning the aggregates. The same seven appears once in each of three passages, and the treatise never explains it.

Then the treatise says that these twelve sense bases are to be known in five ways. Yet it writes the five names as only four segments—there is no break between “by domain” and “by condition.”

Here is a tool useful from beginning to end of this chapter: When the text reports a number, first count whether the run-on names match it. The treatise reports five approaches, so separate them into five: phrase-meaning, domain, condition, arising of the interposed superior mind, and inclusion—exactly five.

Under conditions, this tool proves especially useful. At first glance the paragraph is a mass of words with no visible breaks, but each item reports its own number—four, three, three, two. Divide by those counts: eye has first arising, support, faculty, and presence (four); form has first arising, object, and presence (three); light has first arising, support, and presence (three); attention has immediacy and nonpresence (two). Four numbers, four sets of names, with not one too many or too few.

More strikingly, at the end of the same paragraph the treatise lists the same set again in separated form and even writes out the final item’s two names directly. Within the same paragraph, the run-on and separated forms appear together; read the latter half first, and the earlier mass becomes easy to parse.

The place in the whole passage where one most needs to pause, however, is the domain approach.

The answer states a determination: eye and ear do not reach their domains; nose, tongue, and body reach theirs; mind has both kinds of domain. By the usual pattern, the passage should now close.

But it does not. Next comes, “Another person says: the ear reaches its domain”—the reason is that only a nearby obstruction makes sound inaudible. Then comes, “Another says: the eye reaches its own domain”—the reason is that one cannot see beyond a wall.

Look closely at how these two are distributed: the answer excludes eye and ear; one alternative account restores ear and the other restores eye, exactly one for one. The treatise gives a reason for each, does not decide, and immediately closes with its concluding formula.

What can be verified is this: each of the two alternative accounts restores one faculty, and the treatise decides neither. This is not a conclusion adjudicated by the treatise; it presents the two alternative accounts just as they stand. This edition records them and does not adjudicate.

(Remember in passing: what lets us recognize the reasoning attached to the two alternative accounts is entirely the expression “Why?”—it occurs only twice in this passage, each time immediately after an alternative account. When you see it, you know that what follows is a reason, not a new claim.)

(One more point to remember: the first approach asks the phrase-meaning of the twelve sense bases. Each of the twelve receives one meaning, but at the end the word “base” itself receives three meanings in a row. In the preceding passage, the word “aggregate” received only one further meaning—the same method, but a different number. Why? The treatise does not say.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Phrase-Meaning, Domain, and Conditions of the Twelve Sense Bases · Doorway · Summer 2026

夾勝心起、譬喻與攝The Arising of the Interposed Superior Mind, Its Simile, and Inclusion

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

《解脫道論》裡最好看的一段,在這裡。

論文要講的是:一個念頭從外境敲門到落定,中間走了幾步。它把這件事講了兩遍。

第一遍用心的名字。上事之夾成七心,從有分心起,一路是轉心、見心、受心、分別心、令起心、速行心、彼事果報心,然後再度回到有分心。寫法用頂真——前一個心的名字就是下一句的開頭,一環扣一環。這種寫法本身就是內容:它讓人看見這不是七件並列的事,是一條非走不可的次序。

第二遍換成一個故事。

王在殿上關著門睡覺,傴女摩著王的腳,夫人坐著,大臣和直閣列在王前,聾人守著門。守園人拿菴羅果來敲門。王聽見聲音醒了,叫僂女去開門;僂女不能用說的——守門的聽不見——只好以相貌示意。聾人會意開了門,見到果子。捉刀女接進來呈給大臣,大臣交給夫人,夫人洗淨、或熟或生各安一處,然後奉給王。王吃了,吃完說它好不好,然後又睡去。

故事說完,論文不作總結,直接逐項對回去:王臥是有分心,敲門是色事之夾,王聞聲而覺是有分心起,僂女教聾人是轉心,聾人開門見果是眼識,捉刀女受果呈大臣是受持心,大臣授夫人是分別心,夫人安置奉王是令起心,王食是速心,王說好不好是彼事果報心,王更眠是有分心度。十一組,一項不缺。

譬不是插圖,是第二份清單。兩份並排讀,三件只讀故事看不出的事就浮出來了:兩遍之間換了兩個名(見心作眼識、受心作受持心);故事裡同一個女子先作傴女後作僂女;還有一處斷句——故事那一遍寫「王捉刀,女受菓」,而對配那一遍明明白白寫著「捉刀女」,寫在後面的那一句,就是前面那一句的證人

並排之後,故事自己的結構也露出來了。果子從門外到王口中經過六道手,一道不能少、次序不能顛倒;而故事的兩頭是同一件事——王臥,王更眠。一個圓,回到原處。

有一處值得自己去停。眼門那邊自報七心,逐講之名正得七,有分心不在其數——它是七步之前的狀態,也是七步之後回去的地方。可是意門那邊說「三心生」,所列的第一個就是有分心。同一段之內,有分心一處不在數裡、一處在數裡。這是同一個算法嗎?論文不說,本編二讀並記,不代會通。

最後一門是攝。三種攝——陰攝、界攝、諦攝,三個名字逐一分開。而上一個方便的攝門也說三種攝,它的三個名字卻被斷句拆散了。同一個句式,一處寫壞、一處寫好;寫好的那一處就是寫壞那一處的證人。

(順帶記著:「有分心」三字全論十見,十見都在這一段。而三處「三種攝」的內容各不相同——陰方便攝入界諦、入方便攝陰界諦、聖諦方便攝陰入界:每一個方便,都拿其餘三個框子來量自己。

第二扇門到此關上。五個「已竟」,這是第二個。

Here is the most engaging passage in The Path of Freedom.

What the treatise sets out to explain is this: how many steps a thought takes between an external object knocking at the door and its coming to rest. It tells the matter twice.

The first telling uses the names of the minds. With a superior object, the interposition forms seven minds. Starting from the continuum mind, the sequence proceeds through turning mind, seeing mind, receiving mind, discriminating mind, initiating mind, rapid-running mind, and the resultant object mind, then returns once more to the continuum mind. The prose uses linked repetition—the name of the preceding mind becomes the opening of the next sentence, each link fastening to the next. This way of writing is itself part of the content: it lets us see that these are not seven events set side by side, but a sequence that must be followed in order.

The second telling turns to a story.

The king sleeps in his palace with the gate shut. A bent woman rubs his feet; the queen sits nearby; a minister and palace attendants stand before him; and a deaf man guards the gate. A gardener arrives with a mango and knocks at the gate. The king hears the sound and wakes, then tells the stooped woman to open the gate; she cannot convey this in words—the gatekeeper cannot hear—so she has to communicate by gesture. The deaf man understands, opens the gate, and sees the fruit. A knife-bearing woman takes it inside and presents it to the minister; the minister gives it to the queen; the queen washes it, sets the ripe and the unripe apart, and then presents it to the king. The king eats it, says afterward whether it is good or not, and then goes back to sleep.

When the story ends, the treatise offers no summary. It maps each item straight back: the king asleep is the continuum mind; the knock at the gate is the interposition of a visible object; the king hearing the sound and waking is the arising of the continuum mind; the stooped woman instructing the deaf man is turning mind; the deaf man opening the gate and seeing the fruit is eye consciousness; the knife-bearing woman receiving the fruit and presenting it to the minister is receiving-and-holding mind; the minister giving it to the queen is discriminating mind; the queen arranging it and presenting it to the king is initiating mind; the king eating is rapid mind; the king saying whether it is good or not is the resultant object mind; and the king sleeping again is passage back into the continuum mind. Eleven correspondences; not one is missing.

The simile is not an illustration; it is a second list. Read the two side by side, and three things that the story alone cannot show come into view: two names change between the tellings (seeing mind becomes eye consciousness, and receiving mind becomes receiving-and-holding mind); the same woman is first called bent and later stooped; and there is one punctuation break—the story reads “the king held the knife; the woman received the fruit”; the correspondence plainly reads “knife-bearing woman.” The sentence written later is the witness to the one written earlier.

Placed side by side, they also reveal the story’s own structure. On its way from outside the gate to the king’s mouth, the fruit passes through six hands; none can be omitted, and the order cannot be reversed. The story also begins and ends with the same thing—the king lying down, and the king sleeping again. A circle, returning to its starting point.

There is one place where it is worth pausing on your own. At the eye door the text announces seven minds, and the names in its step-by-step explanation total exactly seven. The continuum mind is not included in the count—it is the state before the seven steps and the place to which the sequence returns afterward. Yet at the mind door the text says “three minds arise,” and the first item listed is the continuum mind. Within the same passage, the continuum mind is outside the count in one place and inside it in another. Is this the same way of counting? The treatise does not say. This edition records both readings side by side and does not reconcile them on the reader’s behalf.

The final approach is inclusion. The three inclusions—aggregate-inclusion, element-inclusion, and truth-inclusion—are set out one by one as three separate names. The inclusion section of the preceding method also says there are three kinds of inclusion, but its three names have been broken apart by punctuation. The same sentence pattern is broken in one place and intact in another; the intact one is the witness for the broken one.

(Also keep this in mind: the three characters “有分心” occur ten times in the entire treatise, and all ten occurrences are in this passage. The contents of the three instances of “three kinds of inclusion” are different from one another—the three kinds in the aggregate method are inclusion by sense bases, elements, and truths; in the sense-base method, by aggregates, elements, and truths; and in the noble-truth method, by aggregates, sense bases, and elements: each method measures itself against the other three frameworks.)

The second doorway closes here. Of the five instances of “is complete,” this is the second.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Cognitive Sequence, Simile, and Inclusion · Doorway · Summer 2026

十八界與說化境界The Eighteen Elements and the Domain of Instruction

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

第三扇門開得快,關得也快。

前兩個方便都先出總標——陰方便四行、入方便五行,先報門數、次列門名、後逐門設問。到界方便,這個標沒有了;各門的自收之語也沒有了。全段只有一句「可知」,還是那句用來省略的「如是餘可知」。

該有的沒有,這本身就是要記的事。

而省下來的地方,換成了別的東西——全品唯一一次的自我說明

十八界排完、三重歸屬量完之後,論文忽然另起一問:什麼是說化境界?答:只有這法——陰、入、界——為境界。

然後連下四組,每一組都把陰、入、界各配一項。

第一組講相:種類和合的相是陰,門的相是入,自性的相是界。

第二組講根:同一個苦諦,為利根人以陰門說,為中根人以入門說,為鈍根人以界門說。

第三組講所著:在名上著相的,略說色而細說名,那是陰;在色上著相的,細說色而略說名,那是入;名色兩頭都著的,名色都細說,那是界。略與分別,兩件工具交互為用——看人所著的是哪一頭。這一組是四組裡唯一給出「為什麼這樣配」的。

第四組講說:說自性處是陰,說處事是入,以處事說心起是界。

四組填完,那張表就完整了:陰、入、界不是三份不同的清單,是同一批法在三種角度下的三種說法;而選哪一種,看的是聽的人。

論文把這一段放在界方便的末尾——三個框子都排完了,才回頭說一句它們何以要有三個。

讀這樣的段落有一把現成的工具:凡遇連下的「復次」,不要讀成補充,要把它們並排成一張表——同樣的三欄,填四遍。

有一處值得自己去停。三根三配這個器具,全論用過三次。本段是利根配陰、中根配入、鈍根配界——由利而鈍;品一那一處是為鈍根說增上戒學、中根說增上心學、利根說增上慧學——由鈍而利;後面說三種須陀洹那一處也是由鈍而利。三處之中兩處由鈍起、一處由利起。這是同一個排法嗎?若說由鈍而利是由淺入深,那麼本段就是倒過來排;可是本段所配的陰、入、界,其名數又正是由少而多。兩個序各有各的道理,而論文一句也不說。

(順帶記著:十二入是六組雙名、十八界是六組三名,組內不斷、組間才斷——組數不變而每組的名數隨所論而增;十八界從十二入長出來的那一步,在標列的形上就看得見。)

第三扇門到此關上。五個「已竟」,這是第三個。

The third doorway opens quickly and closes just as quickly.

The first two methods each begin with an overall heading—the aggregate method has four ways and the base method five: first the number of ways is announced, then their names are listed, and then questions are posed for each one. When the method concerning the elements is reached, that heading is gone; the closing words for each way are gone as well. The whole passage contains only one “can be known,” and even that belongs to the abbreviation “the rest can be known in the same way.”

What ought to be there is absent, and that absence itself is something to record.

In the space thus saved, something else appears—the only self-explanation in the entire chapter.

After the eighteen elements have been set out and their threefold affiliations reckoned, the treatise suddenly begins another question: What is the domain of instruction? Answer: only these dhammas—the aggregates, bases, and elements—serve as the domain.

Then four groups follow in succession, each assigning one item to aggregates, one to bases, and one to elements.

The first group concerns character: compounded classes characterize the aggregate frame, doorway-character the base frame, and intrinsic character the element frame.

The second concerns faculties: the same truth of suffering is taught through the aggregate approach to those of sharp faculties, through the base approach to those of middling faculties, and through the element approach to those of dull faculties.

The third concerns what one is attached to: for one attached to the sign of name, form is stated briefly and name is distinguished—that is the aggregate frame; for one attached to the sign of form, form is distinguished and name stated briefly—that is the base frame; for one attached at both ends—name and form—both are distinguished—that is the element frame. Summary and distinction are two tools used in alternation—depending on which end the person is attached to. Of the four groups, this is the only one that gives a reason for “why they are paired this way.”

The fourth concerns modes of explanation: to speak of the locus of intrinsic character is to speak in terms of aggregates; to speak of the matter of a locus is to speak in terms of bases; to speak of the arising of mind through that matter is to speak in terms of elements.

Once the four groups are filled in, the table is complete: aggregates, bases, and elements are not three different lists, but three ways of speaking about the same set of dhammas from three perspectives; which one is chosen depends on the listener.

The treatise places this passage at the end of the method concerning the elements—only after all three frames have been laid out does it turn back to say, in a single sentence, why three are needed.

There is a ready-made tool for reading a passage like this: whenever successive “again” clauses appear, do not read them as supplements; set them side by side as a table—the same three columns, filled four times.

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The treatise uses this device of matching three items to the three faculties on three occasions. In this passage, sharp faculties are paired with aggregates, middling faculties with bases, and dull faculties with elements—from sharp to dull; in Chapter One, the higher training in virtue is taught for dull faculties, the higher training in mind for middling faculties, and the higher training in wisdom for sharp faculties—from dull to sharp; and the later threefold classification of stream-enterers likewise runs from dull to sharp. Of the three occasions, two begin from dull faculties and one from sharp faculties. Are these instances using the same ordering? If an order from dull to sharp is an order from shallow to deep, then this passage puts it in reverse; yet the item counts of the aggregates, bases, and elements paired here run precisely from fewer to more. Each of the two sequences has a rationale of its own, and the treatise says not a word about either.

(As a side note, remember: the twelve bases are six groups of two names, and the eighteen elements are six groups of three names; there is no break within a group, and breaks occur only between groups—the number of groups stays the same while the number of names in each group increases with what is under discussion; the step by which the eighteen elements grow out of the twelve bases can be seen in the very form of the list.)

The third doorway closes here. Of the five “is complete” closings, this is the third.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Eighteen Elements and the Domain of Instruction · Doorway · Summer 2026

十二因緣次第與剎那緣起The Sequence of Twelve Conditions and Conditionality in One Moment

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

第四扇門最大,要走三個單元才關得上。

一起手是兩列:順著推十一句——無明緣行、行緣識,一路到生緣老死憂悲苦惱;反著推十一句——以無明滅則行滅,一路到老死憂悲苦惱滅。兩列逐句相對,一句不缺。同一條鏈,正著寫一遍、反著寫一遍。

逐支的界說有一處要數清楚:標列的末一支作「老死憂悲苦惱」,是一個名;到逐釋處,老、死卻各出一釋。標列十二支,逐釋十三目。

中間那一節的體例是先說理、末了以「是故」收出那一支的緣——「是故」在這一段出現十次,十次就是十支的收。理在前而結在後,與識陰那一段先立否定、後出所以然的句勢正好相反。

而全段最該看的是末尾那個譬。

如穀為種緣,如是無明緣行;如種為牙緣,如是行緣識;如牙為葉緣、如葉為枝緣、如枝為樹緣、如樹為花緣、如花為汁緣、如汁為米緣、如米為種緣,最後——如種為牙緣。

看它的頭尾。第九環是米為種緣,第十環是種為牙緣;而種為牙緣,正是第二環。這串譬走到第九環就回到了起手處,第十環一接上去,整條鏈就閉合了。穀出米,米又是種,種又發牙——這個譬本身就是一個圈。

所以下面那句「前際不可知、後際亦不可知」不是憑空加的斷言,是這個譬自己的形顯出來的。圈本來就沒有頭尾。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一串譬喻鏈,先看它的頭尾接不接得上。接得上的,那個譬要說的就不只是「一個生一個」,是「沒有起點」;接不上的,才是一條直線。這一步不看,十環就會被讀成十個並列的比方。

而論文還把那句話連說了兩遍:即使以無明為初,前際後際仍然不可知。重言在此不是囉唆,是把「以無明為初」和「有一個起點」這兩件事分開。

有一處值得自己去停。末段換了一個尺度重講一遍:眼見色而心癡是無明,思著是無明緣行,心著是行緣識……一路走到住已是老、念散壞是死——十二支在一個剎那裡走完。

而同一段的上半才說過,這條鏈前際不可知、後際亦不可知。一個要用無量的時間才走得完,一個在一剎那裡就成。這是同一個十二因緣嗎?論文把兩說並排放著,一句會通的話也不說。本編照錄不代會通。

(順帶記著:本段有一處引據——「如佛所說:從漏集起無明集」。本品從第一單元讀到這裡,引據只出現過一次,引的還是尊者之語;以「如佛所說」領起的,這是第一次。論文不出經名,也不標引文到哪裡為止;引文的界論文不標,我們就不能替它畫。)

The fourth doorway is the largest; it takes three units to close it.

At the outset come two series: eleven statements proceeding forward—ignorance conditions formations, formations condition consciousness, all the way to birth conditions aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, and distress; eleven statements proceeding in reverse—with the cessation of ignorance, formations cease, all the way to the cessation of aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, and distress. The two series correspond statement by statement, without a single statement missing. It is the same chain, written out once forward and once in reverse.

In the definitions of the individual links, one count needs to be kept clear: the final link in the opening list is “aging, death, sorrow, lamentation, pain, and distress,” a single name; in the item-by-item explanations, however, aging and death each receive their own definition. The list has twelve links; the individual explanations have thirteen entries.

The middle section gives the reasoning first, then uses “therefore” at the end to close each conditioning relation—“therefore” appears ten times in this passage, closing ten links. The reason comes first and the conclusion afterward, exactly the reverse of the sentence pattern in the section on the consciousness aggregate, which first establishes a negation and then gives the reason.

What most deserves attention in the whole passage, however, is the simile at the end.

As grain is a condition for seed, so ignorance conditions formations; as seed is a condition for sprout, so formations condition consciousness; as sprout is a condition for leaf, as leaf for branch, as branch for tree, as tree for flower, as flower for sap, as sap for rice, as rice for seed, and finally—as seed is a condition for sprout.

Look at its beginning and end. The ninth link is rice as a condition for seed, and the tenth is seed as a condition for sprout; seed as a condition for sprout is precisely the second link. By the ninth link, this series of similes has returned to its starting point; when the tenth is joined, the whole chain closes. Grain produces rice, rice becomes seed again, and seed sprouts again—the simile itself is a circle.

So the sentence that follows, “the former limit cannot be known, and neither can the later limit,” is not an assertion added out of nowhere; it is revealed by the shape of the simile itself. A circle has no beginning or end.

Here is a tool to carry away: when you encounter a chain of similes, first see whether its beginning and end join. If they do, the simile is saying not only “one thing gives rise to another,” but “there is no starting point”; only if they do not is it a straight line. Without this step, the ten links will be read as ten similes set side by side.

The treatise also states that sentence twice in succession: even when ignorance is taken as first, the former and later limits still cannot be known. Here the repetition is not redundancy; it separates “taking ignorance as first” from “there being a starting point.”

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The final section changes scale and tells the sequence again: when the eye sees form and the mind is deluded, that is ignorance; attached intention is the formation conditioned by ignorance; the attached mind is consciousness conditioned by formations … all the way to: once it has remained, that is aging; when the thought disperses and breaks up, that is death—the twelve links complete their course in a single moment.

Yet the first half of the same passage has just said that this chain’s former limit cannot be known, and neither can its later limit. One takes immeasurable time to run its course; the other is completed in a single moment. Are these the same twelvefold conditionality? The treatise places the two accounts side by side without saying a single word to reconcile them. This edition records them as they stand and does not reconcile them on the treatise’s behalf.

(One further point to remember: this passage contains one citation—“As the Buddha said: from the accumulation of influxes arises the accumulation of ignorance.” From the first unit of this chapter to this point, only one earlier citation has appeared, and it cites a venerable’s words; this is the first introduced by “as the Buddha said.” The treatise names no scripture and does not mark where the quotation ends; if the treatise does not mark the boundary of the quotation, we cannot draw it on its behalf.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Sequential and Momentary Conditionality · Doorway · Summer 2026

因緣分類、三節與有生節Classifying Conditionality: Three Junctures and the Becoming-Birth Juncture

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一段一起手就是十二個問句連下來:十二因緣分裡,幾個是煩惱?幾個是業?幾個是果報?幾個屬過去、未來、現在?幾個是因緣?幾個是已起?什麼是因緣?什麼是因緣法?此二有何差別?什麼是因緣染性?

一個「問」字之下十二問,是全論問得最密的一處

答文先答數目,兩組都對得上:三煩惱、二業、餘七果報——三加二加七,正得十二;二過去、二未來、餘八現在——二加二加八,也正得十二。三分那一組還配了三個譬,三個都取畫師:如畫師色、如畫師色事、如種種色。

然後畫風一轉。

說十二分就是因緣,不應說;說離開十二因緣另有因緣,也不應說。兩面都堵住。再往下講因緣與因緣法之別時又來一次:或有為、或無為,不應說。

「不應說」在這一段出現三次,而全論不過十一次。問得最密的地方,止得也最多。十二個問句排下去,答文一一應了;可是應到最吃緊的兩處,它說的是「這不該說」。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一串連問,先數問句有幾個,再看答文應了幾個、以什麼次序應、有哪一個是被擱下的。不先把問數清楚,就看不出哪一處是論文自己按住不說的。

接著論文出了七行的總標:此因緣以七行可知——三節、四略、二十行、輪、牽、分別、相攝。這個式子讀者應該眼熟:陰方便四行、入方便五行;而界方便那一段把它整個省了,到這裡又回來。回來的樣子稍有不同:少了「所勝」二字。

七行的第一行是三節。論文先以支名說一遍——行與識之間是第一節,受與愛之間是第二節,有與生之間是第三節;隨即以三時再說一遍——過去業煩惱緣現在果報是第一節,現在果報緣現在煩惱是第二節,現在煩惱緣未來果報是第三節。同一組分節,兩個座標各說一次。

有一處值得自己去停。論文問「有節者何義」,答完卻收作「此謂有生節」——問的名字三個字,收的名字四個字;而「有生節」全論只出現這一次。這是同一個名嗎?本編照錄不代齊。

後半寫的是一個人怎麼死、怎麼再生:諸根漸漸失,命根失、燥失,如多羅葉枯乾;四法起——業、業相、趣、趣相;速心現起而滅,命根滅而成終;終心無間,果報心度於後有,如燈燃燈,如從火珠出火。二譬並下,而論文不說它們何以並用。

(順帶記著一件對不上的事:末尾入胎之色數,三十、四十六、五十四依次遞增,而其下所列之目照底本斷句加起來——三十加二加八得四十、三十加三加八得四十一——兩處都不合。論文不出其算法。這與本段開頭那兩組一算就合的十二恰成對照;本編照錄不代算。)

This passage begins with twelve questions in succession: among the twelve factors of conditionality, how many are defilements? How many are karma? How many are results? How many belong to the past, the future, and the present? How many are conditions? How many have arisen? What is conditionality? What is a conditioned dhamma? What is the difference between the two? What is the defiled nature of conditionality?

Twelve questions follow a single “Question” marker: this is the densest questioning in the entire treatise.

The answer begins with the numbers, and both sets add up: three are defilements, two are karma, and the remaining seven are results—3 + 2 + 7 makes exactly 12; two belong to the past, two to the future, and the remaining eight to the present—2 + 2 + 8 also makes exactly 12. The first three-part grouping is also paired with three similes, all drawn from a painter: like a painter’s colors, like a painter’s painted object, and like colors of many kinds.

Then the picture changes.

It should not be said that the twelve divisions themselves are “condition”; nor should it be said that “condition” exists apart from the twelvefold conditionality. Both sides are blocked. The same stop comes again when the text goes on to distinguish conditionality from conditioned dhamma: whether conditioned or unconditioned should not be said.

“Should not be said” occurs three times in this passage, and only eleven times in the entire treatise. Where the questions are densest, restraint also appears most often. The twelve questions are laid out, and the answer responds to each one; yet at the two most exacting points, its answer is, “This should not be said.”

Here is a tool to carry away: when questions come one after another, first count how many there are; then see how many the answer addresses, in what order it addresses them, and which one it sets aside. Without counting the questions first, you cannot see where the treatise itself holds back and does not speak.

Next the treatise gives a master heading of seven approaches: this conditionality can be known through seven approaches—three junctures, four summaries, twenty modes, wheel, drawing, analysis, and mutual inclusion. The formula should look familiar: the method concerning the aggregates has four approaches and the method concerning the sense bases has five; it was omitted altogether from the method concerning the elements, and here it returns. It returns in a slightly different form: the two-character expression “can be surpassed” is missing.

The first of the seven approaches is the three junctures. The treatise first states them once by factor names—between formations and consciousness is the first juncture, between feeling and craving the second, and between becoming and birth the third; it then immediately states them again by the three times—past karma and defilement condition present result at the first juncture, present result conditions present defilement at the second, and present defilement conditions future result at the third. The same set of junctures is stated once in each of two coordinate systems.

One place is worth pausing over for yourself. The treatise asks, “What does ‘becoming juncture’ mean?” yet closes the answer, “This is called the becoming-birth juncture”—the source name in the question has three characters, while the source name at the close has four; and “becoming-birth juncture” occurs only once in the entire treatise. Are these the same name? This edition records both as they stand and does not make them match.

The latter half tells how a person dies and is reborn: the faculties gradually fail; the life faculty and moisture are lost, like a palmyra leaf drying; four dhammas arise—karma, karma-sign, destination, and destination-sign; rapid mind arises and ceases, and with the cessation of the life faculty the end is complete; immediately after the final mind, resultant mind crosses into later becoming, as one lamp lights another, as fire comes from a fire-jewel. The two similes are placed side by side, and the treatise does not say why they are used together.

(Keep in mind, too, one thing that does not add up: at the end, the numbers of forms at conception rise in sequence—30, 46, and 54—yet the items listed beneath them, added according to the punctuation of the base text—30 + 2 + 8 = 40, and 30 + 3 + 8 = 41—both fail to match their announced totals. The treatise gives no method for its arithmetic. This stands in exact contrast to the two sets of 12 at the beginning, whose sums work at once; this edition records the figures as they stand and does not calculate on the text’s behalf.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Classifications, Junctures, and Rebirth · Doorway · Summer 2026

四略、二十行、輪與牽Four Summaries, Twenty Modes, Wheel, and Drawing

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

七行走完第一行之後,這一段一口氣走完第二到第五行——四略、二十行、輪、牽。

四門,四種切法。

四略是切成四組:無明、行歸過去業煩惱;識、名色、六入、觸、受歸現在果報;愛、取、有歸現在業煩惱;生、老死歸未來果報。二、五、三、二,正得十二。

二十行是切成六句,每一句取幾支、以什麼相(煩惱相、業相、果報相)成其所取。

輪不切,它把首尾接起來。

牽只取兩端,十二支之中只管無明與老死那兩頭。

同一批東西,看你從哪裡下刀,得出的形就不同。這一段不說一句道理,只做四遍給人看。

而四門之中最短的是輪,只有三句。第一句是那條鏈(中間以「乃至」帶過),第二句是關鍵——在這一整堆苦陰上的無知,就是無明,第三句只說五個字:無明緣行者,復如是。

看清楚它做了什麼。鏈走到末端是「皆苦陰起」;而對這一整堆苦陰的無知,正是鏈的第一支。於是末端生出的東西,本身就是頭端。不必另造一個圈,鏈自己就合攏了。

上一單元讀者已經見過這個圈:穀、種、牙、葉、枝、樹、花、汁、米、種——第十環與第二環同句,列自相接。那一次是用譬的形顯出來,這一次是用一句話直說。而這一句直說更進一步:圈之所以是圈,不在事物首尾相銜,在於對這一整堆的不知。

牽門只有兩個:以無明為初、以老死為初。而這兩個各得兩次解釋——前一次分作說的次第與度的次第,後一次分作站在有的邊際朝未來知道與站在初的邊際朝過去知道。二釋並排,論文不作會通。

有一處值得自己去停。二十行那一節,六句列完之後論文自報:此二十四法,取其成就而成二十。可是照六句逐目數一數,只得二十三;而二十四怎樣「取其成就」而成二十——減掉的是哪四個——論文也不說。

這一處與同一段的另外兩處恰成對照:四略那一組(二、五、三、二)一算就合十二,阿毘曇所引那三組(五、五、二)也一算就合十二。同一段之內,兩處合、一處不合。

數對得上,從來不是理所當然的。

(順帶記著:二十行那一節裡引了阿毘曇——「如阿毘曇所說」。本品的引據到此二見,而所據不同:上上一段引的是佛語,這裡引的是論藏;再加上前面稱引尊者的那一處,本品三處引據,三種來源。而三處一樣:不出經名品目,也不標引文到哪裡為止。引文的界,論文不標,我們就不能替它畫。)

After the first of the seven approaches has been completed, this passage moves in one sweep through the second to the fifth—four summaries, twenty modes, wheel, and drawing.

Four approaches, four ways of cutting.

The four summaries cut the twelve factors into four groups: ignorance and formations belong to past karma-and-defilement; consciousness, name-and-form, the six bases, contact, and feeling belong to present result; craving, grasping, and becoming belong to present karma-and-defilement; birth and aging-and-death belong to future result. Two, five, three, and two: exactly twelve.

The twenty modes cut the twelve factors into six clauses. Each clause takes a certain number of factors and establishes what is taken under one of three characteristics (defilement, karma, or result).

The wheel makes no cut. It joins the beginning and the end.

Drawing takes only the two ends. Among the twelve factors, it concerns only the ends marked by ignorance and aging-and-death.

It is the same set of factors; the shape that appears depends on where the knife falls. This passage offers not a single sentence of theory. It simply performs the operation four times for the reader to see.

Of the four approaches, wheel is the shortest: only three sentences. The first is the chain (the intervening factors are passed over with “up to”). The second is the key—ignorance of this whole mass of suffering is itself ignorance. The third says only five characters: ignorance conditions formations; again, it is so.

Look closely at what it has done. The chain reaches its end with “the whole mass of suffering arises,” while ignorance of this whole mass of suffering is the chain’s first factor. Thus what is produced at the end is itself the beginning. No separate circle needs to be constructed; the chain closes by itself.

In the preceding unit, the reader already saw this circle: grain, seed, sprout, leaf, branch, tree, flower, sap, rice, seed—the tenth link is phrased exactly like the second, and the series joins itself. There its shape was disclosed by a simile; here it is stated directly in one sentence. The direct statement goes one step further: the circle is a circle not because things link end to beginning, but because this whole mass is not known.

Drawing has only two forms: beginning from ignorance and beginning from aging-and-death. Each receives two explanations—the first divides them into the sequence of exposition and the sequence of crossing; the second into knowing toward the future while standing at the boundary of becoming, and knowing toward the past while standing at the initial boundary. The two explanations stand side by side; the treatise does not reconcile them.

One place is worth stopping at for yourself. In the section on the twenty modes, after the six clauses have been listed, the treatise reports that these twenty-four dhammas, by taking their accomplishment, become twenty. Yet counting the six clauses item by item yields only twenty-three; and the treatise does not say how twenty-four “by taking their accomplishment” become twenty—which four are subtracted.

This point contrasts exactly with two other places in the same passage: the four summaries (two, five, three, and two) add up to twelve, and the three groups cited from the Abhidhamma (five, five, and two) also add up to twelve. Within one passage, two counts agree and one does not.

That a count comes out right is never something to take for granted.

(Keep one more thing in mind: the section on the twenty modes cites the Abhidhamma—“as the Abhidhamma says.” By this point, citation has appeared twice in the chapter, and the sources differ: two units earlier the text cited a saying of the Buddha; here it cites the Abhidhamma. Add the earlier place where a venerable was cited, and the chapter has three citation sites from three kinds of sources. All three are alike in one respect: none names the text or section, and none marks where the quotation ends. The treatise does not mark the boundary of a quotation, so we cannot draw one on its behalf.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Four Summaries, Twenty Modes, Wheel, and Drawing · Doorway · Summer 2026

世間、出世因緣與相攝Mundane and Supramundane Conditions and Inclusion

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

卷第十的最後一段。因緣方便七行,這裡畢其末二;門一關,這一卷也盡了。

第六行是分別,先分二種因緣:世間與出世。世間的很短——無明所初,承上一段的牽門。

出世的則連下十一目:苦依苦、信依信、喜依喜、踊躍依踊躍、倚依倚、樂依樂、定依定、如實知見依如實知見、厭患依厭患、無欲依無欲、解脫依解脫滅智。十一目,每目都是同一個名重出、中間繫一個「依」字;十目一律如此,唯末目破格,後半多出「滅智」二字。

這一列與世間那一條鏈正好對著看:一條從無明起而落在苦上,一條從苦起而落在解脫上。同一個「依」字,一路把人往下帶,也一路把人往上帶。

接著是四種因緣——業煩惱為因、種為因、有作、共業為因;四個名,四問四答,逐一相對,一項不缺。

然後來了一則說得最直接的別說:沒有共業。它不是修正,是把剛立的第四因整個否掉。本品的異說到此三則,論文一則也不裁。

而異說說完,緊接著就是——如世尊說偈:

  業不與他共,是藏他不偷,
  人所作功德,其自得善報。

「如世尊說偈」這個引標全論唯此一見。本論此前已有其他引偈與偈文;此處特殊的是引標字面及其所在位置。

它落在哪裡?緊接在異說之後,其間沒有「復次」、沒有「答」,什麼另起的標記都沒有。

這首偈是誰引的?若屬異說,那就是別說引世尊之語以自證——而偈文說「業不與他共」,與別說的「無有共業」正相順;若屬論主,那就是論主在別說之後自引一偈。論文不標。

可核的相鄰與字面仍不足以指定引者。本編照錄不代判。

第七行是相攝,而這裡有一處破例。

陰方便、入方便、聖諦方便的攝門都作「三種攝」,本段卻作「四種相攝」——陰、入、界、諦四者俱取。(「四種相攝」四字全論只出現這一次。)

把四處並排,可見陰、入、聖諦三方便各略去與所論同名的一類,本段則列陰、入、界、諦四類。

這裡有一個可複核的讀法:把所論對象與攝門所列之名並排,記下它列了什麼、略了什麼。四處字面相形如此;論文不明說其所以。

(順帶記著兩處難讀:入欄與界欄各有一處「識意」連寫而不斷,依上下對稱各是一目;諦欄出了「十二諦」「十諦」兩個語,本論所立唯四諦,二語全論各唯一見而論文不釋——惟「無明、愛、取」三加「餘九」九正得十二,與十二支之數相合。)

最後兩目把段首的伏筆收了:出世因緣歸道諦,因緣滅歸滅諦。段首立了二種因緣,出世的那一種到這裡才得到它的歸屬。

第四扇門到此關上。五個「已竟」,這是第四個;五方便還剩一個聖諦方便,在下一卷。

The final passage of fascicle ten. Of the seven approaches in the method concerning conditionality, the last two are completed here; when this doorway closes, the fascicle too comes to an end.

The sixth approach is analysis. It first distinguishes two kinds of conditionality: mundane and supramundane. The mundane is very brief—beginning from ignorance, it carries forward the drawing approach of the preceding passage.

The supramundane, by contrast, continues through eleven items: suffering depends on suffering; confidence depends on confidence; joy depends on joy; exhilaration depends on exhilaration; repose depends on repose; pleasure depends on pleasure; concentration depends on concentration; knowledge-and-vision according to reality depends on knowledge-and-vision according to reality; disenchantment depends on disenchantment; dispassion depends on dispassion; liberation depends on knowledge of cessation through liberation. Eleven items: in each, the same name appears twice, linked in the middle by “depends on”; ten follow that form throughout, while the last breaks the pattern, adding the two characters rendered “knowledge of cessation” in its latter half.

This series can be read directly against the mundane chain: one begins with ignorance and descends to suffering; the other begins with suffering and arrives at liberation. The same “depends on” carries a person all the way down, and all the way up.

Next come four kinds of condition—karma-and-defilement as cause, seed as cause, produced activity, and shared karma as cause; four names, four questions and four answers, matched one by one, with not one item missing.

Then comes the most direct of the alternative accounts: there is no shared karma. This is not a correction; it negates in full the fourth cause just established. With this, the chapter has presented three alternative accounts, and the treatise adjudicates none of them.

Once the alternative has finished speaking, what follows immediately is—As the Blessed One spoke in verse:

  Karma is not shared with another; it is a store another cannot steal.
  The merit a person makes brings that person its wholesome result.

The citation formula “As the Blessed One spoke in verse” occurs only once in the entire treatise. Other verse citations and verse passages have already appeared in the treatise; what is distinctive here is the exact wording of the formula and the place where it occurs.

Where does it occur? Immediately after the alternative, with no “further,” no “answer,” and no marker of any new beginning between them.

Who cites this verse? If it belongs to the alternative account, then that account cites the Blessed One’s words to support itself—and the verse says “Karma is not shared with another,” agreeing directly with the alternative’s “there is no shared karma.” If it belongs to the author of the treatise, then the author cites a verse after the alternative. The treatise does not mark the speaker.

The verifiable proximity and wording are still not enough to identify who cites the verse. This edition reproduces the text as it stands and does not decide on its behalf.

The seventh approach is mutual inclusion, and here there is one exception.

The inclusion sections of the methods concerning the aggregates, bases, and noble truths all read “three kinds of inclusion.” This passage instead reads “four kinds of mutual inclusion”—taking all four: aggregates, bases, elements, and truths. (The four-character expression rendered “four kinds of mutual inclusion” occurs only once in the entire treatise.)

Place the four passages side by side: the methods concerning aggregates, bases, and noble truths each omit the category with the same name as the subject under discussion; this passage lists all four categories—aggregates, bases, elements, and truths.

Here is one reproducible reading practice: place the object under discussion beside the names listed in its inclusion approach, and note what it lists and what it leaves out. The wording of the four passages compares in just this way; the treatise does not state why.

(Keep two difficult readings in mind as well: the sense-base column and the element column each contain one unbroken “consciousness-mind”; by the symmetry of what precedes and follows, each is one item. The truth column contains the two expressions “twelve truths” and “ten truths.” The treatise establishes only four truths; each expression occurs only once in the entire treatise, and the text explains neither. Yet the three—“ignorance, craving, and grasping”—plus the nine in “the remaining nine” make exactly twelve, matching the number of the twelve factors.)

The final two items close the thread planted at the beginning: supramundane conditionality belongs to the path truth, and the cessation of conditionality belongs to the cessation truth. Two kinds of conditionality were established at the opening; only here does the supramundane one receive its place.

The fourth doorway closes here. Of the five instances of “is complete,” this is the fourth; of the five methods, only one remains—the method concerning the noble truths, in the next fascicle.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Mundane and Supramundane Conditions and Inclusion · Doorway · Summer 2026

四聖諦總說General Account of the Four Noble Truths

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

第五扇門開了——五方便的最後一個。前四扇都在卷第十關上,這一扇要走四個單元。

苦聖諦先列十苦:生、老、死、憂、憂悲、惱、苦苦、怨憎會、愛別離、求不得,加一句「以略五受陰苦」。然後逐一而釋,每一釋都收在一個「義」字上——一切苦集義、作畏怖義、內燒義、因苦身義、失樂義。十釋,十個「義」字;唯第十一釋破格,不以「義」收。

十苦講完,論文立刻把同一批東西重分一次:二種苦——處苦、自性苦。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:凡遇重新分類,不要只讀新名,要把新舊二列並排點名,看誰沒被收進去。

照著點:處苦收生、死、怨憎會、愛別離、求不得五個,自性苦收憂、憂悲、惱三個。五加三得八——而標列是十個。老苦與苦苦,一個也沒收。

接著論文另立三種苦——苦苦、壞苦、行苦。這一組把苦苦接住了,可是它的取名之準不同:二種苦是從十苦裡挑名,三種苦是另立新名。兩張表不在同一個座標上。至於老苦,二分三分都沒有它。

並排點名這一步不做,讀者會以為二種苦與三種苦已經把十苦分完了。其實沒有。

而到了道諦的末尾,同一部論卻算得分毫不差。

三十七菩提法配進八正道,分四組:慧一類的四目歸正見;精進一類的五個單名加四正勤歸正精進;念一類的三個單名加四念處歸正念;定一類的九目歸正定。

數一數:四、九、七、九,合二十九;再加八正分道自身之八——正得三十七。一個不多,一個不少。

同一段之內,一處把數配得分毫不差,一處把十個分成八個而不作交代。可核的是這個落差本身。這部論的數目,不是處處可以照單全收的。

有一處值得自己去停。苦滅聖諦的答文最短——唯愛滅無餘、捨、遠離、解脫、無處。答完,緊接著就是:問:不然。這既然是愛滅,那就是集滅,世尊為什麼說苦因滅?

本論的設問幾乎一律是「問:云何」或「問:何故」,以「不然」起手的難全論只有三處,這是其中一處。

而答文沒有收回前說:它承認這確是集滅——末句明說「是故集滅」——只是苦因滅了才成不生滅,那是應作證的義,所以世尊從苦這一邊說。

四諦之中,唯獨苦滅諦之後立這一難。前面苦諦、集諦講得那麼長,一句反對也沒有;到這句最短的答文之後,論文自己站出來說「不對」。為什麼在這裡反對自己?本編只記這個分布,不代論文立說。

(順帶記著:三愛的第三目,前作「不有愛」、後作「非有愛」,二形交出而四見都在這一節;八正分道則有兩副眼睛——前釋各出其法數,後釋一律繫到泥洹上,不添新名而換座標再看一遍。)

The fifth door opens—the last of the five means. The first four all closed in fascicle ten; this door takes four units to pass through.

The noble truth of suffering first lists ten sufferings: birth, aging, death, grief, lamenting grief, distress, pain-as-pain, meeting the hated, separation from the loved, and not obtaining what is sought, then adds “summarized as the suffering of the five appropriated aggregates.” It then explains them one by one, and each explanation closes with the word “meaning”—the meaning of gathering all suffering, the meaning of producing fear, the meaning of inner burning, the meaning of a suffering body, the meaning of loss of pleasure. Ten explanations, ten “meanings”; only the eleventh explanation breaks the pattern and does not close with “meaning.”

Once the ten sufferings have been explained, the treatise immediately reclassifies the same set: two kinds of suffering—suffering of situation and suffering by intrinsic nature.

Here is a tool you can take away: Whenever you meet a reclassification, do not read only the new names. Place the old and new lists side by side, name every item, and see what has not been taken in.

Count them off: suffering of situation gathers birth, death, meeting the hated, separation from the loved, and not obtaining what is sought—five; suffering by intrinsic nature gathers grief, lamenting grief, and distress—three. Five plus three makes eight—but ten were listed. Neither aging nor pain-as-pain was gathered at all.

Next the treatise separately establishes three kinds of suffering—pain-as-pain, suffering through change, and suffering through formations. This set takes up pain-as-pain, but its naming criterion is different: the twofold division selects names from the ten sufferings, while the threefold division establishes new names. The two tables do not use the same coordinate. As for aging, neither the twofold nor the threefold division includes it.

Without this side-by-side naming, a reader may think the twofold and threefold divisions have fully classified the ten sufferings. They have not.

Yet at the end of the truth of the path, the same treatise counts with exact precision.

The thirty-seven awakening dhammas are fitted into the eightfold right path in four groups: the four items in the wisdom group enter right view; five individually named items in the energy group plus the four right strivings enter right effort; three individually named items in the mindfulness group plus the four establishments of mindfulness enter right mindfulness; the nine items in the concentration group enter right concentration.

Count them: four, nine, seven, and nine make twenty-nine; then add the eight factors of the eightfold path itself—exactly thirty-seven. Not one more, not one less.

Within the same passage, one count is fitted exactly, while another divides ten into eight without explanation. What can be verified is the contrast itself. The numbers in this treatise cannot simply be accepted as stated in every place.

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The answer on the noble truth of cessation is the shortest—only craving’s remainderless cessation, relinquishment, distance, liberation, and absence of locus. Once it ends, what follows immediately is: Question: No. Since this is cessation of craving, it is cessation of arising; why does the Blessed One speak of cessation of suffering’s cause?

The treatise’s questions almost always begin “Question: How?” or “Question: Why?” Only three objections in the entire treatise begin with “No”; this is one of them.

But the reply does not take back what came before: it acknowledges that this truly is cessation of arising—its final clause explicitly says “therefore, cessation of arising”—yet only when the cause of suffering ceases does non-arising cessation come to be. That is what is to be realized, and so the Blessed One speaks from the side of suffering.

Among the four truths, only the noble truth of cessation is followed by this objection. The earlier accounts of suffering and arising are so long, yet there is not one word of objection; after this shortest answer, the treatise itself steps forward and says “No.” Why does it object to itself here? This edition records only this distribution; it does not formulate a position on the treatise’s behalf.

(Keep in mind as well: the third of the three cravings is first written “not-becoming craving” and later “non-becoming craving”; both forms are transmitted, and all four occurrences lie in this section. The eightfold path, meanwhile, has two pairs of eyes—the first explanation sets out the numbered practices for each factor, while the second consistently ties them to Nibbāna, adding no new name but changing the coordinate and looking once more.)


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · General Account of the Four Noble Truths · Doorway · Summer 2026

四諦所以與前四門Why Four Truths and the First Four Approaches

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

這一段一起手就問:為什麼四聖諦是四,不是三、不是五?

本論此前也曾問「何故十不淨不多不少」〔T32 426b10–426b11〕,所以這不是全論唯一一次為數目設問。此處的特點,是明以三、五夾問四諦之數:何故說四聖諦,不三不五?

而更值得看的是它怎麼答:不訴諸權威,給了兩個彼此獨立的理由。

第一個在結構上:苦是世諦的果,集是世諦的因;滅是出世諦的果,道是出世諦的因。二諦各出一果一因,二乘二正得四。

第二個在工夫上:應知、應斷、應證、應修——四種該做的事,所以是四。

兩個理由都不引經、不稱佛說,就在四諦自身的形上立。

理由給完,論文出總標:此四聖諦,以十一行可勝可知。十一,是本品最大的一個數——陰四行、入五行、界闕、因緣七行,到聖諦是十一。而這個總標的措辭又換了一次:陰、入二處作「所勝可知」,因緣處作「以七行可知」,這裡作「可勝可知」。同一個式子,三種寫法。

十一個名接著列,可是照字面數,「次第」出現了兩次,末一項作「廣以相攝」。還原的憑據在後文——三個單元之後,論文自己設問:「云何以次第廣」。「次第廣」是一個門的名字;照這樣斷,十一行正得十一。憑據不在字面,在論文自己後來怎麼設問。

這裡有一把只就本段可核的工具:本段兩個「復次」都不是單添一點,而是換一副尺再量一遍。

本段「復次」兩見。第一次在四之所以:果因那副尺量完,換成四種所應再量一遍,得數仍是四。第二次在相門:前一輪一諦一相,共四;「復次」一來,換成一諦四相,共十六。兩輪不是一粗一細的重複,是兩種粒度——一輪給總相,一輪給四個面。

句義門有一處該數:問的是四諦的句義,而答文先解了「聖諦」與「諦」兩個總名,然後才是苦、集、滅、道。四目而出六。這已經是本品第三次了。

次第門的後半是一個譬:明了的醫先見病源、再問病緣、為了滅病、照病說藥;然後逐一對回去——病如苦,病因緣如集,病盡如滅,藥如道。四事四配,一項不缺。譬不作一次總比,作逐項分比。

有一處值得自己去停。略門第三組說:苦能起身見門,集能起開斷見門,滅能起開常見門,道能起開邪見門。

而校記正落在這個「開」字上——宋、元、明、宮四本作「關」。

二讀所指恰恰相反:從底本,四諦各能打開一道見門;從四本,各能關上一道見門。而「能起開」這三個字在本段出現四次,異讀所改及於四處——不是一處小異,是整整一組的讀法翻面。

這四道門,是打開還是關上?可核的只有兩件:底本作開、四本作關,四處一致。本段既沒有再解釋這四道門,也沒有別處用過同樣的句式,本論自身不足以判。

本編照錄不代判,本文從底本。這正是「並錄不判」最該用的一種場合:不是兩讀差別小到可以不管,是差別大到不能替論文選。

At the outset, this passage asks: why are the four noble truths four, not three or five?

The treatise previously also asks, “Why are the ten impurities neither more nor fewer?” 〔T32 426b10–426b11〕, so this is not the only place in the entire work where a number is questioned. What is distinctive here is that it explicitly brackets the number of the four noble truths with three and five: Why are four noble truths taught, not three or five?

What is even more worth seeing is how it answers: it appeals to no authority and gives two reasons independent of one another.

The first is structural: suffering is the worldly result, and arising the worldly cause; cessation is the supramundane result, and path the supramundane cause. Worldly and supramundane each yield one result and one cause; two times two makes exactly four.

The second concerns practice: to be known, to be abandoned, to be realized, and to be cultivated—four things to be done, therefore four.

Neither reason quotes scripture or invokes a Buddha-saying; both rest on the structure of the four truths themselves.

Once the reasons have been given, the treatise states its master heading: these four noble truths may be mastered and known through eleven approaches. Eleven is the largest number in this chapter’s series of master headings—the aggregates have four approaches, the sense bases five, the element passage omits the formula, conditionality has seven, and the noble truths have eleven. The master heading changes its wording once again: the aggregate and sense-base passages use “can be surpassed,” the conditionality passage says “can be known through seven approaches,” and here it says “may be mastered and known.” One pattern, three wordings.

Eleven names then follow, but counted literally, “sequence” appears twice, while the last item reads “extended through mutual inclusion.” The basis for restoring the division comes later—three units on, the treatise itself asks, “How through extended sequence?” “Extended sequence” is the name of a single approach; punctuated in this way, the eleven approaches number exactly eleven. The evidence lies not in the surface wording, but in the question the treatise itself asks later.

Here is a tool that can be checked within this passage alone: both instances of “again” do more than add a point; each takes up a different ruler and measures once more.

“Again” occurs twice in this passage. The first is in the reason for there being four: after measuring with cause and result, the text changes to the four things that should be done and measures again; the count is still four. The second is in the character approach: the first round gives one character for each truth, four in all; when “again” arrives, the scale changes to four characters for each truth, sixteen in all. The two rounds are not the same measurement repeated once coarsely and once finely; they work at two different granularities—one gives an overall character, the other four facets.

There is a count to make in the phrase-meaning approach. The question asks for the phrase-meanings of the four truths, but the answer first explains the two collective names “noble truth” and “truth,” and only then suffering, arising, cessation, and path. Four items yield six. This is already the third time in this chapter.

The latter half of the sequence approach is a simile: a discerning physician first sees the disease, then asks about its cause, seeks to end the disease, and prescribes medicine according to it. The passage then maps them back one by one—disease is like suffering, the cause of disease like arising, the exhaustion of disease like cessation, and medicine like path. Four things, four correspondences, with not one omitted. The simile does not make one general comparison; it compares item by item.

There is one place worth pausing over for yourself. The third group in the summary approach says: suffering can initiate the opening of the personality-view door; arising can initiate the opening of the annihilation-view door; cessation can initiate the opening of the eternalist-view door; and path can initiate the opening of the wrong-view door.

The critical note falls precisely on the character “open”—the Song, Yuan, Ming, and Palace witnesses read “close.”

The two readings point in exactly opposite directions: in the base text, each of the four truths can open one view-door; in the four witnesses, each can close one view-door. And the three-character source expression “can initiate opening” occurs four times in this passage, so the variant affects all four places—not one minor variation, but the reading of an entire group flipped over.

Do these four doors open or close? Only two things can be checked: the base text reads open and the four witnesses read close, consistently at all four occurrences. This passage gives no further explanation of these four doors, and the same formula occurs nowhere else; the treatise itself does not provide enough to decide.

This edition records both without adjudicating and follows the base text in the body. This is exactly where “record both without adjudicating” is most needed: not because the two readings differ so little that they can be ignored, but because they differ so greatly that the edition cannot choose on the treatise’s behalf.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Why Four Truths and the First Four Approaches · Doorway · Summer 2026

四諦譬喻、分別、數與一Simile, Analysis, Number, and Unity of the Four Truths

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

譬喻門連下三組,每組四譬配四諦。而三組的取象不是隨手排的。

第一組在身外:苦如毒樹,集如種,滅如燒種,道如火。樹、種、燒、火,是一件事的四個環節,而人只是在旁邊看。

第二組把人放進去了:苦如此岸有苦有怖畏,集如流,滅如彼岸無苦無怖畏,道如能渡的船。第一組是看一棵樹,這一組是站在岸上。

第三組連岸也沒有了:苦如擔著擔子,集如取起擔子,滅如放下擔子,道如放下擔子的方法。只剩肩上那副擔子。

三組同一個構造,而所取之象步步向內。論文不說它是由遠而近排的;三組並排放著,那個方向自己就出來了。

分別門一起手就出一個要當心的名:四種諦——語諦、各各諦、第一義諦、聖諦。

又是四,可是這個四不是那個四。本品一路講的四諦是苦、集、滅、道;這裡的四種諦是「諦」這個字的四種用法。更該當心的是:「聖諦」在這一組裡只是四種之一——論文一路稱苦集滅道為四聖諦,到這一門卻把它降為一個並列項。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一個熟名忽然出現在一組陌生的並列裡,先停下來問它是不是還是原來那個意思。這一門若不先把兩個「四」分開,就會以為論文在給四聖諦另立四種。

數門是最難的一節。同一組苦集滅道,論文分四番重畫界線:前三番的「除」語依次加入愛、餘煩惱、一切不善;第四番仍列這三類,不再新增,卻另把三地善法列入集諦。論文隨後分別說明四類:愛以覓有氣味義、餘煩惱以有結使義、一切不善以可斷與令起有義、三地善法以令有義而歸集。

四番講完,論文給了一個總判:同一批法或入苦諦或入集諦,判準是相——有逼惱、憂、有為、有邊之相的成苦諦,有聚、因緣、著、和合之相的成集諦。

這八個相不是這裡新立的。翻回上一單元的相門後輪,一字不易。前門立的尺,後門逕拿來用;十一行不是十一件並列的事。

有一處值得自己去停。四番的界說一律作「於三地」,唯獨第二番作「於第三地」——這四個字全論只出現這一次,而且此處沒有校記。若是「三地」之誤,四番就完全同構;若不是,第二番量的就是另一個範圍。校本沒有把它當作異文處理,我們也就沒有校本可以依傍。本編照原字錄,不代為改。

最後一門忽然轉了個向:四諦以四行成一——以諦義、以如義、以法義、以空義。

前七門從句義、相、次第、略、譬喻、分別與數等不同方面觀察四諦;第八門則明說「四諦以四行成一」。

可核的是這一句明文;不據此推說前七門逐門愈細。

Under the simile approach, three sets follow one after another, each pairing four similes with the four truths. The images in these three sets are not arranged at random.

The first set lies outside oneself: suffering is like a poisonous tree, arising like a seed, cessation like burning the seed, and path like fire. Tree, seed, burning, and fire are four stages in one event, while the person merely watches from the side.

The second set puts the person into the scene: suffering is like this shore, where there is suffering and fear; arising like the current; cessation like the far shore, where there is neither suffering nor fear; and path like a boat that can cross. The first set is looking at a tree; in this one, the person stands on the shore.

The third set has no shore left: suffering is like carrying a burden, arising like taking up the burden, cessation like setting the burden down, and path like the method for setting it down. Only the burden on one’s shoulder remains.

All three sets have the same structure, but their chosen images move inward step by step. The treatise does not say that they are arranged from far to near; with the three sets placed side by side, that direction emerges on its own.

The analysis approach opens with a name that calls for care: four kinds of truth—truth of speech, particular truth, ultimate truth, and noble truth.

It is another four, but this four is not that four. The four truths discussed throughout this chapter are suffering, arising, cessation, and path; the four kinds of truth here are four uses of the word “truth.” More care is needed because “noble truth” is only one of the four in this set—throughout the treatise, suffering, arising, cessation, and path are called the four noble truths, yet in this approach “noble truth” is placed alongside the others as a single item.

Here is a tool to carry away: when a familiar name suddenly appears in an unfamiliar list, pause and ask whether it still means what it meant before. Unless the two “fours” are first kept apart in this approach, one may think the treatise is giving the four noble truths a new fourfold classification.

The number approach is the most difficult section. With the same group of suffering, arising, cessation, and path, the treatise redraws the boundary in four rounds: the first three “excluding” clauses successively add craving, the other defilements, and all unwholesome states; the fourth still lists these three classes and adds no new one, but separately places wholesome states of the three planes under the truth of arising. The treatise then explains the four classes in turn: craving belongs to arising by the meaning of seeking flavor; the other defilements by the meaning of having fetters; all unwholesome states by being abandonable and giving rise to becoming; and wholesome states of the three planes by bringing about becoming.

After the four rounds, the treatise gives a general determination: the same body of dhammas may fall under either the truth of suffering or the truth of arising, and character is the criterion. Those with the characters of oppression, grief, conditionedness, and boundedness become the truth of suffering; those with the characters of gathering, condition, attachment, and conjunction become the truth of arising.

These eight characters are not established anew here. Turn back to the latter round of the character approach in the preceding unit, and they are repeated without a single character changed. A ruler established in an earlier approach is taken up directly by a later one; the eleven approaches are not eleven separate things merely placed side by side.

There is one place worth pausing over for oneself. The definitions in all four rounds read “in the three planes,” except that the second round reads “in the third plane”—those four characters occur only once in the entire treatise, and there is no critical note here. If “in the third plane” is an error for “in the three planes,” all four rounds would be perfectly parallel; if not, the second round is measuring a different range. The critical edition does not treat it as a variant, so there is no critical reading for us to rely on. This edition records the original words as they stand and does not emend them.

The final approach suddenly turns in another direction: the four truths become one through four approaches—through the meaning of truth, the meaning of thusness, the meaning of dhamma, and the meaning of emptiness.

The first seven approaches examine the four truths from different sides: phrase-meaning, character, sequence, summary, simile, analysis, and number. The eighth, by contrast, explicitly says, “the four truths become one through four approaches.”

The explicit statement itself is what can be verified; it does not support the inference that the first seven approaches grow progressively finer from one to the next.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Simile, Analysis, Number, and Unity of the Four Truths · Doorway · Summer 2026

四諦種種、次第廣與攝Diversity, Extended Sequence, and Inclusion of the Four Truths

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

品十一的最後一段。十一行畢其末三,五方便的第五扇門在這裡關上——五方便一關,這一品也就盡了。

種種門先把四諦分成二諦,各繫九目而九目逐目相對:有漏對無漏、有結對無結、有縛對無縛、有流對無流、有厄對無厄、有蓋對無蓋、可觸對不可觸、有取對無取、有煩惱對無煩惱。九對九,一目不缺。這一組九目在識陰的法門裡出現過,那裡是單列,這裡是把它翻成反面再並排。

末了一組四行:苦諦可知,集諦可斷,滅諦可證,道諦應修。而三個單元之前,論文為四諦之數作辯時說的是「應知、應斷、應證、應修」——四個字全作「應」。同一組四行,兩處字面不齊。

次第廣門是本品最長的一列:從一種數到十種,每一輪列苦、集、滅、道四個諦位——十輪四十個諦位。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到「以若干種」領起的列,不要只讀它說了什麼,先數苦、集、道三位的可數名目是不是正得其數。

照這個去核,四種至十種七輪一個不差:四身性處、四顛倒、四念處;五趣、五蓋、五根;六觸入、六愛身、六出離法;七識住、七使、七菩提分;八世間法、八邪邊、八正分;九眾生居、九愛根法、九正作意根法;十方行、十結使、十想。七輪二十一個可數名目,數與名一一相符;滅位另作「斷彼」或「斷某」。

而第二輪最值得看。底本作「名色是苦、是無明,有愛是集」——照字面讀,苦目得三、集目得一,與「二種」不合。拿數去核:名色本二,奢摩他與毘婆舍那本二,那麼集目若是「無明、有愛」,也正好是二。三個位置各得二,一格不差。

所以「是無明」該屬下不屬上。還原的憑據不是文意,是這一輪自報的那個「二」。

有一處值得自己去停。緊接著的第三輪就核不出來了:集目「三不善根」是三,道目「戒定慧」是三,而苦目作「苦苦」,這兩個字裡看不出三

這一輪的苦目,數在哪裡?可核的只有三件:另二目各得三;苦目作「苦苦」;此處無校記。

沒有校記這一點尤其要記著。校本沒有把它當作異文處理,所以與第二輪不同:那裡數能把斷句還原,這裡數只能告訴我們「對不上」,卻補不出對上的那個讀法。本編照錄不代補。

最後一門是攝:三種攝——陰攝、入攝、界攝。

把本品四處攝門並排一看:陰方便攝入、界、諦;入方便攝陰、界、諦;本段攝陰、入、界;而因緣方便獨作「四種相攝」,四者俱取。前三個「三種攝」各略去與所論同名的一類,本段所列不含「諦」。四處字面相形如此;論文不明說其所以。

末了三層收語:先收攝門,次收聖諦方便,末繫一行夾註「聖諦方便已竟」。

第五扇門關上了。而這一關,五方便就全收:陰、入、界、因緣、聖諦,各一收。品首列了五個名字,品中就有五個「已竟」與之相對,一個不多一個不少。

從「於五處當起方便」那一句到這裡,這一品走完了。

This is the final passage of Chapter Eleven. The last three of the eleven approaches are completed here, and the fifth doorway of the five methods closes—when this fifth method closes, the chapter too comes to an end.

The approach of diversity first divides the four truths into two truths, assigning nine items to each and pairing them item by item: affected by influxes against free from influxes, fettered against unfettered, bound against unbound, caught in currents against free from currents, subject to peril against free from peril, covered against uncovered, touchable against not touchable, grasped against free from grasping, and afflicted by defilements against free from defilements. Nine against nine, without a single item missing. This same group of nine appeared in the method concerning the aggregate of consciousness; there it appeared as a single list, while here each item is turned into its opposite and the two lists are set side by side.

The final set has four statements: suffering can be known, arising can be abandoned, cessation can be realized, and path should be cultivated. Yet three units earlier, when the treatise defended the number of the four truths, it said “should be known, should be abandoned, should be realized, should be cultivated”—all four use “should.” The same set of four statements is not worded alike in the two places.

The extended-sequence approach is the longest list in this chapter: it counts from one kind through ten kinds, and each round sets out the four truth-positions of suffering, arising, cessation, and path—ten rounds and forty truth-positions.

Here is a tool to carry away: When you meet a list introduced by “as a certain number,” do not read only what it says; first count whether the countable names in the three positions of suffering, arising, and path actually equal that number.

Checked in this way, not one of the seven rounds from four through ten is off: the four body-nature loci, four inversions, and four establishments of mindfulness; the five destinations, five hindrances, and five faculties; the six contact bases, six bodies of craving, and six dhammas of release; the seven stations of consciousness, seven tendencies, and seven factors of awakening; the eight worldly dhammas, eight wrong extremes, and eight right factors; the nine abodes of beings, nine craving-root dhammas, and nine right-attention-root dhammas; the ten directional courses, ten fetters, and ten perceptions. Across seven rounds, all twenty-one countable names agree one for one with their numbers; the cessation position separately says “abandon that” or “abandon such-and-such.”

The second round is the one most worth examining. The base text reads, “Name-and-form is suffering, is ignorance; craving for becoming is arising.” Read literally, suffering gets three items and arising one, which does not agree with “as two.” Test it by the count: name and form are two, calm and insight are two, so if the arising item is “ignorance and craving for becoming,” it too is exactly two. Each of the three positions has two, without a single slot out of place.

Thus “is ignorance” belongs below, not above. What restores the division is not the meaning but the “two” that this very round reports for itself.

There is one place worth pausing over. The third round immediately after it will not check out: the arising item, “the three unwholesome roots,” is three, and the path item, “morality, concentration, and wisdom,” is three, but the suffering item reads “pain-as-pain,” and its two source characters do not visibly yield three.

Where is the number in this round’s suffering item? Only three things can be checked: each of the other two positions yields three; the suffering item reads “pain-as-pain”; there is no critical note here.

The absence of a critical note is especially important to remember. The critical edition does not treat this as a variant, so this differs from the second round: there the count can restore the punctuation; here the count can tell us only that “it does not match,” but cannot supply the reading that would make it match. This edition records it as it stands without supplying the missing reading.

The final approach is inclusion: three kinds of inclusion—inclusion by aggregates, by bases, and by elements.

Set the four inclusion passages in this chapter side by side: the aggregate method includes bases, elements, and truths; the base method includes aggregates, elements, and truths; this passage includes aggregates, bases, and elements; the conditionality method alone speaks of “four kinds of mutual inclusion” and takes in all four. Each of the first three “threefold inclusion” lists omits the category named by the method under discussion; the list here contains no “truths.” This is how the wording of the four passages compares; the treatise does not expressly state why.

The closing then proceeds through three levels: first it closes the inclusion approach, next the method concerning the noble truths, and last it appends the parenthetical note “The method concerning the noble truths is complete.”

The fifth doorway has closed. With this closing, all five methods are complete: aggregates, bases, elements, conditionality, and noble truths, one completion for each. The chapter opening listed five names, and within the chapter five matching “is complete” notices answer them, neither one more nor one fewer.

From the sentence “in five fields he should arouse a method” to this point, the chapter has run its course.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Diversity, Extended Sequence, and Inclusion of the Four Truths · Doorway · Summer 2026

四諦方便與名色The Four Noble Truths Method and Name-and-Form

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

最後一品的第一段。論主不寫導言,他報帳。

一句「已明了陰界入因緣諦」把品十一的五扇門點過,一句「已得聞戒頭陀禪」把更前面的路點過。然後是五件「已觀」。已辦的排了兩串八項,未辦的只有一件——四聖諦未分別。

一段之重,不在那八,在那一。

接下來論主辦事的手法很素。他不重講陰、入、界,只用同一個模子說三遍「如某方便廣說,如是當知」,把讀者送回上一品去。三句一模,一句不缺。

然後收一次:唯有陰入界,無眾生無命,已令起已得行想。

隨即那句樞紐落下——「爾時已略作二種令起,所謂名、色」。三科略為二。

略了之後,帳重算一遍:色陰是十入十界的色,四陰是意入七界。這一組對應在品十一裡出現過,那裡是從入界數到陰,這裡是從陰數到入界。方向反過來,正因為要略:從入界數陰得到的是攤開的三科,從陰數入界得到的是收攏的名色。

中間夾一節名色差別,十一目。前四目兩邊各給一句,後七目只說對面「無此」。最後六目兩兩成對:色行、色食、色笑;名不行不食不笑,名只知道「我行」「我食」「我笑」。三對排開,論主一句按語也不下。

然後第二次收:唯以名色,無眾生無命,已令起已得行想。

兩次收語,一字不改。「無眾生無命」全論二見,兩見都在這一段;「已得行想」全論二見,也都在這一段。

這就是本段可以帶走的一件工具:遇到論文把同一句原樣重複,先別讀那句,先找出兩次之間換掉的是什麼。換掉的那一項,就是這一段所辦的事。

這裡換掉的是三科,換上的是名色。第二次收完,論文立刻補一句「爾時一切作略」——略字自此收口。

有一處值得自己去停:五件「已觀」裡的後二件,三百鉾刺喻與燒頭愛喻,本論哪裡教過?查不到。「鉾」與「燒頭」全論各只此一見;同列的前三件則各有著落,無始生死還在因緣門裡出現過。論文照樣說「已觀」。本編照錄,不代補其所出。

還有一處:首句把「諦」列在已明了裡,第五句卻說「未分別四聖諦」。二處動詞不同,一作明了、一作分別;而上一品收門時用的是「令起」。三個動詞,論文沒有另立一節去分。本編照錄不代裁。

段末一句轉身:「從此苦因緣應觀」——名色既立,下一步就去看它的因緣。

The first passage of the final chapter begins with an account, not an introduction.

One sentence—“has clearly understood the aggregates, elements, sense bases, conditionality, and truths”—calls to mind the five doors of Chapter Eleven. Another—“has heard about precepts, ascetic practices, and meditation”—calls to mind the earlier road. Five matters already contemplated follow. What has been completed is arranged in two series of eight; what remains is only one matter: the four noble truths have not yet been distinguished.

The weight of the passage lies not in the eight, but in the one.

The author then proceeds plainly. Aggregates, sense bases, and elements are not explained again. The same mold is used three times—“as explained in detail in that method, so should this be understood”—sending the reader back to the previous chapter. Three statements in one mold, none omitted.

Then comes a first closing: only aggregates, sense bases, and elements; no being and no life; has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations.

The pivot immediately follows: “At this point, what has arisen is reduced to two kinds, namely name and form.” Three classes are reduced to two.

After the reduction, the account is recalculated: the form aggregate is the form of the ten sense bases and ten elements; the four aggregates are the mind sense base and seven elements. These correspondences appeared in Chapter Eleven. There they were counted from sense bases and elements toward aggregates; here they are counted from aggregates toward sense bases and elements. The direction reverses because the movement is one of reduction: counting aggregates from sense bases and elements leaves the three classes spread open; counting sense bases and elements from aggregates gathers them as name-and-form.

Between the two closings stands a list of eleven differences between name and form. The first four give a statement to each side; the next seven say that one side “has none of these.” The final six form three pairs: form walks, eats, and laughs; name does not walk, eat, or laugh, but knows “I walk,” “I eat,” and “I laugh.” The three pairs are set out without commentary.

Then comes the second closing: only name-and-form; no being and no life; has been caused to arise and has obtained the perception of formations.

The two closings are unchanged. “No being and no life” occurs twice in the entire treatise, both times in this passage; “has obtained the perception of formations” likewise occurs twice, both times here.

This passage therefore offers one practical tool: when the treatise repeats a sentence unchanged, do not begin with the repeated sentence. First find what changes between the two occurrences. What changes is the work of the passage.

Here the three classes are replaced by name-and-form. After the second closing, the text immediately adds, “At this point everything has been reduced.” The movement of reduction is complete.

One point deserves a pause. Where in the treatise were the last two of the five contemplated matters—the simile of three hundred spears and the simile of love for one whose head is burning—taught? They cannot be found. The graph for “spear” and the phrase “head is burning” each occur only here; the first three items in the series do have internal places, with “beginningless birth and death” appearing in the conditionality method. The treatise nevertheless says that all five have been contemplated. This edition records the statement without supplying a source.

Another point also remains open. The opening includes “truths” among what has been clearly understood, but the fifth sentence says the four noble truths have not yet been distinguished. The verbs differ: “clearly understood” and “distinguished,” while the preceding chapter used “cause to arise.” The treatise gives no separate explanation of the three. Their wording is recorded without adjudication.

The final sentence turns: “From here, the conditions of suffering should be contemplated.” Name-and-form having been established, the next step is to examine its conditions.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Four Noble Truths Method and Name-and-Form · Doorway · Summer 2026

四諦因緣與三相廣觀Conditions of the Four Noble Truths and Extended Contemplation of the Three Characteristics

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四諦在這一段才真正立起來,而立法很素:從苦往上追。

苦以生為因緣,生以有為因緣,有以取為因緣……一路追到行以無明為因緣。十一句,句式一律,中間一環也不缺。追到頭,論主回身作一句總結——而那句總結只出三個扣:頭上兩個,末了一個,中間全略。

苦集二諦於是立起。論主給這個智三個名字:法住智、聖取因緣智、離疑清淨。三個名字在本論裡各只出現這一次,而論主用「此眾語言」把它們總繫起來,不辨其異。

滅諦一節有一處該停。還滅之列五句:首句「從生滅此苦滅」合於上文,末句「從無明滅行滅」也合;中間三句卻把因與果掉了個位——從生滅有滅、從有滅取滅、從取滅愛滅。而且從愛滅逕跳到無明滅行滅,中間五環一句不列。

此處沒有校記。本編照錄不代改。

奇的是,緊接著那句總結形卻端正,而且只出三個扣,位置與順觀那句一模一樣。二處對稱。

道諦最短,卻藏著一件字面:四諦逐一立起,只有道諦這一諦回頭指路——「如諦方便廣說」,全論唯此一見。

然後是一百八十法,兩組算法。第一組說「於五陰五十二成六十」,第二組說「此十六成六十」。照字面讀,五十二不是六十,十六也不是六十。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到論文自報之數與所列對不上,先試改斷句。

照這個去試:第一組讀作五與十二,五陰乘十二法門,正得六十;第二組所列正是十目而每目各繫一個「六」,十乘六,也正得六十。兩處連寫,兩處都被它自己報出的那個「六十」還原了。

把這兩處與前面那個還滅之列並排,本段的教就完整了:同一段之內,數校得回二處,校不回一處。能還原的照數還原、字仍照錄;還原不了的,照錄不代改——不要因為手上有一把好用的工具,就拿它去硬撬撬不開的地方。

三相一節,論主的字也不齊:於行分別觀、於行觀分別、於觀分別——末一句連「行」字都沒有。

末了三問三答把三相各繫一處,而三答的形各不相同:無常一答起處與安處同說無相;苦一答起處說作願、安處說無作願,一正一反;無我一答起處只說所見,根本沒給界名。照錄不代齊。

一句夾註收住:「分別智已竟」——這是品十二的第一個收語。

The four truths are fully brought forth in this passage, through a plain method: tracing backward from suffering.

Suffering has birth as its condition, birth has becoming as its condition, becoming has grasping as its condition, and the sequence continues until formations have ignorance as their condition. Eleven statements use one form, without omitting a link. Having reached the beginning, the author turns and gives a summary—but that summary names only three links: the first two and the last, omitting the middle.

The truths of suffering and arising are thereby established. The author gives the relevant knowledge three names: knowledge of the stability of dhammas, noble knowledge that grasps conditionality, and purification through freedom from doubt. Each name occurs only once in the treatise, and “these several expressions” gathers them without distinction.

The section on cessation calls for a pause. Its five statements of reverse cessation begin and end in agreement with the preceding series: when birth ceases, suffering ceases; when ignorance ceases, formations cease. The middle three exchange condition and conditioned: the cessation of birth is said to bring the cessation of becoming, the cessation of becoming that of grasping, and the cessation of grasping that of craving. The text then jumps from craving directly to ignorance and formations, leaving five intermediate links unstated.

No critical note occurs here. This edition records without correction.

Strangely, the summary that immediately follows is orderly and gives only three links in exactly the same positions as the forward summary. The two summaries are symmetrical.

The truth of the path is shortest, but it contains one telling feature: of the four truths, only the path points backward with “as explained in detail in the noble-truth method,” a phrase occurring only here in the treatise.

Then come one hundred and eighty dhammas and two calculations. The first says 於五陰五十二成六十; the second says 此十六成六十. Read as the single numbers fifty-two and sixteen, neither equals sixty.

The passage therefore offers a practical tool: when an announced total does not match a list, first test the punctuation.

Applied here, the first string becomes five times twelve—five aggregates with twelve approaches—and gives exactly sixty. The second list contains ten items, each attached to six; ten times six also gives sixty. Two run-together expressions are both restored by the “sixty” that the text itself announces.

Place them beside the reverse-cessation series and the teaching becomes complete: within one passage, a count restores two readings but cannot restore one sequence. Where the count restores the reading, preserve the written form and recognize the calculation. Where it does not, record without forcing a correction. A useful tool must not become a lever applied to what it cannot open.

The wording in the section on the three characteristics is also uneven: “with respect to formations, analytically contemplate,” “with respect to formations, contemplate analytically,” and “with respect to contemplation, analyze”—the last does not even contain the word “formations.”

The final three answers are likewise differently formed. Impermanence names the signless both where the mind arises and where it settles. Suffering moves from forming an aspiration to non-aspiration, positive to negative. Not-self describes only what is seen at arising and gives no name of an element there. This edition records without making the forms uniform.

A parenthetical closing ends the unit: “Analytical knowledge has ended.” This is Chapter Twelve’s first closing formula.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Conditions of the Four Noble Truths and Extended Contemplation of the Three Characteristics · Doorway · Summer 2026

三種取相與心相Three Kinds of Grasping a Sign and Signs of Mind

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

分別智收了,觀行轉到取相。

論主立三種:取煩惱相、取定相、取毘婆舍那相。而三種各繫一個譬喻,一種一個,一個也不缺——蛾投燈、繫象、捉毒蛇。三個譬喻在本論裡各只出現這一次。

值得看的是三個譬喻的方向。

蛾投燈,動的是蛾自己:沒有人繫牠、捉牠,牠自己撲上去。凡夫取煩惱相就是這樣,樂想常想的顛倒一起,心自己就好上去了。

繫象,動的是繫的人:象在那裡,繫住牠是為了牠不亂走。坐禪人取定相就是這樣,在三十八行的一一行上取相繫心,為的是不亂。

捉毒蛇,動的也是捉的人,可是捉的那個東西會咬人。常觀的人取毘婆舍那相就是這樣,在色受想行識上各各分別其自相,而所樂的是捨。

一個自投,兩個他取;兩個他取之中,一個留住,一個拿起來而不被傷。論主一句按語也不下,只把三個譬喻擺在三個位置上。

三種取相各繫一個「能」:一繫顛倒,一繫念正智,一繫慧。這裡有一件字面可以帶走的手藝:後兩種都作「所初心」,第一種底本卻斷作「顛倒所,初心」。用齊的那兩處,去還原不齊的這一處——這一句的「所」該屬下而不屬上。還原的憑據不是文意,是同組另兩處的句式。本編照原字錄,不代加標點。

(名字上還有一件:立目那一處作「毘婆舍那」,其問與其釋三處都作「毘婆奢那」,同一段裡二形並用。此處有校記,四本於立目處亦作「奢」。並錄不判,照錄不代齊。)

有一處值得自己去停:「問:云何取受想行識相?」——問裡列的是四樣,答文卻從色說起,收句也作「取色受想行識相」,是五樣。問四而答五。問裡為什麼沒有「色」?此處沒有校記。本編照錄,不代補、不代刪。

末後二行取心相:以事、以作意。連這兩行的收句都不齊——一個作「彼如是以事取心相」,一個作「如是已作意取心相」。照錄。

段末留了一個扣子:「如是善取彼相」。下一段第一問,就是問它怎樣才算「善取」。

Analytical knowledge has closed, and contemplation turns to grasping a sign.

The author establishes three kinds: grasping the sign of defilement, grasping the sign of concentration, and grasping the sign of 毘婆舍那. Each is linked to one simile, with none omitted: a moth flying into a lamp, an elephant tethered, and a venomous snake seized. Each simile occurs only once in the whole treatise.

Their directions deserve attention.

In the moth flying into the lamp, the moth itself moves. No one tethers or seizes it; it throws itself forward. The foolish ordinary person grasps the sign of defilement in this way: once the distortions of pleasure and permanence arise, the mind itself inclines toward what it likes.

In tethering the elephant, the person who tethers acts. The elephant is held so that it will not wander. The meditator grasps the sign of concentration in this way: in each of the thirty-eight practices, a sign is grasped and the mind is bound to it so that it will not be distracted.

In seizing the venomous snake, the person who seizes also acts, but the object can bite. One who continually contemplates grasps the sign of 毘婆奢那 in this way: the own-characteristic of form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness is distinguished, while what is desired is relinquishment.

One simile is self-projection; two involve another’s grasping. Of the latter two, one holds in place and the other lifts without being injured. The treatise offers no comment, but sets the three similes at their three positions.

Each kind is also linked to a capacity: distortion, mindfulness and right knowledge, or wisdom. Here the wording teaches a small textual craft. The latter two cases have the joined Chinese string 所初心; the base punctuation of the first reads “distortion-so, beginning-mind.” Use the two regular cases to recover the irregular one: the graph belongs below, not above. The basis is not an inferred meaning but the form of the other two members in the same set. The original characters remain; punctuation is not supplied on the text’s behalf.

The name itself also has two written forms. The heading uses 毘婆舍那, with , while the three occurrences in its question and explanation use 毘婆奢那, with . One critical note reports in four witnesses at the heading as well. Both forms are retained without adjudication or standardization.

One question calls for a pause: “How does one grasp the signs of feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness?” The question names four, but the answer begins with form and the closing names the signs of form, feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness—five. Why does the question omit form? No critical note occurs there. This edition records without adding to the question or deleting from the answer.

The final two ways of grasping the sign of mind are through an occasion and through attention. Even their closings differ: one says “one in this way, through an occasion, grasps the sign of mind”; the other, “in this way one has, through attention, grasped the sign of mind.” They are recorded as written.

The passage leaves a hook: “In this way the meditator grasps the sign well.” The first question of the next passage asks what makes that grasping good.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Kinds of Grasping a Sign and Signs of Mind · Doorway · Summer 2026

善取相與起滅通達Well-Grasped Signs and Penetration of Arising and Cessation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

上一段留下的扣子,本段第一句就解開了。

「云何彼相成善取?」——判準短得出奇:還能以同一個行、同一個相再觀一遍,就算。不是相現得清楚,不是持得久,是能再觀一次。論主不別立他判。

然後立三個名字:起、滅、起滅通達。三個擺出來,其下卻只釋了第三個——色一段、四陰一段,各以「彼二句」收,那兩句就是生相起、變相滅。前兩個名字不別釋。照錄不代補。

接著是三行:因、緣、自味。起相三行,滅相三行。

這裡有一件可以帶走的手藝:遇到一組同式的話,先數它一共繫了幾次、有沒有一次漏掉。

照這個去數本段那句「以慧眼見」:色一處、受想行識一處、起相三行各一處、滅相三行各一處——八處,一處不缺。而這一句在全論只出現這八次,八見全在本段。

繫得這樣齊,這句話就不是順口的話了。所謂通達,不是想通,是;而且是以慧眼見。八次一次不少,論主把這一句當作了通達的骨。

那面燈焰在這裡點了兩次:起邊作「初後新新起行」,滅邊作「初有滅行」——同一個喻,一次顯起,一次顯滅。

有一處值得自己去停:起相三行分作三處說,第一處與第三處都作「問……答……」,中間那一處既無「問」字也無「答」字。同一組三處,何以中間一處不備?此處沒有校記。本編照錄不代補。

還有一件形上的事:起相三行是分開問的,滅相三行卻合為一問,一問之內三行俱答。同是三行,一分一合。

可是兩邊的判法完全一樣——因自己歸一邊(起邊歸集諦、滅邊歸滅諦),緣與自味歸另一邊(兩邊都歸苦諦)。一與二之分,落在同一個位置上。本編只記這層相形,不代論文說其故。

末了一件可以回頭看的:「剎那不可得」這五個字全論三見,其中一見正是品十二開卷那句「已觀一剎那不可得」。開卷說已觀的那一件,到這裡才給出它的通達之法。

The first sentence resolves the hook left by the preceding passage.

“What makes that sign well grasped?” The criterion is remarkably short: if one can contemplate it again through the same practice and the same sign, it is well grasped. Not that the sign appears clearly, nor that it is held for a long time, but that it can be contemplated once more. The author establishes no other criterion.

Three names then appear: arising, cessation, and penetration of arising and cessation. All three are stated, but only the third is explained. Form receives one passage and the four mental aggregates another; each closes with “these two statements”—the characteristic of birth is arising, the characteristic of change is cessation. The first two names receive no separate explanation.

The passage next establishes three ways: cause, condition, and own flavor, on both the arising and cessation sides.

Here is one textual craft to carry away: when a set repeats one formula, first count how many times it is attached and whether any member lacks it.

Count “sees with the eye of wisdom.” It appears once for form, once for feeling, perception, formations, and consciousness together, once for each of the three ways of arising, and once for each of the three ways of cessation—eight times, none omitted. The phrase occurs only these eight times in the whole treatise, all here.

Such a complete distribution means that the phrase is not incidental. It is the bone of penetration. Penetration is not merely thinking something through. It is seeing—and seeing with the eye of wisdom.

The lamp flame is lit twice: on the arising side, formations arise ever new from beginning to end; on the cessation side, there is a formation of cessation at the beginning. One simile discloses arising once and cessation once.

One place calls for a pause. The three ways of arising are presented separately. The first and third say “Question” and “Answer”; the middle contains neither word. Why does one member of the set lack both labels? No critical note occurs there. This edition records without supplying them.

There is a second formal contrast. The three ways of arising are separated into three places, while the three ways of cessation are gathered under one question. The same three are divided on one side and gathered on the other.

Yet the classification is identical: cause stands alone—assigned to arising on one side and cessation on the other—while condition and own flavor stand together, assigned to suffering on both sides. One against two, at the same point.

Finally, “the impossibility of obtaining even an instant” appeared at the beginning of Chapter Twelve among what had already been contemplated. Here the text gives its mode of penetration. What the opening named as completed now becomes visible in practice.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Well-Grasped Signs and Penetration of Arising and Cessation · Doorway · Summer 2026

起滅智的通達與成滿Penetration and Fulfillment of Knowledge of Arising and Cessation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

本段設兩個問,兩個問各給一個譬喻,而兩個譬喻的方向恰恰相反。

第一問:既然以起滅已見苦諦,何必還起上智?

論主先反問一句「何用起見滅」,然後才給判準——往邊。這兩個字全論只出現這一次。要一直到諸行的過患窮盡、從行相起心而於非行成度,那個苦才叫成滿。

譬喻是飛鳥出火圍。重心不在離火,在到了外邊才見得全。鳥被圍著的時候怖畏還沒有免;飛出去、到了虛空,回頭看那一圈火,這時候才見到火圍的過患。

第二問:一切諸行,是不是每一處都要觀?

答:在最初的諸行處取它的相,通達起滅無餘處,一切諸行就令滿了。譬喻是舌舐海水——在大海的一處舐一口,就知道一切水都是鹹的。一處就夠。

一個要你飛出去,一個說舐一口就行。看起來正相反。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一段之內出現兩個方向相反的譬喻,先不要急著調和,先看它們各自答的是哪一問。

照這個去分就清楚了:第一問問的是深度——見到什麼程度才算成滿;第二問問的是廣度——是不是每一處都得觀。深度上不許打折,廣度上不必窮舉。兩個譬喻各管一頭,所以不打架。

中間一段立了四法:一相法、種種法、無事法、正法。有一處值得自己去停:這個「正法」往下再沒出現過,底下五處全作「止法」。而末一處還有校記,四本又作「正」——若從四本,不齊的位置只是換了個地方,並沒有消掉。本編照錄不代齊。

四法用來破執,四見四執一一相對:起見破種種執,滅見破一執,初後見破我執,法見破無事執。可是緊接著說凡夫的那一列——所不覺的是一、種種、無事、法,所成之說是常斷、常、我、無事——名不同,序也不同,與上一列對不上。照錄不代對。

而末了三相之通達只有三個:一性法覺苦相,種種性覺無常相,無事法與止法二者同覺無我相。四法到這裡,末二者合成一相。

收句把兩個名字繫成一個:起滅智就是諸行分別智。而「分別智」這個名字,另一見正是上上段那句「分別智已竟」——分別智收於彼,起滅智收於此;二收之間,就是取相與通達的全程。

This passage asks two questions. Each receives a simile, and the two similes point in exactly opposite directions.

The first question is: if arising and cessation have already revealed the truth of suffering, why must higher knowledge still arise?

The author first counters with “What use is there in causing a vision of cessation to arise?” and only then gives the criterion: gone to the boundary. The two graphs 往邊 occur only once in the entire treatise. One must continue until the dangers of formations have been exhausted, the mind has arisen from the characteristic of formations, and it has crossed over in the non-formation. Only then is that suffering fulfilled.

The simile is a bird leaving a ring of fire. The center of gravity is not merely leaving the fire, but seeing the whole only after reaching the outside. While the bird remains surrounded, it has not escaped fear. It flies out into open sky and looks back upon the ring of fire; only then does it see the danger of the enclosure.

The second question is: must every place among all formations be contemplated?

The answer says that one grasps their sign at the initial place among formations, penetrates arising and cessation without remainder, and thereby fulfills all formations. The simile is a tongue tasting seawater: one lick at one place in the great ocean reveals that all its water is salty. One place is enough.

One says to fly outside; the other says a single taste will do. They appear to be exact opposites.

Here is a reading tool worth carrying away: when two similes in one passage point in opposite directions, do not reconcile them too quickly. First ask which question each is answering.

Once separated in this way, they become clear. The first question concerns depth: how far must vision proceed before it is fulfilled? The second concerns breadth: must every place be contemplated? Depth admits no discount; breadth does not require exhaustive enumeration. Each simile governs one dimension, so they do not conflict.

The middle passage establishes four dhammas: the dhamma of one characteristic, the dhamma of various characteristics, the dhamma of no entity, and 正法, the “right dhamma.” One feature calls for a pause: 正法 never appears again below. All five later occurrences instead read 止法, the “stopping dhamma.” At the last occurrence, moreover, four witnesses again read . If those witnesses are followed, the place of the irregularity merely moves; it does not disappear. This edition retains the visibly different 正法 and 止法 without standardizing them.

The four dhammas are used to undo grasping, and four visions correspond one for one to four graspings: vision of arising undoes grasping at variety, vision of cessation undoes grasping at oneness, vision of beginning and end undoes grasping at self, and vision of dhammas undoes grasping at no entity. But the immediately following list concerning ordinary people names what they fail to awaken to as one, various, no entity, and dhamma, and names the resulting assertions as permanence-and-annihilation, permanence, self, and no entity. The names differ, the orders differ, and this list does not align with the preceding one. The text is retained without forcing an alignment.

At the end, the penetration of characteristics has only three members: the dhamma of oneness awakens to the characteristic of suffering, diversity awakens to impermanence, and both the dhamma of no entity and 止法 awaken to not-self. Four dhammas converge into three characteristics, with the last two sharing one.

The closing sentence binds two names together: knowledge of arising and cessation is analytical knowledge of formations. The other occurrence of the shorter name “analytical knowledge” is the close two units earlier: analytical knowledge closes there, and knowledge of arising and cessation closes here. Between those two closings lies the full movement of grasping signs and penetrating them.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Penetration and Fulfillment of Knowledge of Arising and Cessation · Doorway · Summer 2026

觀滅三行與除亂慢Three Ways of Contemplating Cessation and Removing Distraction and Overestimation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

起滅智收了,觀行再轉一次:從此不作意觀生,唯見心滅。

論主立三行——以聚、以雙、以分別——三問逐一而下,三問一律,一問不缺。這一點值得與前面那一段並看:那裡起相三行也分作三處,卻有一處連「問」「答」二字都沒有。同一部書,同樣是三行分問,一處齊、一處不齊。

三行畢,論主說一句「如偈所說」,就引出一段三十九行的長偈。他不出書名、不稱佛說、不稱尊者,偈末也沒有收語。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到長偈,先不要一句一句讀,先數它的行式——幾言一行,有沒有中途改變。

照這個去數本偈:前二十六行五言,後十三行七言。

而換體的那一行,正好也是換題的那一行。五言段從頭到尾說的是根與塵怎樣不自生、展轉怎樣羸——鼓槌打鼓的聲音不從眼生、不從色生,六根一路數下去,然後一連六個「最羸」,末了以乾闥婆城作收。七言段從頭到尾說的是一心剎那與三世怎樣不可得——一心與苦樂相應而速,剎那、山海、八萬劫;第一義中無去無來;諸法不生如虛空,猶如電起須臾滅。

體是形,題是義。形一換,義也換。這個接縫不必靠文意去猜,數一數行字就看得出來。

有一處值得自己去停:「亦不離二句」在偈中出現五次,眼、耳、鼻、舌、身各一次;而其下說法入的那一節不繫這一句,改作「依因緣依生」。五根都繫,法入為什麼不繫?此節雖有兩條異讀,卻沒有一條讓它補上。本編照錄不代補。

偈中另有三個「羸」字,本編的正文與大正藏不同:大正本作「臝」,校本已經把正文改成「羸」。校本已改正文者,本文從訂正之讀——這與那些「記其異而未採」的條目不同,考據把二者分作甲乙二表,正是為了讓這一分看得見。

偈畢,論主說見滅入定如鑽火煙起,隨後光明、智、喜、猗諸法紛紛而起——於是或起亂、或起增上慢。二問之題不齊:一問其除,一問其起。增上慢怎麼起?答得很實在:在還沒有得的上頭成了得相,然後就不再精進。

末了一句「觀滅智已竟」——這三個字全論只出現這一次。而這一句之後就是卷題。品十二走完了它的第一卷。

Knowledge of arising and cessation has closed, and contemplation turns once more. From this point the meditator no longer attends to contemplating arising and sees only the cessation of mind.

The author establishes three ways—through a group, through a pair, and through analysis—and asks one question for each. All three questions have the same form, and none is missing. This is worth reading beside the earlier passage: there, the three ways concerning arising are also divided among three places, but one place lacks even the words “question” and “answer.” Within the same treatise, two sequences of three questions have matching structures, but one is uniform and the other is not.

When the three ways are complete, the author says only “as the verse says” and introduces a long verse of thirty-nine Chinese lines. No title is given, and the words are attributed neither to the Buddha nor to an elder. Nor does the verse have a closing formula.

Here is a reading tool worth carrying away: when meeting a long verse, do not begin by reading it line by line. First count its line form—how many Chinese graphs make up each line, and whether that number changes midway.

The count here is exact: the first twenty-six lines have five graphs each, and the final thirteen have seven.

The line where the form changes is also exactly where the subject changes. From beginning to end the five-graph section concerns how faculties and objects do not arise from themselves and how mutual conditioning is weak. The sound of a drum struck by a beater arises neither from the eye nor from form; the six faculties are taken in sequence; six occurrences of 最羸, “weakest,” follow; and a gandharva city closes the section. From beginning to end the seven-graph section concerns how one mind-moment and the three times cannot be found: one mind associated with suffering and pleasure is swift; a moment is placed beside mountains, oceans, and eighty thousand eons; in ultimate meaning there is no going or coming; dhammas do not arise, like empty space, and like lightning they cease in an instant.

Form is visible structure; subject is meaning. When the form changes, the meaning changes with it. This seam need not be guessed from interpretation alone. Counting the Chinese graphs in each line makes it visible.

One point invites a pause. 亦不離二句—“nor do they depart from these two phrases”—occurs five times in the verse, once each for eye, ear, nose, tongue, and body. The following section on the dhamma entrance does not carry that phrase and instead says 依因緣依生, “arises in dependence on causes and conditions.” Why do the five faculties all carry the phrase while the dhamma entrance does not? Two variants occur in that section, but neither supplies the missing words. This edition retains the text without supplementation.

At three other places the body’s graph , “weak,” differs from the Taishō base’s : the critical edition has already changed its own body text to . Where the critical edition has amended the body, this text follows the corrected reading. That differs from merely recording a variant without adopting it. The apparatus separates those two classes into Tables A and B to keep the distinction visible.

After the verse, the author says that entering concentration upon seeing cessation is like smoke arising when fire is drilled. Illumination, knowledge, joy, tranquility, and other dhammas then arise, and the meditator may give rise to distraction or to overestimation. The subjects of the two questions are uneven: one asks how distraction is removed, and the other how overestimation arises. How does overestimation arise? The answer is concrete: a sign of attainment is formed over what has not yet been attained, and effort then stops.

The final words are “Knowledge of contemplating cessation has ended.” 觀滅智, “knowledge of contemplating cessation,” occurs only once in the entire treatise. The fascicle heading immediately follows. Chapter Twelve has completed its first fascicle.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Three Ways of Contemplating Cessation and Removing Distraction and Overestimation · Doorway · Summer 2026

令起智怖與樂解脫智Knowledge That Arouses Fear and Knowledge Delighting in Liberation

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

卷第十二開卷。上一卷收在「觀滅智已竟」,這一段接著往下走。

觀滅既成,所畏的就出來了:畏陰因、畏陰生,畏三有、五趣、七識住、九眾生居。而論主給的三個喻,說的都是所畏之物本身——惡人捉著刀、毒蛇、火聚。他不說怕的人怎麼樣,只把三樣可畏之物並排。

然後三相各出一對:以無常現作意而畏、以安隱而安;以苦、以無我也各一對。一畏一安,三對六句,一句不缺。這裡照錄。

第二節的第一句最要緊:「以怖現修行令起智,樂解脫智生」——怖不是終點,是入手處。

這一節的喻換了方向:像被火圍住的鳥,像被賊圍住的人,二者所樂的都是「從彼樂解脫」。上一節的三喻說所畏之物,這一節的二喻說被圍者自己要出去

而這團火我們見過。前面說見苦成滿時,論主用的是「猶如飛鳥為火所圍……若未至虛空,見火圍過患」——同樣是火、是鳥、是被圍。

可是兩處要用的那一頭不同。那裡的重心在「至虛空」——非到外邊不能見全,說的是成滿;這裡的重心在「從彼樂解脫」——被圍者自己求出,說的是樂解脫。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到同一個譬喻在兩處出現,別以為它兩處說同一件事;先看它兩處各自落在哪一句上。

有一處值得自己去停:這兩節是同一個構造,而三處字面都不齊——三相所畏之目首末互異(畏想/畏因、畏相及生/畏因及生),「隨相似忍」之前字互異(軟/捨中),連收語都一個作「總語」、一個作「總語言」。

同構而三處不齊,何以?可核的是:其中兩處有校記,而校記一經採用,不齊就消掉了;第三處(軟/捨中)沒有校記。本編照錄不代齊,本文一律從底本。

末了記一件形上的事:本段從頭到尾沒有一個「問」字。二節都以「彼坐禪人」領起、以夾註收。品十二前六段每一段都有問,少則二、多則五;卷第十二一開卷卻是零問。照錄。

Fascicle twelve opens. The preceding fascicle ended with “Knowledge Contemplating Cessation has ended,” and this passage continues from there.

Once contemplation of cessation has been accomplished, what is feared comes into view: the cause and arising of the aggregates, the three kinds of becoming, the five destinations, the seven stations of consciousness, and the nine abodes of beings. The author’s three similes all describe the feared thing itself—an evil person holding a knife, a venomous snake, and a mass of fire. He says nothing about how the frightened person behaves; he simply places three fearful things side by side.

The three characteristics then each yield a pair: present attention to impermanence brings fear, while security brings safety; suffering and not-self each yield a pair as well. One fear and one security, three pairs and six statements, with none missing. They are recorded as they stand.

The first sentence of the second section matters most: “The meditator practices with fear presently seen and causes knowledge to arise; knowledge delighting in liberation then arises.” Fear is not the endpoint; it is where practice begins.

The similes now reverse direction. A bird is surrounded by fire; a person is surrounded by bandits. Both delight “in liberation from it.” The first section’s three similes show what is feared; these two show the surrounded being itself wanting to get out.

We have seen this fire before. Earlier, while explaining fulfillment in seeing suffering, the treatise used “like a flying bird surrounded by fire … if it has not yet reached open sky, it sees the danger of being surrounded by fire.” The fire, bird, and enclosure are the same.

Yet the two places employ different aspects. There the center lies in “reaching open sky”: only from outside can the whole be seen, so the simile concerns fulfillment. Here the center lies in “delighting in liberation from it”: the surrounded being seeks a way out, so the simile concerns liberation.

This yields a tool to carry away: when the same simile appears in two places, do not assume it says the same thing twice; first see which sentence it rests upon in each place.

One place deserves a pause. The two sections share one structure, yet three written forms differ: the first and last objects of fear differ (畏想/畏因, fear-perception/fear-cause; fear of characteristic and arising/fear of cause and arising); the expression before “followed by conformity and acceptance” differs (softness/equanimity); even the closings differ (general statement/general statement-with-words).

Why does one structure contain three differences? What can be checked is that two have critical variants which, if adopted, would remove the difference, while the third—softness/equanimity—has no critical note. This edition records the forms without making them uniform and follows the base text throughout.

One last formal fact: the entire passage contains no question. Both sections begin with “the meditator” and end with a parenthetical closing. Every one of Chapter Twelve’s preceding six units has questions, from two to five; fascicle twelve opens with zero. This is recorded as it stands.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Knowledge That Arouses Fear and Knowledge Delighting in Liberation · Doorway · Summer 2026

相似智與性除智Knowledge of Similarity and Disposition-Removing Knowledge

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

樂解脫智收了,接著是兩個緊挨著的智:相似智、性除智。兩節各以夾註收。

相似智怎麼得?三對而下:在五陰上以無常現見、以苦現見、以無我現見;而所對的泥洹那一邊是常、樂、第一義。兩列並排,一一相反,一目不缺。論主不說「所以泥洹是常」,他只把兩列擺出來,讓相反自己現。

中間插一問,把「越正聚」切成兩半:現越是性除智的事,已越是道智的事。一個詞,兩個智各佔其時——一個在門檻上,一個已經跨過去。

然後是本段的重頭:性除這個名字是什麼意思?

答文一連給了六個——除凡夫法、非凡夫法所除、種殖泥洹、除生、度無生、除生因與度無生無相。其中兩個明說出自阿毘曇,而那兩個既不排在最前也不排在最後,是夾在論主自己的四個中間。

而六個並排下來,論主一句判語也不下。不說哪個為正、哪個為兼,不說阿毘曇那兩個與自己那四個是同是異,也不把六個收成一個。末了只給一句功能語:「於泥洹是初引路」。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一個名字底下連著好幾個解釋,先數它一共給了幾個,再看論主在末了判不判。不判,那個不判本身就是他的處理——本編照錄,不代判、不代收。

有一處值得自己去停:釋相似智之義時,答文列了七組——四念處、四正勤、四如意足、五根、五力、七覺分、八正道分——而總數不出。同樣這幾組,品十一論四諦之數時是出數的(三十七菩提法)。同一批組,一處出數、一處不出。本編照錄不代數。

還有一件該記的:「如阿毘曇所說」這五個字,全論只出現兩次,這裡是最後一次。其後直到書末,論主再不以此式引據。而它出現的位置也值得看——不是在立新法時,是在解一個名字時。

末了一句「性除智已竟」。把它與前面幾個並看:觀滅智、令起智怖、樂解脫智、相似智、性除智——卷第十二一開卷就是這樣逐智而收的。

Knowledge delighting in liberation has closed. Two adjoining knowledges follow: knowledge of similarity and disposition-removing knowledge. Each closes parenthetically.

How is knowledge of similarity attained? Three pairs follow. In the five aggregates, one presently sees impermanence, suffering, and not-self; on the corresponding side of Nibbāna stand permanence, ease, and the ultimate meaning. Two columns are placed side by side, opposed item by item, with none missing. The author does not write, “therefore Nibbāna is permanent.” He simply displays the two columns and lets the opposition appear.

A question in the middle divides “crossing the right fixed course” in two: present crossing belongs to disposition-removing knowledge; having crossed belongs to path knowledge. One expression, two knowledges, each assigned to its time—one at the threshold, one already across.

Then comes the passage’s main weight. What does the name “disposition-removal” mean?

The answer gives six explanations in sequence: removing ordinary-person states; that which is removed by non-ordinary states; planting and cultivating Nibbāna; removing birth; crossing beyond non-arising; removing the cause of birth together with crossing beyond non-arising and no-characteristic. Two are expressly attributed to the Abhidhamma, and those two stand neither first nor last, but between four explanations supplied by the author.

After placing all six side by side, the author gives not one sentence of judgment. He does not say which is primary or secondary, whether the Abhidhamma pair agrees with the other four, or how six are to be gathered as one. He ends only with a functional statement: “with respect to Nibbāna it is the first guide on the road.”

This gives a tool to carry away: when one name is followed by several explanations, first count how many are given; then see whether the author judges among them at the end. If he does not, that non-judgment is itself his handling. This edition records without deciding or gathering them.

One place deserves a pause. While explaining knowledge of similarity, the answer names seven groups—the four establishments of mindfulness, four right efforts, four bases of success, five faculties, five powers, seven factors of awakening, and eight factors of the right path—but gives no total. The same groups are counted in Chapter Eleven as the thirty-seven awakening dhammas. The same set is counted in one place and left uncounted in another. This edition does not supply the number.

One further fact matters. The formula “as the Abhidhamma says” occurs only twice in the entire treatise, and this is its last occurrence. From here to the end, the author never again cites with this formula. It appears not while establishing a new dhamma, but while explaining one name.

The last sentence closes Disposition-Removing Knowledge. Place it beside the preceding closings—Knowledge Contemplating Cessation, Knowledge That Arouses Fear, Knowledge Delighting in Liberation, Knowledge of Similarity, Disposition-Removing Knowledge. Fascicle twelve opens by closing one knowledge after another.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Knowledge of Similarity and Disposition-Removing Knowledge · Doorway · Summer 2026

道智一剎那分別四諦Path Knowledge Distinguishes the Four Truths in a Single Instant

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

門檻跨過去了:性智無間,須陀洹道智生。

道智之相,論主一句說盡——一個智、一個剎那、四件事同時。「非初非後」這四個字在本論只四見,四見都在這一段;它要擋掉的是一種讀法:以為四諦是一件一件依次見的。

為了讓這件事看得見,論主一連給了三個譬喻:船、燈、日。

三個喻都出四事。船是捨此岸、除漏、到彼岸、度物;燈是小燈炷、除闇、令油消、令光明起;日是令現色、除闇、令滅寒、令起光明。

可是只有兩個配了四諦。船喻之後有一組「捨此岸配苦、除漏配斷集、度彼岸配證滅、度物配修道」;日喻之後也有一組。燈喻出完四事,就沒有配。

而燈喻還有一處例外:另二喻作「非初非後」,燈喻獨作「不初不後」。同一組三喻,燈喻兩處都是那個例外。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到論主一連給幾個譬喻,先別急著讀每個喻的意思,先看它們的「配」齊不齊。配到底的與只出事的,處理不同;那個例外值得單記。本編照錄不代配。

中間辨一件事:分別諦究竟屬性除智還是屬道智。斷這一結用的還是一個喻,而且同一個喻用了兩次——從燒著的城出來,一腳跨在門閫上,還不叫出;兩腳都出,才叫出。一腳出的是性除智,兩腳出的是道智。不是換喻來分,是同一個喻走到不同的一步。

有一處值得自己去停:「以性除智成分別諦」這一句在這一節出現兩次,而其間又有一句「唯以道智成分別諦」。三句所歸不同,而論文既不注層次,也不說何者為定說;節中那個「復說」還不出說者是誰。本編照錄不代判。

末後是本段最長的一列:道智和合的諸義,一百四十字裡出現三十二個「義」字。而論主不出總數,也不逐目別釋。這與前兩段「七組列名不出數」「菩提品之目不出數」是同一種處理——品十二一路走來,凡遇長列多半只列不數。

段末四個字最短:斷三結——身見、疑、戒取。逐一之釋,留給下一段。

The threshold has been crossed. Immediately after disposition knowledge, stream-enterer path knowledge arises.

The author states path knowledge in one sentence: one knowledge, one instant, four simultaneous acts. The Chinese phrase 非初非後 (“neither first nor later”) occurs only four times in the treatise, all in this passage. It blocks the idea that the Four Truths are seen one after another.

To make that simultaneity visible, the author gives three similes in sequence: boat, lamp, and sun.

All three perform four acts. The boat leaves this shore, removes leaks, reaches the farther shore, and carries things across. The lamp has a small wick, dispels darkness, diminishes oil, and produces light. The sun makes forms visible, dispels darkness, removes cold, and produces light.

Yet only two are matched to the Four Truths. The boat is followed by four correspondences—leaving this shore with suffering, removing leaks with abandoning arising, reaching the farther shore with realizing cessation, and carrying things with cultivating the path. The sun receives another fourfold matching. After giving the lamp’s four acts, the text provides no matching.

The lamp differs once more. The boat and sun use 非初非後 (“neither first nor later”), while the lamp alone uses 不初不後 (“not first and not later”). Within one set of three similes, the lamp is the exception in both places.

This gives a tool to carry away: when the author gives several similes in sequence, do not first rush to interpret their imagery; first see whether their correspondences are complete. A simile matched all the way through and one that only states its acts are handled differently. This edition does not supply what the text leaves unmatched.

The passage next asks whether distinguishing the truths belongs to disposition-removing knowledge or to path knowledge. One simile is used twice: leaving a burning city with one foot across the threshold is not yet leaving; only when both feet are outside is one said to have left. One foot illustrates disposition-removing knowledge, both feet path knowledge. The author distinguishes two knowledges not by changing similes, but by moving the same image to a different step.

One place deserves a pause. “The truths are distinguished through disposition-removing knowledge” occurs twice in the section, while “the truths are distinguished only through path knowledge” stands between them. The three conclusions have different subjects; the text does not mark levels or identify one as definitive. This edition records without adjudication.

The longest list follows. The meanings united in path knowledge fill 140 Chinese characters, with thirty-two occurrences of the graph (“meaning”). The author states no total and explains no member individually. He defines union in one sentence and unfolds it through thirty-two expressions.

The shortest close follows immediately: three fetters are abandoned—identity view, doubt, and grasping at precepts. Their individual explanations belong to the next passage.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Path Knowledge Distinguishes the Four Truths in a Single Instant · Doorway · Summer 2026

三結與須陀洹果The Three Fetters and the Fruit of Stream-Entry

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

上一段末了四個字:斷三結——身見、疑、戒取。本段把這三個逐一拆開。

可是第三個,本段不叫「戒取」,叫「戒盜」。問是「云何戒盜」,釋也一律作戒盜。同一結,相鄰兩段兩個名。

實測下來,這不是一時的手滑:「戒盜」在本論九見,「戒取」四見,而到 12-15 那一段,兩個名還同段並出。二名並行,而且並行到書末。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到同一件事在相鄰兩處換了名,先別急著斷定哪個是正名;先把兩個名各出幾次、各在哪裡都記下來。記完了才知道它是譯筆的一時之異,還是二名並行的通例。本編照錄不代擇一。

三結逐一之釋,各有其形。身見一目最長——一陰四句,五陰二十句;末了說六十二見以身見為初,而不列其目。疑一目是一串「或」。戒盜一目分二種,而二種各以其人立:渴愛戒盜用的是自語(「我以此戒、以此行……我當上天」,一連五個我字),癡戒盜用的是他人(「從此外沙門婆羅門……彼如是見」)。一個從裡面說,一個從外面說。

而四目的收句是三個形:身見作「此身已斷」,疑與戒盜作「彼亦斷」,一處住煩惱只作「亦斷」。四目三形。照錄不代齊。

有一處值得自己去停:須陀洹向地,論主一連給了三個名字——須陀洹向地、第八地、見地——中間以「或」字連,其下還接一句「或定從兩起轉慧」。三名是一地之三說,還是三個地?論文不判其同異,也不逐名別釋,末了只用一句「此須陀洹道智總語言」收。本編照錄不代判。

段末以偈作結,而引式是新的:「是故說此偈」。把三處並排看:12-06 作「如偈所說」,12-09 作「如譬喻偈所說」,本段作「是故說此偈」——三處三形。而三形之中,前二形是「引」,本形是「說」;前二形把偈推給別處,本形不推。至於是不是論主自作,論文不言。

偈很短:地上一國王、天堂一王、領一切世間——三件都擺出來,然後一句「須陀洹果勝」。三件比,一句斷,而不解釋為什麼勝。

The preceding passage ended with four words: abandon three fetters—identity view, doubt, and 戒取, “grasping-at-precept.” This passage explains them one by one.

Yet it does not call the third 戒取; it calls it 戒盜, “theft-of-precept.” The question asks “what is 戒盜?” and the explanation consistently uses 戒盜. One fetter, two visibly different names in adjacent passages.

A measured count shows that this is not a momentary slip. 戒盜 occurs nine times in the treatise, 戒取 four times, and both names appear in the same passage in 12-15. The two names run in parallel all the way to the end of the work.

This gives a tool to carry away: when one thing changes names in adjacent places, do not first decide which name is correct. Record how often each occurs and where. Only then can one tell whether the difference is momentary or a parallel usage. This edition keeps 戒盜 as “theft-of-precept” and 戒取 as “grasping-at-precept,” rather than smoothing both into one English expression.

Each explanation of the three fetters has its own form. Identity view is longest—four statements for each aggregate, twenty for five—and closes by saying the sixty-two views begin from identity view without listing them. Doubt is a chain of “or.” 戒盜 divides in two, each kind presented through the person who holds it: craving 戒盜 speaks in the first person (“through this precept, this practice … I shall ascend to heaven”), while delusion 戒盜 is described through others (“other ascetics and brahmins … hold this view”). One speaks from within, one is seen from outside.

The four explanations also close in three forms: identity view has “this identity view has been abandoned”; doubt and 戒盜 have “it too is abandoned”; the defilements dwelling in one place have only “too are abandoned.” Four items, three forms. They are not made uniform.

One place deserves a pause. The ground directed toward stream-entry receives three names in succession—the ground directed toward stream-entry, the eighth ground, and the ground of seeing—joined by “or.” Are these three names for one ground, or three grounds? The treatise neither adjudicates nor explains them individually and closes them with one general statement. This edition records without deciding.

The final verse uses a new introductory formula: “therefore this verse is spoken.” Compare the earlier “as the verse says” and “as the simile verse says”: three places, three forms. The first two assign a verse elsewhere; the present formula does not. Whether the author composed it is not stated.

The verse itself gives three comparisons—king of one country on earth, king in one heaven, ruler of the whole world—and one judgment: the fruit of stream-entry surpasses them. Three comparisons, one judgment, without explaining why.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Three Fetters and the Fruit of Stream-Entry · Doorway · Summer 2026

諸果進修與聖者類型Further Cultivation of the Fruits and Types of Noble Persons

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

上三果的進修,論主用同一個模子說了三遍:於此地住、於上作精進、作見生滅為初、現修行、依諸根力菩提覺、如是分別諦。

三遍同模,而其中一格三個形——一作「如已見道」,一作「如見道」,一作「如己見道」。這三語在本論各只出現這一次,而它們就在同一個模子的同一格上。照錄不代齊。

第一遍還有一處更該停:標的是「為作斯陀含果證」,收的卻是「作證須陀洹果」。求的是斯陀含,收處寫的是上一段已經證過的須陀洹。標與收不相應。

而四本於此作「斯陀含」——一從四本,標收就相應了。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到底本自身留著一個對不上,先去看那一處有沒有校記;有校記而其異讀恰好能把不合抹平時,尤其要把兩邊都記下來。抹不抹是人審的事,不是本編的事。

同一把工具,本段還要再用一次。

五種阿那含逐一釋,第一第二各有其實。而第三「不行般涅槃」與第四「行般涅槃」——論主給的釋文逐字全同:「無異行,為除殘結使,令起聖道」。這八個字在本論只出現兩次,就是這相鄰的兩處。名相反,釋相同。

查校記:有。「無」字四本作「有」——一從四本,第四目就成「有異行」,二目之釋立刻分開。

本編照錄不代改。不替論主把「無」改成「有」,也不因二釋相同就刪去其一。

本段另有一件與前幾段相反的事:它的數是明合的。

前面幾段,論主凡遇長列多半只列不數——七組不出數、三十二個「義」不出數、本段的阿羅漢總語言也不出數。可是五阿那含這一節,五天之壽逐級倍增(萬、二萬、四萬、八萬、十六萬,一級不缺),人數也算得明白:四地各五人得二十,阿迦尼吒四人(上流已到頂,無處可上),正得二十四

「二十四人」這三個字全論只出現一次。在品十二一路「只列不數」的長列之中,這是明合的一處。

末了一偈:打鐵時濺出的火星落進水裡,一個一個滅了,去哪兒不可知;解脫的人度了欲、縛、漏,至於無動之樂,去哪兒不可知

同一句話,一次落在火星上,一次落在人身上。論主不加一字解釋。

For further cultivation toward the three higher fruits, the author uses the same template three times: abide on this ground, apply effort to what is above, begin by seeing arising and cessation, practice in the present, rely on the faculties, powers, awakening, and factors of awakening, and distinguish the truths in this way.

The template is repeated three times, yet one slot has three forms: 如已見道 (“as one who has already seen the path”), 如見道 (“as seeing the path”), and 如己見道 (“as oneself having seen the path”). Each Chinese phrase occurs only once in this treatise, and all three stand in the same slot of the same template. They are transcribed without being made uniform.

The first repetition has another place where one should stop. Its heading is “in order to realize the fruit of once-returning,” but it closes “realizes the fruit of stream-entry.” Once-returning is sought, yet the close writes the stream-entry already realized in the preceding passage. The heading and close do not correspond.

Four witnesses read “once-returner” here. If those witnesses are followed, the heading and close correspond.

A tool can be carried away from this place: when the base text itself retains a mismatch, first check whether that place has a critical note; when it does and its variant happens to make the mismatch disappear, record both sides with particular care. Whether to remove the mismatch is a matter for human review, not for this edition.

The same tool must be used once more in this passage.

The five kinds of non-returner are explained one by one, and the first two have their distinct content. But the third, 不行般涅槃 (“Nibbāna without going”), and the fourth, 行般涅槃 (“Nibbāna with going”), receive word-for-word identical explanations from the author: “there is no different going; in order to remove the remaining fetters, one causes the noble path to arise.” This Chinese sentence occurs only twice in the treatise, precisely in these two neighboring places. The names are opposites, but the explanations are the same.

Check the critical note: there is one. Four witnesses read “there is” for “no.” If those witnesses are followed, the fourth item becomes “there is a different going,” and the two explanations immediately diverge.

This edition transcribes without correction. It does not replace the author’s “no” with “there is,” nor does it delete one explanation because the two are identical.

This passage also contains something opposite to the preceding long lists: its numbers clearly agree.

In several earlier passages, the author usually lists without counting—the seven groups, the thirty-two “meanings,” and here too the collective designations of the arahant are listed without a total. But in the section on the five non-returners, the lifespans in the five heavens double in sequence—ten thousand, twenty thousand, forty thousand, eighty thousand, one hundred sixty thousand, with none missing—and the persons are also counted clearly: five persons on each of four grounds make twenty; in 阿迦尼吒 there are four persons because an upward-flowing person has nowhere higher to go. The total is exactly twenty-four.

The Chinese expression “twenty-four persons” occurs only once in the treatise. Along Chapter Twelve’s long lists that generally “list without counting,” this is one place where the count clearly agrees.

The final verse gives a hammer striking iron. Sparks fall into water and are stilled one by one; where they go cannot be known. The liberated person crosses desire, bonds, and influxes and reaches unmoving bliss; where that one goes cannot be known.

One sentence is applied once to sparks and once to a person. The author adds not one word of explanation.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Further Cultivation of the Fruits and Types of Noble Persons · Doorway · Summer 2026

次第分諦之難與一剎那四諦The Objection to Sequentially Distinguishing the Truths and the Four Truths in One Instant

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

12-09 立了一句:一智、一剎那、非初非後分別四諦。有人不服。本段就是那場辯。

開頭一句很素:「於此有師說,次第修道、次第斷煩惱、次第分別諦。」——「有師說」這三個字在本論只出現這一次。論主不出這位師的名字,不出他的書,也沒有把這個說法叫作「異說」。

然後他一連舉過去破。

而這裡有一件字面上的事值得帶走:過的號是從「第二過」起的。第二、第三、第四、第五、第六、第七——六個號。可是在第二過之前,還有一整段完整的推論。那就是第一過,只是它沒有戴號。

所以是七過,不是六過。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到有編號的一列,先數它的號從幾起、到幾止,再看有沒有一個沒戴號的。只數有號的會漏掉一個;只照號讀又會以為論主缺了一個「第一」。兩種誤讀都出於同一件事——沒先把有號的與沒號的分開數。

前四過的推法是同一個式子:一支「若……可樂」,一支「若如是不可樂」,兩支夾住,讓對方兩邊都下不去。而後三過不是這樣:第五過與第七過只出可樂一支,第六過兩支都作「可樂」。式子立在前四過,到後三過就鬆了——論主標作七過,而七過並不同式。

而這一場辯的骨是一個詞。「不相應」在本論二十三見,本段就佔十一見,近全論之半。論主不說對方「錯」,他說對方「不相應」——不是與佛說不相應,是他自己那幾句話彼此對不上。七過所破的,全是對方自語之間的不合。

有一處值得自己去停:前六過從頭到尾一個譬喻也沒有,到第七過忽然出一個菴婆菓的喻——許多事使一個果生起,就像許多菴婆菓生一個果。「菴婆」在本論只出現這一次。

何以唯這一過以喻收?可核的是:末過也是七過之中唯一以「數」立的過(多對一),其餘六過都以次第與所見立。本編照錄,不代論其故。

末後那一問把難縮成兩支,而論主的答只有三句:一句遮一支,一句遮另一支,末一句給理由——「以前分別故」。

破他師時用了七過,自答時只用三句。不設喻、不引據、不再立一組名相。

12-09 established one sentence: one knowledge, one instant, distinguishing the four truths as neither first nor later. Someone objects. This passage is that debate.

Its opening is plain: “In this matter, a teacher says: cultivate the path sequentially, abandon the defilements sequentially, and distinguish the truths sequentially.” The Chinese expression 有師說 (“a teacher says”) occurs only once in the treatise. The author gives neither this teacher’s name nor the title of a work, and he does not call the position an “alternate explanation.”

He then presents a succession of faults to refute it.

One fact on the surface of the writing is worth carrying away: the fault numbers begin with “the second fault.” Second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth, seventh—six numbers. Yet before the second fault stands one complete argument. That is the first fault, but it bears no number.

There are therefore seven faults, not six.

A tool can be carried away from this place: when a list is numbered, first count where the numbers begin and end, then check whether an item without a number stands beside them. Counting only the numbered items loses one. Reading only by the numbers makes it seem that the author omitted a “first.” Both misreadings come from the same thing: failing first to count numbered and unnumbered items separately.

The first four faults explicitly use the same paired pattern: one branch says “if … is acceptable,” another “if this is not acceptable.” Those two branches close in and leave the other position nowhere to go. The fifth through seventh retain the acceptable premise but do not repeat an explicit “if this is not acceptable” branch.

The backbone of the debate is one expression. The Chinese 不相應 (“does not correspond”) occurs twenty-three times in the treatise, eleven in this passage, nearly half. The author does not say the other side is “wrong.” He says its statements “do not correspond”—not that they fail to correspond with words of the Buddha, but that they fail to correspond with one another. All seven faults refute mismatches within the other side’s own words.

There is one place to pause for oneself. The first six faults contain not one simile. At the seventh, a simile of 菴婆 fruits suddenly appears: many things causing one fruit to arise are like many 菴婆 fruits causing one fruit to be born. The Chinese expression 菴婆 occurs only once in the treatise.

Why does only this fault close with a simile? What can be checked is this: both the sixth and seventh faults reason with twelve, eight, and four, but the final fault alone turns those numbers into a many-to-one objection and closes with a simile. This edition transcribes without explaining why.

The final question compresses the objection into two branches, while the author’s answer has only three sentences: one sentence blocks one branch, another blocks the other, and the last gives the reason—“because they were distinguished beforehand.”

Seven faults are used to refute the other teacher; only three sentences are used in the author’s own answer. No simile is offered, no authority cited, and no new group of terms established.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Objection to Sequentially Distinguishing the Truths and the Four Truths in One Instant · Doorway · Summer 2026

禪觀、燥觀與出世諸分Meditation Contemplation, Dry Contemplation, and the Supramundane Divisions

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

四諦之通達說完,論主一句轉過來,開了一份目錄:「於是散法可知。如是觀覺喜受地根,解脫煩惱正受二定。」

「散法」這兩個字在本論只出現這一次。而這一句十個名字連讀而下,中間只一個逗——不逐一數,很容易讀成一句籠統的話。

數過才知道:標十目,而本段只釋了前七個。後三個沒有丟——煩惱之斷治在後面第二段,正受在第三段,想受滅正受在第四段。總標在此,逐目之釋橫跨四段。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:遇到一句總標開出若干名目,先逐一數清目數,再回頭看眼前這一段究竟釋了幾個。差出來的那幾個未必是丟了,可能是留給後段的。

七目之中,最見手藝的是頭一個。禪觀與燥觀之別,只在誰先誰後:禪觀以定力伏蓋、以名比色,奢摩他為初;燥觀以分別力伏蓋、以色比名,毘婆舍那為初。同一對法,把先後掉個位,就成了兩種觀,而每一格都是對稱的相反。

覺與喜二目用同一個式子,而且算得清楚:有覺地八分道,無覺地七分——除思惟;有喜地七覺分,無喜地六——除喜菩提覺。八減一、七減一,所除的那一目都點出來。數與所除相合。這與品十二前面幾段的長列正相反:長列處只列不數,短列處反而算得明白。

有一處值得自己去停:地這一目之下,論主二次立「二地」——先是見地與思惟地,接著「復次二地,學地、不學地」。同一個字分兩遍,而所分不同:一以見修分,一以學不學分。論主以「復次」相接,不判孰正孰兼,也不說二組如何相配。

而後一組還有一件字面:標作「不學地」,釋作「無學地」。這兩個詞在本論各只出現一次,就在相鄰兩行上。照錄不代齊。

末後三根對三位、三不作對三解脫,兩組都一目不缺。而收句又留了一個扣子:「以觀見成於種種道,以得成於一道」——下一段釋前半,再下一段釋後半。與段首那個總標同一種手法:先擺出來,分幾段慢慢還。

After completing the penetration of the four truths, the author turns in one sentence and opens a table of contents: “Here the dispersed topics may be known: contemplation, thought, joy, feeling, ground, faculty, liberation, defilement, attainment, and the two concentrations.”

The Chinese expression translated “dispersed topics” occurs only once in the treatise. Ten names run together with only one comma, so they can easily be mistaken for a general phrase rather than counted as a list.

Counting reveals the structure: ten topics are headed, but only the first seven are explained here. The other three have not vanished. The treatment of defilements comes two passages later, attainment in the third passage, and the attainment of cessation in the fourth. The heading is here, while its item-by-item explanation crosses four passages.

This yields a portable reading tool: whenever one sentence opens a series of named topics, count them first, then ask how many the present passage actually explains. A difference need not mean that material is missing; the outstanding topics may have been reserved for later passages.

The craft is clearest in the first of the seven. 禪觀, meditation contemplation, suppresses the hindrances through concentration and begins with calm; 燥觀, dry contemplation, suppresses them through discrimination and begins with insight. The same pair of practices becomes two contemplations solely by reversing which is first.

The topics of thought and joy use the same arithmetic. The ground with thought has eight path factors, while that without thought has seven because thought is removed. The ground with joy has seven awakening factors, while that without joy has six because joy is removed. Eight minus one and seven minus one both agree with the item explicitly removed.

One point deserves a pause. Under “ground,” the author twice establishes “two grounds”: first the grounds of seeing and cultivation, then the grounds of learning and not-learning. The same rubric is divided twice on different principles. “Furthermore” joins the two, but the author does not adjudicate their relation.

The latter pair also preserves a graphic difference: its heading says 不學地, “ground of not-learning,” while its explanation says 無學地, “ground beyond learning.” Each expression occurs only once in the treatise, on adjacent lines. They have therefore not been normalized.

Finally, three faculties match three positions, and three acts of not constructing match three liberations, without a missing item. The closing sentence leaves another clasp: “through contemplative seeing, on diverse paths; through attainment, on one path.” The next passage explains the first half and the passage after that the second. Like the ten-topic heading, the author places the frame first and discharges it across later passages.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Meditation Contemplation, Dry Contemplation, and the Supramundane Divisions · Doorway · Summer 2026

三觀各成三解脫Each of the Three Contemplations Becomes One of the Three Liberations

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

三觀配三解脫,上一段已經列過名。本段做的是另一件事:把三支各自拆開,一格一格擺出來。

一支十格:現作意、令起、所成、所得根、種類如實、諸行諸法、怖畏令起、心之所起、心越、收語。三支十格,就是一張三列的表。

順讀,三段話幾乎一樣;橫看,才知道它們並不一樣。

最要緊的一格在中間。無常所對的是「相」,苦所對的是「生」,無我所對的是「相及生」——第三支的所對,是前兩支的所對合起來。

所對既然兼了二物,第三支就處處多一物。前二支說「一切諸行」,第三支說「一切諸法」;前二支說「從相心起」「從生心起」,第三支說「從相及生心成離」;前二支到「心越」就收住,第三支先「於無相無生滅」,才「泥洹心越」。

全段之中,「泥洹」二字只出現在第三支裡。前兩支走到無相、走到無生就停了;第三支把無相與無生都滅盡之後,那個名字才被說出來。

論主沒有解釋這一句從哪裡來,也沒有說三支何以厚薄不同。他只是照這樣寫了下去。

這裡有一件可以帶走的工具:遇到三支同格的並列文,先數清一支有幾格,再把幾支橫排比對。順讀只會留下一個模糊的印象;橫看才知道哪一格是齊的、哪一格破了格。而破格的地方,往往正是論主真正要說的地方。

還有三處極小的字面,都落在第一支或它的總答上:總答首句作「已觀見無常」而後二句作「以」;第一支作「如實智相」而後二支作「知」;第一個收語作「以觀無常」,比它自己的問少一個「見」字。三處都沒有校記。照錄不代齊。

末句只收「種種道」,「一道」留給下一段。上一段本是兩件一起說的,這一段只還一半。

The preceding passage had already named three contemplations and three liberations. This passage does something else: it unfolds each branch and lays the corresponding positions beside one another.

Each branch has ten positions: immediate attention, what is caused to arise, what is accomplished, the faculty gained, knowing that kind as it really is, formations or phenomena, fear and arising, where mind arises from, where mind crosses over, and the close. Three branches across ten positions form a three-column table.

Read downward, the branches sound almost alike. Read across, their differences emerge.

The decisive position lies in the middle. Impermanence corresponds to characteristic, suffering to arising, and not-self to “characteristic and arising.” The third branch combines the objects of the first two.

Because it combines two objects, the third branch repeatedly carries an additional member. The first two say 一切諸行, “all formations,” while the third says 一切諸法, “all phenomena.” The first two say that mind arises from characteristic or arising; the third says that mind becomes detached from characteristic and arising. The first two stop at mind’s crossing over; the third first states the cessation of the signless and the unarisen and only then says that mind crosses over to Nibbāna.

Within the passage, “Nibbāna” appears only in this third branch. The first two stop at the signless and the unarisen; only after the third has brought both to cessation does the text pronounce that name.

The author does not explain the origin of the additional statement or why the three branches differ in length. He simply writes them this way.

The portable method is therefore this: when several branches share a common template, count the positions in one branch and compare all branches horizontally. A sequential reading leaves only a vague resemblance; a horizontal reading shows which positions align and which break the pattern. The break may be where the author places the greatest weight.

Three very small graphic differences all belong to the first branch or its general answer. The first statement says 已觀見無常, “having contemplated and seen impermanence,” where the later two say 以觀見, “by contemplating and seeing.” The first branch writes 如實智相, with 智, where the later branches write 知. Its close says 以觀無常, “by contemplating impermanence,” omitting the , “seeing,” present in its own question. None of the three has a critical note. All remain visibly unnormalized.

The final sentence closes only “diverse paths.” “One path” is left for the next passage. The preceding passage had stated both together; this passage discharges only half.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Each of the Three Contemplations Becomes One of the Three Liberations · Doorway · Summer 2026

三解脫一道人與煩惱斷治The Three Liberations on One Path and the Abandoning of Defilements

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

全書最長的一段,一千三百六十九字,從頭到尾只是一段。

論主在中間報了一個數:煩惱是一百三十四個。緊接著開出一份總標,二十個名目連讀而下,中間只有頓號。

順讀過去,那就是一串名字。可是把每一目的數字加起來——三、三、四、四、四、四、四、四、五、五、六、七、八、九、十、十、十、十、十二、十二——恰好一百三十四。

分毫不差。

這一算,這一段的性格就變了:它不是隨手開的名單,而是一份有總帳、對得上的清冊。論主報數的時候是數過的。

而這一算還能反過來查錯。

大正藏本那一目作「四慳」。依「四」去加,只有一百三十三——少一。

而同一句往下三個字就把答案交出來了:那一目所列的是住處、家、利養、色、法,五個;它的收語作「此五以阿那含道滅」,也是五。這兩處都是大正本自己的文字,並沒有經過校改。

校本把「四」改成「五」。本文所列是五、本文所收是五、全標之和要五才對得上論主自報的總數——三處指著同一個字。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:凡論文自報一個總數而其下列出若干目,就把每一目的數字加起來對一遍。合,這一段的骨架就在你手上;不合,那個差額本身就是線索——它會告訴你哪一目出了問題。

而同一段裡還有三處,是底本讀著不齊、校本的異讀恰好能補齊的:九慢標九而只列了八句、第二個十惱處的斷治作「十」而它的列法只有九、十二不善心起裡有一項少了一個「起」字。

三處的形狀與「五慳」很像,處理卻不同:那三處校本並沒有改動正文,只是備了一個異讀,所以本文仍從底本,只把二讀並錄。分寸在校本改沒改正文,不在哪一讀讀起來更順。

還有一個縫,論主自己沒有補:總標開的是二十目,本文釋的卻是二十一目——「十惱處」前後出現了兩次,而所指全然不同。總標裡只有一個位置。多出來的那一目算不算在一百三十四裡面,論主一句話也沒說。

末後一句只標了兩個名字:二正受。一個字的解釋也沒有,都留給後面兩段。

The longest passage in the whole treatise, one thousand three hundred sixty-nine characters, and from beginning to end a single paragraph.

Midway through, the author states a number: the defilements are one hundred thirty-four. Immediately after it he opens a general heading, twenty topic-names read straight through, with nothing but list punctuation between them.

Read straight past, that is a string of names. But add up the number attached to each topic—three, three, four, four, four, four, four, four, five, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, ten, ten, ten, twelve, twelve—and it comes to exactly one hundred thirty-four.

Not off by a hair.

That one sum changes the character of the passage: this is not a list opened at random but a register with a running total, one that balances. When the author stated his number, he had counted.

And the same sum can be run the other way, to catch an error.

The Taishō base reads that topic as 四慳, “four stinginesses.” Adding it as four gives only one hundred thirty-three—one short.

Three graphs further on in the very same sentence, the answer is handed over: what that topic lists is dwelling, family, gains, form, and Dhamma—five; and its closing clause reads “these five are extinguished by the non-returner path”—five again. Both of these are the Taishō text’s own words, and neither has been touched by emendation.

The critical edition changes to . The body lists five, the body closes with five, and the sum of the whole heading balances against the author’s own stated total only at five—three places pointing at one graph.

Here is a tool to carry away: whenever the treatise states a total for itself and then sets out a number of topics beneath it, add each topic’s number up and check the sum once. If it agrees, the skeleton of the passage is in your hands; if it does not, the size of the gap is itself the clue—it will tell you which topic has gone wrong.

Three further places in this same passage read irregularly in the base while a witness variant would exactly make them regular: the nine conceits are headed nine but list only eight; the abandoning clause for the second “ten bases of vexation” reads “ten” while its own list runs to only nine; and among the twelve unwholesome arisings one item is short the graph for “arising.”

The three are shaped much like “five stinginesses,” but they are handled differently: in those three the critical edition did not amend the body at all—it only entered a variant—so the body still follows the base, and the two readings are simply set down together. The measure lies in whether the critical edition amended the body, not in which reading runs more smoothly.

One seam is left that the author himself did not close: the general heading opens twenty topics, while the body explains twenty-one—“ten bases of vexation” appears twice, and what the two refer to is entirely different. The heading holds only one place for it. Whether that extra topic is counted within the one hundred thirty-four, the author does not say a word about.

The last sentence merely names two things: the two attainments. Not one graph of explanation, all of it left to the two passages that follow.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Three Liberations on One Path and the Abandoning of Defilements · Doorway · Summer 2026

果正受Fruit Attainment

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

上一段末句只標了兩個名字。這一段釋前一個:果正受。

問是一長串——一口氣十二處。答下來,立了標目的只有七處;有兩問根本沒有自己的標目,有三處標目的字面與所問對不上。問處用「修」,答處用「令起」。論主一句交代也沒有。

而全段最要看的,是中間那三說。

第一說是論主自己的答:果正受,唯阿羅漢與阿那含於此定作滿。

第二說:一切聖人都能令起。

第三說:一切聖人都成就,可是令起的只有那兩種。

三說擺在一起,論主一句判語也沒有——既不說哪一說是正義,也不把哪一說稱作異說而破它。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:論主不判的時候,去數一數哪一說帶了引據、哪一說帶了譬喻、哪一說空著手。他不表態,可是他給每一說的份量是可以數的。

照這個去數:第一說空手;第二說帶一條引據;第三說帶一條引據,又帶一個譬喻

那個譬喻是這樣的:山林裡有一口井,井邊沒有繩子。來了一個人,被日頭曬得熱乏渴愛。他看見了井,也知道裡面有水——可是不能以身去觸。

然後那羅陀把喻合上:我確實見到了滅、見到了泥洹,如實正智善見;而我不是阿羅漢漏盡。

善見,而非漏盡。

這個喻的力氣,全在它把「見」與「觸」分成了兩件事。而三說之爭恰好就在這一分上:得不得,是一件;令不令起,是另一件。

論主把喻放在第三說之下,不加一句「此說為是」。他把份量給了,判斷留給讀的人。

而讀的人該記得:數份量不等於下判斷。論主自己沒有判,我們也就到此為止。

The last sentence of the preceding passage merely set down two names. This passage explains the first of them: fruit attainment.

The questions come in one long chain—twelve of them in a single breath. In the answering, only seven are given headings; two questions have no heading of their own at all, and in three the wording of the heading does not match what was asked. Where the questions say “cultivate,” the answers say “cause to arise.” The author gives not one word of explanation.

And what most wants looking at in the whole passage is the three statements in the middle.

The first statement is the author’s own answer: as for fruit attainment, only the arahant and the non-returner bring this concentration to fulfilment.

The second statement: every noble person can cause it to arise.

The third statement: every noble person accomplishes it, but those who cause it to arise are only those two.

With the three statements set side by side, the author passes not one word of judgment—he neither says which of them is the proper meaning nor calls any of them an alternate view in order to refute it.

Here is a tool to carry away: when the author does not judge, go and count which statement carries a citation, which carries a simile, and which comes empty-handed. He takes no side, yet the weight he gives to each statement can be counted.

Counted that way: the first statement is empty-handed; the second carries one citation; the third carries one citation and a simile besides.

The simile runs like this. In a mountain forest there is a well, and at the well there is no rope. A man comes, scorched by the sun, heat-worn and thirsting. He sees the well, and he knows there is water in it—but he cannot touch it with his body.

Then Naluotuo (那羅陀) closes the comparison: I have indeed seen cessation, seen Nibbāna, rightly known and well seen as it truly is; and I am not an arahant with the influxes exhausted.

Well seen, and not influx-exhausted.

The force of this simile lies entirely in its parting “seeing” from “touching” into two separate things. And the dispute among the three statements falls on exactly that parting: whether one attains it is one matter; whether one causes it to arise is another.

The author places the simile beneath the third statement and adds no sentence saying “this statement is the correct one.” He has given the weight, and left the judgment to the one who reads.

And the one who reads should remember: counting weight is not passing judgment. The author himself did not judge, and here we stop as well.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Fruit Attainment · Doorway · Summer 2026

想受滅正受The Attainment of the Cessation of Perception and Feeling

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

〈分別諦品〉的正文到這一段為止。二正受的後一個——想受滅正受——釋完,接下來就是十二品結竟與總結偈了。

有一件事,順讀不容易看見,把名字圈出來排一排就很清楚:同一個定,這一段用了六個名字。

開卷之標作「想受滅正受」。第一答就換了:「此謂滅想受定」——字序倒了過來。工序一目之收作「入滅想受定」——前面多一個「入」。辨死人與入定人時,一句之內出現兩個:一作「入滅想定人」——「受」字掉了;一作「入受想定人」——「想受」又倒成「受想」。而末後的夾註收目作「滅禪定」——「想」「受」二字都不見了,換成一個「禪」。

六個名字,一個物。其中兩個名字在本論各只出現這一次。

這裡有一把可以帶走的工具:讀一段論文,把它稱呼自己主題的每一處都圈出來排成一列;然後去查那些名字上有沒有校記。

本段查下來的結果是:一條也沒有。全段七條校記分別落在別的字上——六個名字,一處也沒碰。

這一查是有分量的:校記落在名上,其異先作傳寫看;校記不落在名上,那就是論文自身如此。照錄不代齊。

另有一處值得記著。本段開卷也是一長串問,一口氣十四處;而往下逐目讀,立了標目而答的是十五處。多出來的那一目,是論主自己補的「誰不令起者」。

所問只問了「誰令起」。論主補了反面,而且補得不草率:四種人逐一出其故。二目合起來,「誰」這一問才算答完。

而上一段恰是反面:那裡問了十二處,立標目而答的只有七處,有兩問根本沒有標目。兩段同以連問起,一段少答,一段多答。論主兩處都沒有交代。

末後還有一件手藝。全段十五目,十四目都給了正面的答;只有末一目答的是「不可說此定有為無為」。而論主沒有就此打住——他另起一節,專釋這一句為什麼不可說:說它有為不行,有為法在這個定裡沒有;說它無為也不行,無為法的入與出無從知道。

答不出來,也要有答不出來的理由。

The body of 〈Distinguishing the Truths〉 runs only as far as this passage. With the second of the two attainments—the attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling—explained, what follows is the conclusion of the twelve chapters and the summarizing verses.

There is one thing not easily seen in a straight reading, which becomes plain once the names are circled and set out in a row: for one and the same concentration, this passage uses six names.

The heading at the opening reads 想受滅正受, “attainment of the cessation of perception and feeling.” The first answer already changes it: 滅想受定, “concentration that ceases perception and feeling”—the graph order is reversed. The close of the procedure topic reads 入滅想受定, “entry into the concentration that ceases perception and feeling”—one graph, “entry,” added in front. In distinguishing a dead man from a man in this concentration, two more appear within a single sentence: one reads 入滅想定人, “person entered into the concentration that ceases perception”—the graph for “feeling” has dropped out; the other reads 入受想定人, “person entered into feeling-and-perception concentration”—“perception and feeling” is reversed to “feeling and perception.” And the interlinear note at the end closes the topic as 滅禪定, “cessation meditation-concentration”—both “perception” and “feeling” are gone, replaced by a single graph for “meditation.”

Six names, one thing. Two among them occur only this once each in the treatise.

Here is a tool to carry away: read through a passage, circle every place where it names its own subject and set them out in a column; then go and check whether any critical note falls on those names.

The result of that check here: not a single one. All seven critical notes in the passage fall on other graphs—the six names are not touched in a single place.

That check carries weight: where a critical note falls on the name, read the difference first as one of transmission; where no note falls on the name, the treatise is simply like this of itself. Record it as it stands; do not regularize it on its behalf.

There is another place worth remembering. The opening of this passage is likewise one long chain of questions, fourteen in a single breath; yet reading down through the topics, the ones given a heading and answered are fifteen. The extra topic is one the author supplied himself: “Who is it that does not cause it to arise?”

What was asked was only “who causes it to arise.” The author supplied the reverse side, and supplied it without haste: four kinds of person, each with its reason given. Only with the two topics taken together is the question “who” answered through.

And the preceding passage is exactly the reverse: there, twelve questions were asked and only seven were given a heading and answered, two questions having no heading at all. Both passages open with a chain of questions; one answers too few, the other too many. In neither place does the author explain.

There is one last piece of craft at the end. Of the fifteen topics in the passage, fourteen are given a positive answer; only the last answers, “it cannot be said whether this concentration is conditioned or unconditioned.” And the author does not stop there—he opens a further section devoted to explaining why it cannot be said: to call it conditioned will not do, for conditioned states are not present in this concentration; to call it unconditioned will not do either, for with unconditioned states there is no way to know entry and emergence.

Even where no answer can be given, there must be a reason why none can be given.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · The Attainment of the Cessation of Perception and Feeling · Doorway · Summer 2026

十二品結竟與總結偈Completion of the Twelve Chapters and Concluding Verses

全文五層 →Full five layers →
心要Heart-Essence

《解脫道論》到這裡結束。九十五個字,五段:一句收,一句目錄,三頌六句。

那句目錄,論主把全書十二品的名字報了一遍:因緣、戒、頭陀、定、求善友、分別行、行處、行門、五神通、分別慧、五方便、分別諦。

把它逐目抄下來,回頭去對每一品開頭自己的題——十二目之中,五目對不上。

三目少了「分別」二字:這裡作「戒」,那一品的題是「分別戒品」;這裡作「定」,那一品是「分別定品」;這裡作「行處」,那一品是「分別行處品」。

一目多了一個字:這裡作「五神通」,那一品的題是「五通品」。

還有一目名字全然不同:這裡作「求善友」,而那一品從頭到尾稱自己作「覓善知識」。「求善友」這三個字,在全書只出現這一次——就在這份末尾的目錄裡。

而這九十五個字上,校記一條也沒有。缺字沒有,夾註也沒有。

這一查是有分量的:校本一字未動,那五處不合就不是傳寫之異,而是這本書自身如此。照錄,不代齊。

最後是三頌六句,二句一對:一對說法——無邊、無稱、不可思,無量善才善語言;一對說人——於此法中誰能知,唯坐禪人能受持;一對說果——微妙勝道為善行,於教不惑離無明。

一部從頭到尾講工序的論,末後六句一句工序也沒有。它先問「誰能知」,然後用五個字把答收死:唯坐禪人能受持。

「坐禪人」正是全書一路所稱的那個人。從第一品到最後一節,行人一律是這三個字;而它的末一見,就是這一句。

全書的末一句是「於教不惑離無明」。「無明」這兩個字在本論屢見,而它的末見就在這裡——也就是全書的最後三個字之中。

講了十二品的工序、次第、入定與斷惑之道,末後不再說工序,只說離。

而在「離」之前還有一句:於教不惑。兩件事並排寫下,中間不加一個「故」字。

The Path of Freedom ends here. Ninety-five graphs, five paragraphs: one sentence of closing, one sentence of register, and three verses in six lines.

In that register sentence the author reports the names of all twelve chapters of the book once over: Causation; Discipline; Ascetic Practices; Concentration; Seeking a Good Friend; Distinguishing Conduct; Field of Conduct; Doorways of Conduct; Five Superknowledges; Distinguishing Wisdom; Five Methods; Distinguishing the Truths.

Copy them down item by item, then turn back and check each against the heading that stands at the opening of its own chapter—of the twelve items, five do not match.

Three items are short the two graphs 分別, “distinguishing”: here it reads , “Discipline,” while that chapter’s title is 分別戒品, “Chapter on Distinguishing Discipline”; here it reads , “Concentration,” while that chapter is 分別定品, “Chapter on Distinguishing Concentration”; here it reads 行處, “Field of Conduct,” while that chapter is 分別行處品, “Chapter on Distinguishing the Field of Conduct.”

One item carries a graph too many: here it reads 五神通, “Five Superknowledges,” while that chapter’s title is 五通品, “Chapter on the Five Knowledges.”

And one item bears an altogether different name: here it reads 求善友, “seeking a good friend,” while that chapter calls itself 覓善知識, “looking for a spiritual friend,” from beginning to end. The three graphs 求善友 occur only this once in the whole book—right here, in this closing register.

And upon these ninety-five graphs there is not one critical note. No missing graph, and no interlinear note either.

That check carries weight: since the critical edition moved not a single graph, those five mismatches are not differences of transmission but the book itself being like this. Record them as they stand; do not regularize them on its behalf.

Last come three verses in six lines, paired two by two. One pair speaks of the Dhamma—boundless, beyond naming, inconceivable; measureless in fine talent and fine speech. One pair speaks of the person—who, within this Dhamma, is able to know? Only the sitting meditator is able to receive and retain it. One pair speaks of the fruit—the subtle and supreme path is good conduct; unconfused in the teaching, one parts from ignorance.

A treatise that speaks of procedure from beginning to end, and in its last six lines not one line of procedure. It first asks “who is able to know,” and then closes the answer dead with five graphs: only the sitting meditator is able to receive and retain it.

“Sitting meditator” is precisely the one whom the whole book has called by that name all along. From the first chapter to the last section, the practitioner is uniformly these three graphs; and their final occurrence is this very sentence.

The last sentence of the whole book is “unconfused in the teaching, one parts from ignorance.” The two graphs for “ignorance” appear repeatedly in this treatise, and their final occurrence is here—that is, within the last three graphs of the whole book.

Having spoken through twelve chapters of procedure, sequence, entering concentration, and the way of severing the defilements, at the end it no longer speaks of procedure; it speaks only of parting.

And before “parting” stands one more clause: unconfused in the teaching. The two things are written down side by side, with no graph for “therefore” placed between them.


Shi Huijing · Waken · The Path of Freedom · Completion of the Twelve Chapters and Concluding Verses · Doorway · Summer 2026

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing — with AI-assisted consistency checking

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0